Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit D2000-266 - SOUTHCENTER MALL - FRANKLIN COVEY - TENANT IMPROVEMENT
FRANKLIN COVEY 826 SOUTHCENTER MALL ,L• City of Tukwila .� Community Development / Public Works • 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 Parcel No: Address: Suite No: Location: Category: Type: Zoning: Cont Type: Gas /Elec.: Units: Setbacks: Water: Wetlands: Contractor License Nb: ARCHIIC043C1 OCCUPANT FRANKLIN COVEY Phone: 826. SOUTHCENTER MALL, TUKWILA WA 98188 OWNER SOUTHCENTER JOINT VENTURE ATTN JAMES J GUDIN, 25425 CENTER RIDGE RD, CLEVELAND OH 44145 CONTACT DONALD LAUKKA Phone: 952- 944 -7576 7151 METRO BLVD SUITE 171, EDINA MN 55439 CONTRACTOR:. ARCHITECTURAL INT /CNST SRV INC Phone: .253-848-5948 PO 73397, PUYALLUP WA 98373 ******************• k*******' k*****• k*' k** k**• k**•*** k**********• k *•k *k'k * * *'k * *kk * *•k * *** * *** ** Permit Description: TENANT IMPROVEMENT - REMODEL OF EXISTING STORE. k* *k * *k *k*: * ** * *k* *******k* k****** k******* * **** * *k **** *** *** **** *k * * *•k *: *kkkkk ***** Construction Valuation $ 140,000.00 PUBLIC WORKS PERMITS *(Water Meter Permits Listed Separate) Eng. Appr: Curb Cut /Access /Sidewalk /CSS: N Fire Loop Hydrant: No Size(in) .00 Flood .,Control Zone: N Hauling: N Start Time: End Time: Land Altering: N Cut: Fill: Landscape Irrigation: N Moving Oversized Load: N Start Time: End Time: Sanitary Side Sewer: N No Sewer Main Extension: N Private: N Public: N `Storm Drainage :' N Street Use N Water Main Extension: N Private: N Public: N *• k• k k******** **•k*** * * * *•k'k***** * **** * * * ** *********• k******* *** ***** **** *•k *•k *** *•k****** TOTAL DEVELOPMENT PERMIT FEES: $ 2,013.79 ****• k***** k******** * ** * * *k * *•k *•k *•k * ***•k ***** ** * •k ** * ** **• k* * *•k** ***** *•k * **** * **** (1..46itiDate C Permit Center Authorized Signature: I hereby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the pr ision of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the per e of wor T am authorized to sign for and obtain this developme WARNING: IF CONSTRUCTION BEGINS BEFORE APPEAL PERIOD EXPIRES, APPLICANT I5 PROCEEDING AT THEIR OWN RISK.\ 262304 -9004 826 SOUTHCENTER MALL ARET DEVPERM 001 North: N/A DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Occupancy: UBC: Fire Protection: .0 South: .0 East: .0 West: Sewer: N/A Slopes: N Streams: Per•mitlNo: Status: Issued: Expires: Date: (206) 431 -3670 D2000 -266 ISSUED 08/28/2000 02/24/2001 STORE 1997 SPRINKLERS /AFA .0 This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. OC g , v • LU w 0 J u Q: z p O ' ZI- ;: LU V 0 0 N1 Ci = w •. Cu z H I' z . 826 SOUTHCE 17ER MA D2000 -266': Address: ;Suite. /•' fin S - r,Y Tenant: 2 Status 1SSUED Type:, DEVPERM _ : Appli '08/,10/2000 Parcel :# 262304 A;i�t9004 ` Issued 08/28/2000 �l** k• k******;, l•,** * *** * * * * ** * **k * *. A .*'• k**** kk***** 1'*• k, t***`** :*•k*k:l••k *•kI**k *** . No changes (wi 11. L'e made°:to the plans unless approv Eng .veer ,an th T:ukwi-1a Buildt.ng Division. Any new'cei 1 in. grid anrd 1 igtl't fixture insta1 lat. ion isj, required to meet lateral br .,requirements for `Seis zan ,i F � Pa t wal. t c oil ng grid must be latera11y bra4ecl:Kit,�over:re' ght (8) feet in length ion l�l scor i str uct: i on tl. ` be done ."i n eon Formance -with appr ~o ,ed and requirements of the Un'1form Bui1ding Code (1997' -di t) on) as amended, Uniform 1e,chantcal Code, (1997 Edi'LiOn) i . i7 ... fi ne', . � and :. lashington State Energy Code r ( 1997 Edition). Ua1\1d�it.V. of. Pe "omit. The issuance of a pe roil t, or approval o plarfs , specif, i tat ions, and computations" :s hall ::not be on ;strued% to_.J e' permi t for,. or an''approVaT of,' any violatio of anysof the pro',isions of the'bui lding :code,:, or of any other~ vdid i nance: of I the j uri sd i t on No pernitt presumin give authority tp violate or cancel the` pr ov'ision,s.J'of th code sh041;.be v lid' °, ..Electrical :;permits shall bef' obt.a,ined;uthrough the Washington State Division of Labor and' Industries and all electrical work will be'' in:spe,cted by 't hat agency % (248 �G630) 'There sha11 be,; ;oc cupancy of the: Li,'ui.lding(s) unti`1 the final inspection fleas abeen complei:ed b Building Inspector. All mechanical work shall be under separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila. All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be available at the job site prior to the start of any con- struction. These documents are to be maintained and avail - able until final inspection approval is granted. Project Name enant: RI4NI<L- n1 C o y E Value of Construction: . -P I ilp, qrt, - Tax Parcel N nber 9 : ` ( r / t 04- Site Address: City State /Zip: 8- 4 cSotAT}lc- e-ntrt^-42 M ..T wt k u ., WA. 9ai Property Owner: �IS.�IP�1N Phone: yyo 87! — y8� Street Address: City State /Zip: c s Gefti P Ro, a iL Oki 1 -P-1/ 4 45' Fax #: 1 1 1 40- 992. ;230.8 Contractor: • Phone: Street Address: City State /Zip: Fax #: Architect: Phone: L M /�CSS � Street Address: City State /Zip: Fax #: Engineer: s W 4• .5 �TN I Q 7 Msoc-tosovs Phone: 952,.3t/6. 1! eo Street Address: City State /Zip: 00 . 0 ► S _ �. . ► 8■Wrti■ /441 TON Fax #: 52. • . Contact_Zerson: 00t4t ►7 W. 1-- NA4CIcAs.. Phone: 2 • 7,L 7 9c5 S !. Street Address: City State /Zip: ?II Wtr rftn IIwt, .5..A.try. 171 En►►.iAr Mk. ,T5439 Fax #: 95.2. 9s . J. 7zS1?5 Description of work to be done: tzfMt ii) ..... E 0l= i i tni.Cr1 .Sit L R Existing use: 9 Retail ❑ Restaurant ❑ Multi- family ❑ Warehouse El Hospital Church ❑ Manufacturing ❑ Motel /Hotel ❑ Office i School /College /University 71 Other 1111 Proposed use: A Retail ❑ Restaurant ❑ Multi- family ❑ Warehouse C3 Hospital Church ❑ Manufacturing ❑ Motel /Hotel ❑ Office ❑ School/College /University ❑ Other Will there be a change of use? ❑ yes 171 no If yes, extent of change: (Attach additional sheet if necessary) Will there be rack storage? ❑ yes 171 no Existing fire protection features: asprinklers 7 automatic fire alarm ❑ none ❑ other (specify) Building Square Feet: existing Area of Construction: (sq. ft.) 22.71 . f.3-. Will there be storage of flammable /combustible hazardous material in the building? ❑ yes no Attach list of materials and storage location on separate 8 1/2 X 11 paper indicating quantities & Material afety Data Sheets Commercial / Multi - Family Tenant Improvement / Alteration Permit Application CITY OF TUKVI.A Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Application and plans must be complete In order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or facsimile. CTPERMIT.DOC 1/29/97 APPLICANT REQUESTFOR PUBLIC: WORKS: SITE / CIVIL PLAN REVIEW:OF THE FOLLOWIN (Additional reviews may be determined by thePubllc Works Department) ❑ Channelization /Striping ❑ Fire Loop /Hydrant (main to vault) #: ❑ Land Altering 0 Cut ❑ Sanitary Side Sewer #: ❑ Storm Drainage ❑ Street Use ❑ Water Meter /Exempt #: Size(s): ❑ Water Meter /Permanent # Size(s): ❑ Water Meter Temp # Size(s): Est. quantity: gal ❑ Miscellaneous Cl Curb cut/Access /Sidewalk ❑ Flood Control Zone Size(s): cubic yds. 0 Fill cubic yds. ❑ Landscape Irrigation Cl Sewer Main Extension 0 Private 0 Public ❑ Water Main Extension 0 Private 0 Public 0 Deduct 0 Water Only ❑ Hauling Schedule: Value of Construction - In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review - Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The building official may extend the time for action by the applicant for a period not exceeding 180 days upon written request by the applicant as defined in Section 107.4 of the Uniform Building Code (current edition). No application shall be extended more than once. Date g icati ro c ir le Aok Date l =tio' Sre : 1 Appllca n t ketals) PLEASE SIGN BACK OF APPLICATION FORM z W CL 00 0 w= H w 2 QQ u. I d =w H z � z U • 0 O N 0H w 2 H u_ z w O _u2 0 z BUILDING OWN :I - ► R ;' P RIZED AGENT: Date: /Z . Signature: I �,i1lr1�1 _ �► Print na b' ,� � . n1 tr — -- — - An MF.r o P t_vz . # /71 � %< •�,( ' "� a),A/A � Phone• s+. 95Z • 9t/�/ 7 Cit /Sta ate /Zi „,Z., Fa k: ? ' — .5 MI r ,55 7S :. Addre 7/51 ALL COMMERCIAL/MULT MILY TENANT IMPROVEMENT/ TERATION PERMIT APPLICATIONS ST BE SUBMITTED WITH THE • LOWING: D, 1_!. DnAygt1WT.6 OE STAMPED BY WASHINGTON STATE LICENSED ARCHITECT, ...5T ;/CTORACENCaINEER OR CIVIL ENGINEER D ALL DRAWINGS SHALL BE AT A LEGIBLE SCALE AND NEATLY DRAWN D BUILDING SITE PLANS AND UTILITY PLANS ARE TO BE COMBINED N/� SUBMITTED �.�/ ❑ Complete Legal Description Lb ❑ Metro: Non - Residential Sewer Use Certification if there is a change in the amount of plumbing fixtures (Form H -13). Business Declaration required (Form H -10). / Four (4) sets of working drawings (five(5) sets for structural work), which include : 0 ❑ Site Plan (including existing fire hydrant location(s) 1. North arrow and scale 2. Property lines, dimensions, setbacks, names of adjacent roads, any proposed or existing easements 3. Parking Analysis of existing and proposed capacity; proposed stalls with dimensions 4. Location of driveways, parking, loading & service areas 5. Recycle collection location and area calculations (change of use only) 6. Location and screening of outdoor storage (change of use only) 7. Limits of clearing /grading with existing and proposed topography at 2' intervals extending 5' beyond property's boundaries 8. Identify location of sensitive area slopes 20% or greater, wetlands, watercourses and their buffers (change of use only) 9. Identify location and size of existing trees that are located in sensitive areas and buffer (TMC 18.45.040), of those, identify by size and species which are to be removed and saved 10. Landscape plan with irrigation and existing trees to be saved by size and species (exterior changes or change of use only) 11. Location and gross floor area of existing structure with dimensions and setback 12. Lowest finished floor elevation (if in flood control zone) 13. See Public Works Checklist for detailed civil /site plan information required for Public Works Review (Form H- 0 0 o a O 0 �o n ❑ Floor plan: plan: show location of tenant space with proposed use of each room labeled Overall building floor plan with adjacent tenant use; identify tenant space use and location of storage of any hazardous materials; dimensions of proposed tenant space. Vicinity Map showing location of site Rack Storage: If adding new racks or altering existing rack storage, provide a floor plan identifying rack layout and all exit doors. Show dimensions of aisles, include dimensions of height, length, and width of rack. Structural calculations are required for rack storage eight feet and over. Indicate proposed construction of tenant space or addition and walls being demolished Construction details Sprinkler details - details of sprinkler hangers, specifically penetrations in structure, i.e., roof; size of water supply to sprinkler vault with documentation from contractor stating supply line will meet or exceed sprinkler system design criteria as identified by the Fire Department. Washington State Non - Residential Energy Code Data shall be noted on the construction drawings. SEPA Checklist - if intensification of use (check with Planning Department for thresholds). Attach plans, reports or other documentation required to comply with Sensitive Area Ordinance or other land use or SEPA decisions. Food service establishments require two (2) sets of stamped approved plans by the Seattle -King County Department of Public Health prior to submitting for building permit application. The Department of Public Health is located at 201 Smith Tower, Seattle, WA or call (206) 296 -4787. (Form H -5) Copy of Washington State Department of Labor and Industries Valid Contractor's License. If no contractor has been selected at time of application a copy of this license will be required before the permit is issued OR submit Form H -4, "Affidavit in Lieu of Contractor Registration ". Building Owner /Authorized Agent If the applicant is other than the owner, registered architect/engineer, or contractor licensed by the State of Washington, a notarized letter from the property owner authorizing the agent to submit this permit application and obtain the permit will be required as part of this submittal I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PEI IRY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FO THIS PERA CTPERMIT.DOC 1/29/97 z w UO 0 w= H ua 0 2 � I— w Z = zI- w Lu • 0 • (12 D I- w w u- w z i • 1 O 1- z 1, n •kd *1 *1.144.4* *A *.tqf* 1 . 4 * * *•k *oft *:1 *4k•kfik} *1ra** 11.44 , -tIctk* • **A * **4 CITY or TUt W1t 1. • WA 20 ZtO T FiN7M11 * 4 : 4 �kAvbl: k *:l'.:l.tkk.,1k:4h:1�t.hrft:4: Jl.l k; iA• i A* *:k*kA* *: A". f RANStlIT Nuiuber�.. 11 9 f ►'0t >34 Amount: 1.2'22.25 08?29/'00 11:21 I?awmenL Method. .(I•IX:CI, No tion': Lam AS501,1A rLS Yni! NCR Perini .1 No: Tvpc :: ISEVPERM I>L►1LI.OPI41:t41 Plil,•r1iIT Pitrce1 No: 262304 - 3 ite Address: 132G {3t)UTI10EUTER >MALL' Total Feiss. 2;0131,79 TNtis f'iyment 1, Total ALL "Ports: 2,013.79 , Balance. .00 * #14 **s fir.*: A$ 14 4 t 4. A•A*: 1 k 4 74**# i11 *4*•4*re-•k.14:S * **1'4 1 *4 *A k ! *a*A4,4• *• dtt**. 'Account t Code Description Ainni.rn L 00(1/322.100 E( DING - NONRES 426.21. 0001345.830 830 PLAt1 CHECt; .- NOM'.ES 791.54 000/38§.904 STATE SUILC T.! G SURCHARGE 4,. '4x s;t • 4 04/05 17i0 TOTAL 'hidi� .;r •1 .. e :^tr.r, ,'"t ' " "•.-, ,�7tQ: `1�•t" 'rhia Payment: 146 00 ei1.K.ta.LXr f Y w i "'� Y' r i { y , $: i t t ry a +� > k'. ;k ; ;4 ,i... n(�;,141 ,, I S ., ,.'. fi r ( 4 j ' � J�.1 :,;,.' . �o,.. � + �q�R } I �I §�� y } +.�!`�,.' +1 f II "� 1p I/•+t, f t r� i��4Sk 4a � . r s���'J ' ,�i,�' i i }pI *, * * * * * * * * * * * * ** * * * * *�1 .;f * ** ., * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** * * * ** ** * * * * * * * ci 'r.' 9F t TuKWILA, -WA" :• TRANSMIT **!c *�k * * * *` * * (P* *' *** ** * * * * * ** * * *: * * * * * ** **fir * ** * * ** * ** 'rRANSMI 1 ` Number 4980034 Amount+: 146'. 0,0 08/11/00 15:32 Pa Method : CHECK. Nc -lion: 'L. &M ASSOC brit:: WER Permit No: 1)2000-266' ' Type: DEVPERM. DE.VEL_OPMENT P'E'RMIT Parcel No: 262304-9004 Site Address: 826 SOU1k4CEN1`F R . MALL. ********************************* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** * * * * * ** * * * * ** Account; Code Desc r i pt ion Amount 000/322.100 BUILDING -- I:4`' %'✓7'j wY�6M.s•l%!�A w.�s[ +iisVeJJ;Yf Y�a. yltt.C.3,k d..{:I.uS.,I : drst[Af i1vff1+.W /aili+ Total Fees : 2,013.79 Total ALL. Pmts : 791.51 Balance: 1,222.25, *A*Ak1%.*Ah + A A•JVA*AkA **Akh*':R #/;4;4st* k:�hh*It {{ k **Ak: h.1 1r:ti�h• " 11 V. O F 1 I 1 It 1 I L A ,. 14 Pi . • 00o ~ 2 l I tt �i G, i+t 1' 1, • krA h' 1'r ;�/,4..t'.,4,,1•.s.4*4h, ks *4*hs4:Ak•.kA•fir•4 t: *hA•,AhA'rit A.44 1\1314N;31+111 Number:. It98(1034() Amuur.i;, 645.54 i)F1!i.Olt:.() '3() ;OG = 1'44yint±nt 14'cthod4 CI11 CI No tali: i 0 ri ; • 1.&t4 ASSOCT..)• FES ini tc Wf:h 'Prr,AiL• .No: ,1)2U0c• r, I)1•:VPIE.ni4 I)F :.1,11 P1:11;4eT I ti r e'1 Nc1. 262304 - .1004 i t;;e Fact(i►'ess : 1)26 11IJ•f l4Ct N1 El; M(.11:I.. Total I tsc 2 dtl133 79 I, is .PtR } #a, €ni 645.54 1'ota1 (.1 1.,1., fr:t.s L. 645.54 Ad•}.,: s� • �1*`¢ � � A*, 1.* A4, A4k• kkA /es) *0.1,A- IcA *•J,•4kAA .4•i. *. lrkihA 'r kA* k '. kt 4 * 1 %ir* � 'ah� ittv D.6 :s(r 11) tin,,. iau,nun1 (I t► ?�� ... z 0 f31.11.1.01;14G NetIRES (. TOTAL 645.54 tt. utlA'::d.5L1�.r 1y 'ir:r. Projp� t vy lv1 CA)Ve Type t 11 Address: eac.P Sov+� cev*r III Date ca . 11 �. - ` b Special instructions: ∎rte wl l l be -1 J IOAm Date wanted: a.m. 1 Requester: C) 4 u Phone: 2 . r 3 12\--(vt0 (2- INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 9818 Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: 6v_ ; 61 J Inspector --- 041A t tt _ INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. .120 31-367 Corrections required pri* r to approval. Date: � ) lo` DlJ $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date:, ��1�'ii}➢w � • � tB3y1 •Str�ll�3�.,'LL'i.f�n.KGC <i � •.uw:�:b.+a'.wU ? A!. %: ioa.widGyu:F d2.v.,h�� .. • • ,• .., a..3..��.r ,4 e ,9'.p ee. -a. tie . ka,a:.,4 ., ,<.,41.2�.., ed;.. INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 9818 11�� Ty . of Inspectio : Requester: Special instructions: Approved per applicable codes. LJ Corrections required prior to approval. $47.00 REINSPECTION . E REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule rins.ection. Date: Receipt No: PERMIT NO. (206)431 -367 t Project: F 'A Q Y-1... Ni CUv F Y Type of Inspe) , / J- F RA i-'1 I C� /5U 51 -b4Pro AEI Address: 8 2.(0 SC— MA t—t- -- Date called: 11 -- 1 — u 1 ) Special instructions: Date wante : a.m. 1 ' �� R ester: Phone: 253-- 312 —C Iv INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 9818 COMMENTS: Inspecto Date:// Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PZ Loy --2t,ce PERMIT NO. (206)431 -36 Corrections required prior to approval. ate►. -P 11 $47.00 REINSPECTIO trE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid • at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. CaII to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: t ii.;. YQ• 4 o4S): . `It sEa. tyoi 3 �.;A.�x..:•aci.�.�.,t> Project: , Er ' r is c , C. l Y j C (. 1 Type of Inspection: I T' -4� u, I I nAt f w oe utd l i)t:( dres }} : Date called: . . Special instructions: Date wanted.. ,- - Z f-, - (. ) .m. Re uester: Pr, t..% r Phone: 2am( ,. — ZC12 - S " INSPECTION NO, CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 ,(Approved per applicable codes. Inspecto INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit (206)431 -3670 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: � -P 55 �., wa 1 U)a 1 wy Fe w Date: mi l _ Mn l��jj ❑ $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: Project: f — {(LY 1 tr1 C'C \ /P L ( Types of Inspection: C Y'GLYY11(1( Address: A•ztp c t -t ci II Date called: � 1 f' -- f: f Special instructions: Date wanted: C 1 In--0c) Re uester: Phone: [� 2.1.1() 2-. L 1 7 — ' c� 1- 1 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO, CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Approved per applicable codes. (206)431- 3670 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: K Q S 2- 1 wt Soj4 64' 9 r►o( ro Inspector: Date: Cr I C_ $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: Project rra vi/10 (dove q, Type of Inspe Lion: I 1 Ati erlaC WpiII19m((I FA tr Date c Iled: (1 / q _ (2a Address: z6 . - tneati- ferNi«<< Special instructions: Date nted: a.m. Requester: Phone: 26G - 2I 2-- Faii 7 Inspector: Date: U $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: na ►p. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 981 Approved per applicable codes. PERMIT NO (206)431 -3670 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: tin .S;aS::.lJ�r•sab:w\iAfi c Sa>.•4.i " ", X Approved without correction notice Approved with correction notice issued Sprinklers Fire Alarm //c/4 G Hood & Duct: i k/ Halon: A/ Monitor: PA Pre- Fire: // Permits: Ciiy of Tukwila Fire Department TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT FINAL APPROVAL FORM Permit No. Steven M. Mullet, Mayor Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief phy/ceJ `�'''Authori zed Sig nature Date , FINALAPP.FRM Rev. 2/19/98 T.F.D. Form F.P. 85 Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206-575-4404 • Fax: 206- 575.4439 z w ws U0 u) 0 •. N W 9iS ul O 1 u- = no HW z zl tu 2 p ' O N' ul F- u i z 0 1- : z �fladrtroem no.) --- _ Occupancy D NumIOer a( Fabius Arr. in R' 1 (i[li�i EMI tr iy I l• i. ■a NI MINS i... 1 . . ✓J : 1 , rei I - illi Ut fir. tiiili 111111111101h1111111111 11111 -- From Tattle 161 men - doaarrend a s� s meir wren tam forms TatM Anowsl Waal w Lotl n (no xtroon eo) trirT !idiom Description Ir=f CCITA IIMin ilium- PUI NumIOer a( Fabius vifaat F.atne • Wits Proposed illi 11111 " Tali Pronged Weal ran not bawd TOO Mooed WM ter hanror Total Propos Vises U0/ UO/ UU 10 : ao t O1cy44 1 000 08/08/n0 13:47 FAX 952 348 4180 41 Ms • • Lighting Summary 1924 waergam ism. 1•ahe.romi inew► CermONINIM Project Iafv C A Compliance Option Alteration Exceptions (am* appropriate trop • or not erred Tata Atl1* d Watts fair (tastier) Ma,dwum Allowed U Omen Paddle Open Poling Outdoor Mess 8 g (b. tango 0M9. (M Polo) - 7.5 Wilt New arr wooing utenOr. snooze liner ale heads M t et the pe*mtow 01•• Ofd not front) ed DS t limb:art Nome: ORM 20 Washin Pro AJ&�R e47%t ,A4 :4 1 1 APPN ant Address: a, Appian, Prone: t.&M AOCU 1A11'A W J SUTHERLAND & ASSOC. on tate Nonresid = fiat En • Code om • fiance Form ' L 'G-SUM Jv 1.49 . i v.-4A End=s Dedcn00t ' I' Prompts. Chignting Power Alsoonse © systeas Mee Cludikadon Ctiscidst ( rl. inthesto PreseriptIve OM spines daffy on tltatsJ • I, No el+t:gos ate bong nods ro Me Wang 0 Less titan e0 % o(tlra fedtxn lire nowt and installed igntirig wattage is not using into sud Extesi • mowed Wass sale a per l( same 02 WM 02 Wift cuswme Ex kesivr) (MsY not weir Total Asew•d Wawa Nor Eimrrot) D. For Suiting Depersne* Use Ansa 11E1 (or r tor vwirnteeri Taal Maim' Waltz T o l l Prapate0 w a g s may not esceea oral Pa ns Wass gar Samar Tam Proposed Wan PERMIT CENTER Received Time Aug. 8. 4:11PM Z000 - zm e tEguuc Z003/003 Nor. laa .!lltteeddMass :tta(arxM) 01 Or ..rr.. : -1 W. J. SUTHERLAND Energy Code Compliance Form Ughfing Power Budget PROJECT: FRANKUN COVEY, SOUTH CENTER MALL, JOB NUMBER: !3 DATE: AUGUST 7;2000 � t Allowable Total Watt Occupancy Type Area _ Sq. Ft. Retell "A" 2271 2271 PERIMETER = LF x 1.7 W /LF N/ TOTAL WATTS ALLOWABLE PER CODE 2271 Proposed Lighting Schedule Light Fixture Identification 1 Waits Per Fixture* 2 � Number of Futures 3 Total Watt$ 2179 ' 1 I "At' nn '"nmEnElln'cvi Type L Type LE Type F Type H Type EX 2 x 2 (Existing) Toilet LT (E) Type W Type X Type 1 Emergency Exit Ught DISPLAY CASE SS DISPLAY CASE K3 DISPLAY CASE WFG DISPLAY CASE M DISPLAY CASE J — — — 00 02 8 U) 03 w- et CM It et Z 1-• t. Br" 87 50 50 64 87 75 71 250 75 25 25 26 60 75 16 _ UNADJUSTED TOTAL PROPOSED WATTS - DEDUCT CREDITS PER CODE (SEC. 426) TOTAL WATTS = OR < CODE (SHEET A) 2179 U0 /Uo /UU 10:00 rAe 01LU44l000 08/08/00 13:47 FAX 902 346 4180 L&IR A0CUL.1f113 W J SUTHERLAND & ASSOC. lMJ U U.) '�i 002 /003 NOTE: ONE AND TWO FAMILY DETACHED DWEWNG AND THE DWELLING PORTIONS OF MULTI - FAMILY BUILDINGS ARE EXEMPT FROM THE LIGHTING BUDGETS. Received Time Aug. 8. 4:11PM RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 1 0 2000 PERMIT CENTER H:masterla edeo!m Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents CERTIFICATION PAGE Franklin Covey SOUTHCENTER MALL 826 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 PROJECT NO.: 7028 FOR Di000 Z‘b 1 of 1 FILE COPY RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 1 0 2000 PERMIT CENTER Certification Page DOCUME-1.DOC Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents STORE TENANT CONSULTING ARCHITECT OWNER / LANDLORD CONTACT IDENTIFICATION Franklin Covey Store #7028 South Center Mall 826 South Center Mall Tukwila, WA 98188 Franklin Covey Jamie Gull 2200 West Parkway Blvd. Salt Lake City, Utah 84119 Phone: 801-975-1776 Fax: 801-977-1771 L & M Associates Ltd. Donald W. Laukka 7151 Metro Blvd. Suite 171 Edina, MN 55439 Phone: 952/944-7576 Fax: 952/944-7585 The Richard E. Jacobs Group, Inc. Deborah Ziel 667125425 Center Ridge Road Cleveland, OH 44145-4122 Phone: 440/808-7547 • ,?■ t ai,10 1 of 1 Identification DOCUME-2.DOC Document/Section Number Number Title of Page(s) INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION Document 00001 — Document 00002 — Document 00010 — Document 00015 — BIDDING REQUIREMENTS Document 00200 — Instructions to Bidders Document 00300 — Proposal Document 00310 — Bid Form Document 00320 — Utility Infcrmation Document 00420 — Agreement and General Conditions Document 00520 — Agreement Between Tenant & General Contractors Document 00803 — Supplemental Conditions DIVISION 1 Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Certification Page Identification Index of Specification Sections Index of Sheets 01060 — Regulatory Requirements 01110 — Summary of Work 01250 — Contract Modification Procedures 01290 — Payment Procedures 01295 — Schedule of Values 01297 — Classification of Construction Costs 01310 — Project Coordination and Meetings 01320 — Progress Schedules 01330 — Submittal Procedures 01420 — References 01430 — Quality Assurance 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls 01570 — Temporary bite Controls 01600 — Product Re iirements 01700 — Execution I' 01733 — Cutting anc 1 Hatching Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents INDEX OF SPECIFICATION SECTIONS PROJECT NAME: FRANKLIN COVEY, SOUTHCENTER MALL PROJECT LOCATION: TUKWILA, WA PROJECT NUMBER: 7028 1 1 3 1 2 1 1 1 25 10 3 1 2 2 2 1 3 1 2 4 1 2 2 2 2 4 2 Index to Specification Sections 1 of 3 00010 XR'SY.tbL.�..Y x ,.'47 .2 >j..{ Section 02500 — Utility Services 1 DIVISION 3 Section 03300 — Cast- In- Place Concrete 6 Section 03511 Self- Leveling Concrete Floor Underlayment 3 DIVISION 4 Not Used DIVISION 5 Section 05400 — Cold- Formed Metal Framing 2 Section 05500 - Metal Fabrication 2 DIVISION 6 Section 06100 — Rough Carpentry 2 Section 06200 — Finish Carpentry/Millwork 2 DIVISION 7 Section 07900 — Joint Sealers 3 DIVISION 8 Section 08110 — Steel Doors and Frames 4 Section 08710 — Hardware 3 Section 08880 — Glazing 2 DIVISION 9 Section 09100 - Metal Support Assemblies 4 Section 09250 — Gypsum Wallboard Systems 4 Section 09300 Tile 2 Section 09510 — Acoustical Ceilings 2 Section 09550 — Wood Flooring 2 Section 09650 — Resilient Flooring 2 Section 09680 — Carpeting 2 Section 09900 — Painting 4 Section 09950 — Wall Covering 3 Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents Index to Specification Sections 2 of 3 00010 DIVISION 10 Section 10400 — Identifying Devices Section 10520 — Fire Protection Specialties Section 10670 — Storage Shelving Section 10800 — Toilet and Bath Accessories DIVISION 11 Not Used DIVISION 12 Section 12300 — Manufactured Cabinet and Casework Section 12302 — Merchandise Fixture Manual DIVISION 13 Not Used DIVISION 14 Not Used DIVISION 15 Section 15050 Mechanical Narrative DIVISION 16 Section 16050 — Electrical Narrative Franklin Covey Project Manual Index to Specification Sections 00010 • Construction Documents 3 of 3 2 1 1 2 2 28 1 ARCHITECTURAL A1.0 TITLE SHEET A2.0 DEMOLITION PLAN A2.1 ARCHITECTURAL PLAN A3.0 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A4.0 FLOOR FINISH PLAN A5.0 FIXTURE /EQUIPMENT PLAN A6.0 ELEVATIONS A7.0 ` DETAILS A8.0 STOREFRONT DETAILS MECHANICAL M1.0 M2.0 M3.0 ELECTRICAL E1.0 E2.0 E3.0 INDEX OF SHEETS PROJECT NAME: Franklin Covey at 826 Southcenter Mall PROJECT LOCATION: Tukwila, WA PROJECT NUMBER: 7028 MECHANICAL PLAN SPRINKLER PLAN PLUMBING PLAN LIGHTING PLAN POWER AND SIGNAL PLAN ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents 1 of 1 Index of Sheets 00015 DOCUMENT 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS BIDDER'S REPRESENTATION Bidders, by making a Bid, represent that: 1. The Bidder has read and Understands the Bidding Documents and the Bid is made in accordance therewith. 2. The Bidder has read and understands the Bidding Documents or Contract Documents, to the extent that such documentation relates to the Work for which the Bid is submitted, for other portions of the Project, if any, being bid concurrently or presently under construction. 3. The Bidder has visited the site, become familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed, and has correlated the Bidder's personal observations with the requirements of the proposed Contract Documents. 4. The Bid is based upon the materials, equipment, and systems required by the Bidding Documents without exception. No additional compensation will be paid due to Bidder's failure to be fully informed regarding requirements of the Contract Documents. INTERPRETATION OR CORRECTION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 5. Bidders and Sub - bidders requiring clarification or interpretation of the Bidding Documents shall make a written request which shall reach the Architect at least seven days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. 6. Interpretations, corrections, and changes of the Bidding Documents will be made by Addendum. Interpretations, corrections, and changes of the Bidding Documents made in any other manner will not be binding, and Bidders shall not rely upon them. SUBSTITUTIONS 7. The materials, products, and equipment described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required function, dimension, appearance, and quality to be met by any proposed substitution. 8. No substitutions will be accepted prior to receipt of Bids unless written request for approval has been received by the Architect at least ten days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. 9. If the Architect approves a proposed substitution prior to receipt of Bids, such approval will be set forth in an Addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner. 10. No substitutions will be considered after the Contact award unless specifically provided in the Contract Documents. CONSIDERATION OF BIDS 11. The Tenant shall have the right to reject any or all Bids, reject a Bid not accompanied by a required bid security or by other data required by the Bidding Documents, or reject a Bid which is in any way incomplete or irregular. 12. The Tenant shall have the right to waive informalities or irregularities in a Bid received and to accept the Bid which, in the Tenant's judgement, is in the Tenant's best interest. 13. A Progress Schedule will be required showing a logical, clear schedule of the Work delineated in the Contract Documents. This Schedule shall be submitted to the Tenant's Project Director for review and Franklin Covey Project Manual Instructions to Bidders Construction Documents 1 of 2 00200 approval prior to the execution of the Contract. The inability of the Bidder to produce this Schedule to the satisfaction of the Tenant's Project Director shall be cause for rejection of the Contractor's proposal. FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN TENANT (TENANT) AND CONTRACTOR 14. Unless otherwise required in the Bidding Documents, the Agreement for the Work will be written on AIA Document A107 as modified by the Architect, Abbreviated Form of Agreement Between Tenant and Contractor for Construction Projects of Limited Scope where the Basis of Payment is a Stipulated Sum. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents END OF DOCUMENT 1 of 2 Instructions to Bidders 00200 Date: To: Franklin Covey Co. C/O L& M Associates Ltd. Attention: Donald Laukka 7151 Metro Blvd. — Suite 171 Edina, Minnesota 55439 -2119 Pursuant to and in compliance with the proposed Contract Documents relating to the phased construction for the Franklin Covey Co. store at 826 SouthCenter Mall, Tukwila, WA, Project No. 7028 dated July 14, 2000, as prepared by L & M Associates, Ltd., the undersigned, having become thoroughly familiar with the terms and conditions of the proposed Contract Documents, and with local conditions affecting the performance and costs of the Work at SouthCenter Mail, the Work is to be completed on or before October 6, 2000,with jobsite supervision through October 13, 2000 in strict accordance with the proposed Contract Documents, for the following sum of money: A. BASE BID: Dollars ($ ) B. GENERAL 1 It is understood that the Tenant reserves the right to reject any or all bids without explanation, to waive irregularities, and to accept any bid other than the lowest bid, at his discretion. This bid shall remain open and not be withdrawn for a period of 30 days from the date prescribed for its opening. 2. Notice of acceptance, or request for additional information, may be addressed to the undersigned at the address set forth below. 3. Fixed fee adjustments shall be determined in accordance with the General and Supplementary Conditions. 4. Federal, State, or Local Taxes are applicable to this Work and are included in the Base Bid. SIGN HERE: Signature of Bidder Date of Proposal Name of Bidder Title NOTE: If bidder is a corporation, set forth the legal name of the corporation together with the signature of the officer or officers authorized to sign contracts on behalf of the corporation. If bidder is a partnership, set forth the name of the firm together with the signature of the partner or partners authorized to sign contracts on behalf of the partnership. Business Name: Telephone Number: Business Address: Fax Number: Tax I.D. Number Franklin Covey Project Manual Proposal Form Construction Documents 1 of 1 00300 DOCUMENT 00300 PROPOSAL FORM Telephone: (612) 944 -7576 Fax: (612) 944 -7585 • uewu.nwN6Yd1M1. 1 DOCUMENT 00320 UTILITY INFORMATION The location of utilities, such as sewers, electrical power, water piping, conduits, and other such utilities indicated on the Drawings were determined from available information but its accuracy and completeness cannot is not guaranteed. Verify the exact location of these utilities prior to the execution of the Work Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents END OF DOCUMENT a Utility Information 1 of 1 00320 The attached Agreement form AGREEMENT BETWEEN TENANT AND CONTRACTOR for where the Basis of Payment is a Stipulated Sum shall be provided by theTenant and shall be reviewed, completed and submitted by the successful Bidder to the Architect following notification. The General Conditions for the Project Shall be AIA Document A201 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction 1987 Edition. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents DOCUMENT 00420 AGREEMENT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS END OF DOCUMENT 1 of 25 Index of Sheets 00420 T H E AIA A M E R I C A N I N S T I T U T E O F A R C H I T E 'C T S AIA Document A201 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS MODIFICATION 1987 EDITION TABLE OF ARTICLES AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA • © 1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1 ^ 35 NEW YORK AVENUE, N W.. WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS 8. TIME 2. OWNER 9. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 3. CONTRACTOR 10. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY - 4. ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 11. INSURANCE AND BONDS 5. SUBCONTRACTORS 12. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 6. CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY 13. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 14. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE 7. CHANGES IN THE WORK CONTRACT CAUTION: You should use an original AIA document which has this caution printed in red. An original assures that changes will not be obscured as may occur when documents are reproduced. A201 -1987 1 This document has been approved and endorsed by the Associated General Contractors of America. Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958. 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987 by The American Institute of Architects, 1735 New York Avenue, NM.. Washington, D.C., 20006. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written,, permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will be subject to legal prosecutions. Acceptance of Nonconforming Work 9.6.6, 9.9.3,12.3 Acceptance of Work 9.6.6, 9.8.2, 9.9.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3 Access to Work 3.16, 6.2.1, 12.1 Accident Prevention 4.2.3, 10 Acts and Omissions . 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.3.2, 3.12.8, 3.18, 4.2.3, 4.3.2, 4.3.9, 8.3.1, 10.1.4, 10.2.5, 13.4.2, 13.7, 14.1 Addenda 1.1.1, 3.11 Additional Cost, Claims for 4.3.6, 4.3.7, 4.3.9, 6.1.1, 10.3 Additional Inspections and Testing 4.2.6, 9.8.2, 12.2.1, 13.5 Additional Time Claims for 4.3.6, 4.3.8, 4.3.9, 8.3.2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 3.3.3. 9.4, 9.5 Advertisement or Invitation to Bid 1.1.1 Aesthetic Effect 4.2.1 3, 4.5.1 Allowances 3.8 All -risk Insurance 11.3.1.1 Applications for Payment .. 4.2.5, 7.3.7, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9 5.1, 9.6.3, 9.8.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 9.10.4, 11.1.3, 14.2.4 Approvals .... 2.4, 3.3.3, 3.5, 3.10.2, 3.12.4 through 3.12.8, 3.18.3, 4.2.7, 9.3.2, 11.3.1.4, 13.4.2, 13.5 Arbitration 4.1.4, 4.3.2, 4.3.4, 4.4.4, 4.5, 8.3.1, 10.1.2, 11.3.9, 11.3.10 Architect 4.1 Architect, Definition of 4.1.1 Architect, Extent of Authority 2.4, 3.12.6, 4.2, 4.3.2, 4.3.6, 4.4, 5.2, 6.3, 7.1.2, 7.2.1, 7.3.6, 7.4, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.3, 9.8.2, 9.8.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 12.1, 12.2.1, 13.5.1, 13.5. 14.2.E 14 2.4 Architect, Limitations of Authority and Responsibility . 3.3.3, 3.12.8, 3.12.11, 4.1.2, 4.2.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.10, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 4.3.2, 5.2.1, 7.4, 9.4.2, 9.6.4, 9.6.6 Architect's Additional Services and Expenses 2.4, 9.8.2, 11.3.1.1, 12.2.1, 12.2.4, 13.5.2, 13.5.3, 14.2.4 Architect's Administration of the Contract 4.2, 4.3.6, 4.3.7, 4.4, 9.4, 9.5 Architects Approvals 2.4, 3.5.1, 3.10.2, 3.12.6, 3.12.8, 3.18.3, 4.37 Architect's Authority to Reject Work .... 3.5.1, 42.6, 12.1.2, 12.2.1 Architect's Copyright 1.3 Architect's Decisions 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.2.13. 4.3.2, 4.3.6, 4.4.1. 4.4.4, 4.5, 6.3, 7.3.6, 7.3.8, 8.1.3, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 10.1.2, 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4 Architect's Inspections 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 4.3.6, 9.4.2, 9.8.2, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 Architect's Instructions .. 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.8, 4.3.7, 7.4.1, 12.1, 13.5.2 Architect's Interpretations 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.3.7 Architects On -Site Observations 4.2.2, 4.2.5, 4.3.6, 9.4?, 9.5.1, 9.10.1, 13.5 Architect's Project Representative 4.2.10 Architect's Relationship with Contractor 1.1.2, 3 2.1, 3. ' 3.3.3. 3.5.1, 3.7.3, 3.11, 3.12.8, 3.12.11, 3.16, 3.18, 4.2.3, 4.2.4, 4.2.6, 4.2.12, 5.2. 6.2.2, 7.3.4, 9.8.2, 11.3.7, 12.1, 13.5 Architect's Relationship with Subcontractors 1.1.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.4, 4.2.6, 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 11.3. Architect's Representations 9.4.3, 9.5.1, 9.10.1 Architect's Site Visits 4.2.2, 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 4.3.6, 9.4. 9.5.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 Asbestos 10.1 Attorneys' Fees 3.18.1.9.10.2, 10.1.4 Award of Separate Contracts 6.1.1 %ward of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Portions of the Work 5.2 dasic Definitions 1.1 Bidding Requirements 1.1.1, 1.1.7. 5.2.1, 11.4.1 Boiler and Machinery Insurance 11.3,2 Bonds, Lien 9.10.2 Bonds, Performance and Payment 7.3.6.4, 9.10.3, 11.3.9, 11.4 2 A201 -1987 INDEX Building Permit 3.7.1 Capitalization 1.4 Certificate of Substantial Completion 9.8.2 Certificates for Payment 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3. 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.1, 9.6.6, 9.7.1, 9.8.3, 9 10.1, 9.10.3, 13.7, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4 Certificates of Inspection, Testing or Approval 3.12.11, 13.5.4 Certificates of Insurance • 9.3.2.9.10.2, 11.1.3 Change Orders 1.1.1, 2.4.1, 3.8.2.4, 3.11, 4.2.8, 4.3.3, 5.2.3, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3.2, 8.3.1, 9.3.1.1, 9.10.3, 11.3.1.2, 11.3.4, 11.3.9, 12.1.2 Change Orders, Definition of 7.2.1 Changes 7.1 CHANGES IN THE WORK .... 3.11, 4.2.8, 7, 8.3.1,9.3.1.1,10.1.3 Claim, Definition of 4.3.1 Claims and Disputes 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 6.2.5, 8.3.2, 9 3.1.2, 9.3.3, 9.10.4, 10.1.4 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims 4.5.6 Claims for Additional Cost 4.3.6, 4.3.7, 4.3.9, 6.1.1, 10.3 Claims for Additional Time 4.3.6, 4.3.8, 4.3.9, 8.3 .2 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions 4.3.6 Claims for Damages... 3.18, 4.3.9, 6.1.1, 6.2.5, 8.3.2, 9.5.1.2, 10.1.4 Claims Subject to Arbitration 4.3.2, 4.4.4, 4.5.1 Cleaning Up 3.15, 6.3 Commencement of Statutory Limitation Period 13.7 Commencement of the Work, Conditions Relating to 2.1.2, 2.2.1, 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.7.1, 3.10.1, 3.12.6, 4.3.7, 5.2.1, 6.2.2, 8.1.2, 8.2.2, 9.2, 11.1.3. 11.3.6, 11.4.1 Commencement of the Work, Definition of 8.1.2 Communications Facilitating Contract Administration 3.9.1, 4.2.4, 5.2.1 Completion, Conditions Relating to 3.11, 3.15, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 4.3.2, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10, 11.3.5. 12.2.2, 13.7.1 COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND 9 Completion, Substantial 4.2.9, 4.3.5.2, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.3, 9.8, 9.9.1, 12.2.2, 13.7 Compliance with Laws 1.3, 3.6, 3.7, 3.13, 4.1.1. 10.2.2, 11.1, 11.3, 13.1, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 13.6, 14.1.1, 14.2.1.3 Concealed or Unknown Conditions 4.3.6 Conditions of the Contract 1.1.1, 1.1.7, 6.1.1 Consent, Written 1.3.1, 3.12.8, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 4.3.4, 4.5.5, 9.3.2, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3,10.1.2, 10.1.3, 11.3.1, 11.3.1.4, 11.3,11, 13.2, 13.4.2 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 1.1.4, 8 Construction Change Directive, Definition of 7.3.1 Construction Change Directives .... 1.1.1, 4.2.8, 7.1, 7.3, 9.3.1.1 Construction Schedules, Contractor's 3.10, 6.1.3 Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts 5.4 Continuing Contract Performance 4.3.4 Contract, Definition of 1.1.2 CONTRACT, TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE 4.3.7, 5.4.1.1, 14 Contract Administration 3.3.3, 4, 9.4, 9.5 Contract Award and Execution, Conditions Relating to 3.7.1, 3.10, 5.2, 9.2, 11.1.3. 11.3.6, 11.4.1 Contract Documents, The 1.1, 1.2, 7 Contract Documents, Copies Furnished and Use of... 1 3, 2.2.5, 5.3 Contract Documents, Definition of 1.1.1 Contract Performance During Arbitration 4.3.4, 4.5.3 Contract Sum 3.8, 4.3.6, 4.3.7, 4.4.4, 5.2.3, 6.1.3, 7.2, 7.3, 9.1, 9 7, 11.3.1, 12.2.4, 12.3, 14.2.4 Contract Sum, Definition of 9.1 Contract Time 4.3.6, 4.3.8, 4,4.4, 7.2.1.3, 7.3, 8.2.1, 8.3.1, 9.7, 12.1.1 Contract Time, Definition of 8.1.1 AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA • A 1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, r35 NEW YORK AVENUE, NAV., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 CONTRACTOR 3 Contractor, Definition of 3.1, 6.1.2 Contractor's Bid 1.1.1 Contractor's Construction Schedules 3.10, 6.1.3 Contractor's Employees 3.3.2, 3.4.2, 3.8.1, 3.9, 3.18, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 8.1.2, 10.2, 10.3, 11.1.1, 14.2,1.1 Contractor's Liability Insurance 11.1 Contractor's Relationship with Separate Contractors and Owner's Forces 2.2.6, 3.12.5, 3.14.2, 4.2.4, 6, 12.2.5 Contractor's Relationship with Subcontractors 1.2.4, 3.3.2, 3.18.1, 3.18.2, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4. 9.6.2, 11.3.7, 11.3.8, 14.2.1.2 • Contractor's Relationship with the Architect .... 1.1.2, 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.3.3, 3.5.1, 3.'.3, 3.11, 3.12.8 3.16, 3.18, 4.2.3, 4.2.4, 4.2.6, 4.2.12, 5.2, 6.2.2. 7.3.4, 9.8.2, 11.3.7, 12.1, 13.5 Contractor's Representations.. 1.2.2. 3.5.1, 3.12.7, 6.2.2, 8.2.1, 9.3.3 Contractor's Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 3.3.2 3.18, 4.2.3, 10 Contractor's Review of Contract Documents 1.2.2, 3. 3.7.3 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work 9. Contractor's Right to Terminate the Contract 14.1 Contractor's Submittals 3.10. 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 7.3.6. 9.2. 9.3.1, 9.8.2. 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 10.1.2. 1 1.4.2, 11.4.3 Contractor's Superintendent 3.9, 10.2.6 Contractor's Supervision and Construction Procedures 1.2.4, 3.3, 3.4, 4.2.3, 8.2.2, 8.2.3, 10 Contractual Liability Insurance 11.1.1.7, 11.2.1 Coordination and Correlation 1. 1 , 1.2.4.3.3.1, 3.10, 3.12.7, 6.1.3, 6.2.1 Copies Furnished of Drawings and Specifications ... 1.3, 2.2.5, 3.11 Correction of Work 2.3, 2.4, 4.2.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 12.1.2. 12.2, 13.7.1.3 Cost, Definition of 7.3.6, 14.3.5 Costs .. 2.4, 3.2.1, 3.7.4, 3.8.2, 3. 15.2, 4.3.6, 4.3.7, 4.3.8.1, 5.2.3, 6.1.1, 6.2.3, 6.3, 7.3.3.3, 7.3.6,7.3.',9.7,9.8. 11.3.1.2, 11.3.1.3, 11.3.4, 11.3.9, 12 .1.12.2.1,12.2.4,12.2.5,13.5, Cutting and Patching 3.14, 6.2.6 Damage to Construction of Owner or Separate Contractors 3.14.2, 6.2.4, 9.5.1.5, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.3, 11.1, 11.3, 12.2.5 Damage to the Work 3.14.2, 9.9.1, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.3, 11.3 Damages, Claims for .. 3.18, 4.3.9, 6.1.1, 6.2.5, 8.3.2.9.5.1.2, 10.1.4 Damages for Delay 6.1.1, 8.33, 9.5.1.6, 9.7 Date of Commencement of the Work, Definition of 8.1.2 Date of Substantial Completion, Definition of 8.1.3 Day, Definition of 8.1.4 Decisions of the Architect 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4,2.11, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 4,3 2, 4.3.6, 4.4.1, 4.4.4, 4.5, 6.3. - .3.6, 7.3.8, 8.1.3, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.1. 10.1.2, 13.5.2. 14.2.2, 14.2.4 Decisions to Withhold Certification 9.5, 9.7, 14.1.1.3 Defective or Nonconforming Work, Acceptance, Rejection and Correction of 2.3, 2.4, 3.5.1, 4.2.1, 4.2.6, 4.3.5, 9.5.2, 9.8.2, 9.9 1, 10.2.5, 12, 13.7.1.3 Defective Work, Definition of 3.5.1 Definitions 1.1, 2.1.1, 3.1, 3.5.1. 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 3.12.3, 4.1.1, 4.3.1, 5.1, 6,1.2, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.3.6, 8.1, 9.1, 9.8.1 Delays and Extensions of Time 4.3.1, 43.8.1, 4.3.8.2, 6.1.1, 6.2.3, 7 .2 2 . 1 , 7.3.1, 7.3.4, 7.3.5, 7.3.8, 7.3.9, 8,1.1, 8.3, 10.3.1, 14.1.1.4 Disputes 4.1.4, 4.3, 4.4. 4.5, 6.2.5, 6.3. -.3.8, 9.3.1.3 Documents and Samples at the Site 3.11 Drawings, Definition of 1.1, .5 5.3 Drawings and Specifications, Use and Ownership of 2? 5. 3 1.1.1.11, 1,3, Duty to Review Contract Documents and Field Conditions 3.2 Effective Date of Insurance 8.2,2, 11.1.2 Emergencies 4.3.7, 10.3 Employees, Contractor's 3.32, 3.4.2, 3.8.1, 3.9, 3.18.1, 3.18.2, 4.2,3, 4.2.6, 8 1.2, 10.2, 10.3, 11.1.1, 14.2.1.1 Equipment, l.abor, Materials and 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4, 3.5.1, 3.8.2. 3.12.3, 3.12.7. 3.12.11, 3.13, 3.15.1, 4.2.7, 6.2.1, 7.3.6, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 11.3, 12.2.4, 14 Execution and Progress of the Work 1.1.3, 1.2.3, 3.2, 3.4.1, 3.5.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 4.3.4, 4.3.8, 6.2.2, 7.1.3, 7.3.9, 8.2, 8.3. 9.5, 9.9.1, 10.2, 14.2, 14.3 Execution, Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents 1.2, 3.7.1 Extensions of Time 4.3.1, 4.3.8, 7.2.1.3, 8.3, 10.3.1 Failure of Payment by Contractor 9.5.1.3, 14.2.1.2 Failure of Payment by Owner 4,3.7, 9.7, 14.1.3 Faulty Work (See Defective or Nonconforming Work) Final Completion and Final Payment 4.2.1, 4.2.9, 4.3.2, 4.3.5, 9.10, 11.1.2. 11.1.3, 11.3.5, 12.3.1, 13.7 Financial Arrangements. Owner's 2.2.1 Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance 11.3 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1 Governing Law 13.1 Guarantees (See Warranty and Warranties) Hazardous Materials 10.1, 10.2.4 Identification of Contract Documents 12.1 Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers 52.1 ; Indemnification 3.17, 3,18, 9.10.2, 10.1.4,11.3.1.2,11.3.7(' Information and Services Required of the Owner .2.1.2, 2.2,44,,, 4.3.4, 6.1.3. 6.1.4, 6.2.6, 9.3.2, 9.6.1, 9.6.4, 9.8.3, 9.9.2, 9.10.3, 10.1.4, 11.2, 11.3, 13.5.1, 13.5.2 Injury or Damage to Person or Property 4.3.9 Inspections 3.3.3, 3.3.4, 3.7.1, 4.22, 4.2.6.42.9,4.3 .6,9.42,9.8.2,9.9. Instructions to Bidders 1.1.1 Instructions to the Contractor .... 3.8.1. 4.2.8, 52.1, 7, 12.1, 13.5.2 Insurance 4.3.9. 6.1.1, 7.3.6.4, 9.3.2. 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 11 Insurance, Boiler and Machinery 11.3.2 Insurance, Contractor's Liability 11.1 Insurance, Effective Date of 8.2 ' 11.1.2 Insurance, Loss of Use 11.3.3 Insurance, Owner's Liability 11.2 Insurance, Property 10.2.5,11.3 Insurance. Stored Materials 9.3.2, 11.3.1.4 INSURANCE AND BONDS 11 Insurance Companies, Consent to Partial Occupancy . . 9.9.1, 11 3.11 Insurance Companies. Settlement with 11.3.10 Intent of the Contract Documents 12.3. 3.12.4, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2 12. 4.2.13, 7.4 Interest 13.6 Interpretation 1.3.5,1.4,1.5, 4.1.1, 4.3.1, 5.1, 6.1.2, 8.1.4 Interpretations, Written 42.11.4 2.12, 4.3.7 Joinder and Consolidation of Claims Required 4.5.6 Judgment on Final Award 4.5.1. 4.5.4.1, 4.5.7 Labor and Materials, Equipment ... • 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4, 3.5.1, 3.8.2, 3,12.2, 3.12.3, 3.12.7, 3.12.11, 3.13, 3.15.1, 4.2.7, 6.2.1, - .3.6, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 12.2.4, 14 Labor Disputes 8.3.1 Laws and Regulations 1.3, 3.6. 3.7, 3.13, 4.1.1, 4.5.5, 4.5.7, 9.9.1. 10.2.2. 11.1. 11.3, 13.1. 13.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 13.6 Liens 2.1.2. 4.3.2. 4.3.5.1, 8.2.2. 9.3.3, 9.10.2 Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder 4.5.5 — Limitations, Statutes of 4.5,4 .2, 12.2.6, 13.7 Limitations of Authority 3.3.1, 4.1.2, 4.2.1, 4.2.3, 42.'. 4.2.10, 5.2.2, 5.2.4, 7.4, 11.3.10 AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION AIM' • 1:1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE. N.W., WASHINGTON. D.C. 200116 A201 -1987 3 re ti ~~ O , W 2 j 0 • 0 0 N 0 I- W ea Ill8 z U N' 0 Z:... Limitations of Liability 7 .3, 3.2.1. 3.5.1. 3.7.3, 3.12.8, 3.12.11, 3.17, 3.18, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.12. 6.2.2, 9.4.2. 9.6.4, 9.10.4. 10.1.4, 10.2.5, 11.1.2, 11.2.1, 11.3., 13.4.2, 13.5.2 Limitations of Time, General 2.2.1, 2.2.4, 3.2.1, 3.7.3, 3.8.2, 3.10, 3.12.5, 3.15.1. 4.2.1, 4.2.7, 4.2.11, 4.3.2. 4.3.3, 4.3.4,4.3.6, 4.3.9, 4.5.4.2, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 6.2.4, 7.3.4, 7.4, 8.2, 9.5, 9.6.2, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10, 11.1.3, 11.3.1, 11.3.2, 11.3.5, 11.3.6, 12.2.1, 12.2.2, 13.5, 13.7 Limitations of Time, Specific 2.1.2, 2.2.1, 2.4, 3.10, 3.11, 3.15.1, 4.2.1, 4.2.11, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 5.3, 5.4, 7.3.5. 7.3.9, 8.2. 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.3.3, 9.4.1, 9.6.1, 9.7, 9.8.2, 9.10.2, 11.1.3, 11.3.6, 11.3.10, 11.3.11, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 12.2.6, 13.7, 14 Loss of Use Insurance 11.3.3 Material Suppliers 1.3.1, 3.12.1, 4.2.4, 4.2.6, 5.2.1, 9.3.1, 9.3.1.2, 9.3.3, 9.4.2, 9.6.5, 9.10.4 Materials, Hazardous 10.1, 10.2.4 Materials. Labor, Equipment and 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4, 3.5.1, 3.8.2, 3.12.2, 3.12.3, 3.12.7, 3.12.11. 3.13, 3.15.1, 4.2.7, 6.2.1, 7.3.6, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 12.2.4, 14 Means. Methods, Techniques, Sequences and Procedures of Const ruction 3.3.1, 4.2.3, 4.2.7, 9.4.2 Minor Changes in the Work 1.1.1, 4. 4.3.7, 7.1, 7.4 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 13 ..„Alodificadons, Definition of 1.1.1 Modifications to the Contract 1.1.1, 1.1. 3.7.3, 3.11, 4.1.2, 4.2.1, 5.2.3, 7, 8.3.1, 9.7 Mutual Responsibility 6.2 Nonconforming Work, Acceptance of 12.3 Nonconforming Work, Rejection and Correction of 4.3.5. 9.5.2, 9.8.2, 12. 13.7.1.3 Notice 2.3, 1 .4, 3. 3. 3.7.;, 3. 3.9, 3.12.8, 3.12.9, 3.17, 4.3, 4.4.4, 4.5, 5.2.1, 5.3, 5.4.1.1, 8.2.2, 9.4.1, 9.5.1, 9.6.1, 9.7, 9.10, 10.1.2, 10.2.6, 11.1.3, 11.3, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 13.3, 13.5.1. 13.5.2, 14 Notice, Written 2 3, 1 .4, 3.9, 3.12.8, 3.12.9, 4.3, 4.4.4, 4.5, 5.2.1, 5.3, 5.4 1.1, 8.2.2, 9.4.1, 9.5.1, 9.7, 9.10, 10.1.2, 10.2.6, 11.1.3, 11.3, 12.2.2. 12.2.4.13.3, 13.5.2, 14 Notice of Testing and Inspections 13.5.1, 13.5.2 Notice to Proceed Notices, Permits, Fees and 2.2.3, 3.7, 3.13, 7.3.6.4, 10.2.2 Observations, Architect's On-Site 4.2.2, 4.2.5, 4.3.6, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9 Observations, Contractor's Occupancy 9.6.6, 9.8.1, 9.9, 11.3.11 On-Site Inspections by the Architect 4.2.2. 4.2.9, 4.3.6, 9.4.2, 9.82, 9.9.2, 9.10.1 On-Site Observations by the Architect 4. 1 , 4. 4.3.6. 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.10.1, 13.5 Orders, Written 1 .3, 3.9, 4.3.7, 7, 8.2.2, 11.3.9, 12.1, 12.2. 13.5.2, 14.3.1 OWNER 2 Owner. Definition of 2.1 Owner, information and Services Required of the . 2.1.2, 2.2, 4.3.4, 6, 9, 10.1.4, 11.2. 11.3, 13.5.1. 14.1.1.5, 14.1.3 Owner's Authority i 8.1, 4.1.3, 4.2.9, 5.2.1. 5.2.4, 5.4.1, - .3.1, 8.2.2, 9.3.1, 9.3.2. 11.4.1. 12.2.4, 13.5.2. 14.2, 14.3.1 Owner's Financial Capability 2.2.1, 14.1.1.5 )Owner's Liability Insurance 11.2 Owner's Loss of Use Insurance 11.3.3 Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors 1.1. 5.2.1, 5.4 1, 9.6.4 Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work 2.4, 12.2.4, 142.2.2 6.3 Owner's Right to Clean Up 4 A201-1987 2.3. Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to Award Separate Contracts 6.1 Owner's Right to Stop the Work 2.3, 4.3.7 Owner's Right to Suspend the Work 14.3 Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract 14.2 Ownership and Use of Architect's Drawings, Specifications and Other Documents 1.1.1, 1.3, 2.2.5, 5.3 Partial Occupancy or Use 9.6.6,9.9, 11.3.11 Patching, Cutting and 3.14, 6.2.6 Patents, Royalties and 3.17 Payment, Applications for 4.2.5, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.8.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 9.10.4, 14.2.4 Payment, Certificates for 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3,9.4, 9.5, 9.6.1, 9.6.6, 9.7.1, 9.8.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 13.7, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4 Payment, Failure of 4.3.7, 9.5.1.3, 9.7, 9.10.2. 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2 Payment, Final 4. 4.2.9. 4.3.2, 4.3.5. 9.10, 11.1.2, 11.1.3. 11.3.5, 12.3.1 Payment Bond, Performance Bond and 7.3.6.4, 9.10.3, 11 3.9, 11.4 4.3.4. 9.3, 9.6, 9.8.3, 9.10.3, 13.6, 14.2.3 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9 Payments to Subcontractors 5.4.2, 9.5.1 4. 9.6.2, 9.6.3. 9.6.4, 11.3.8, 14.2.1.2 PCB 10.1 Performance Bond and Payment Bond 7.3.6.4, 9.10.3, 11 3.9, 11.4 Permits, Fees and Notices . 2.2.3.3.7, 3.13, 7.3.6.4, 10.2.2 PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION OF 10 Polychlorinated Biphenyl 10.1 Product Dam, Definition of 3.12.2 Product Data and Samples, Shop Drawings . . . . 3.11,3.12, 4.2.7 Progress and Completion 4. 7 ,4 . . 3 3 . . 4 4 :9 9 3, .2 Progress Payments 4 9.6, 9.8.3, 9.10.3, 13.6, 14.2.3 1.1.4 1.1.7 2.2.5 4.2.10 102.5, 11.3 10 Payments, Progress Project, Definition of the Project Manual, Definition of the Project Manuals Project Representatives Property Insurance PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY Regulations and Laws 1.3, 3.6. 3.7, 3.13, 4.1.1, 4.5.5, 4.5. 10.2.2, 11.1, 11.3, 13 1, 13.4. 13.5.1, 13.5.2. 13.6, 14 Rejection of Work 3.5.1, 4.2.6, 12.2 Releases of Waivers and Liens 9.10.2 Representations 1.2.2, 3.5.1, 3.12.7, 6.2.2, 8.2.1, 9.3.3. 9.4.2, 9.5.1. 9.8.2, 9.10.1 Representatives 7 .1.1, 3.1.1, 3.9, 4.1.1, 4.2.1, 4.2.10, 5.1.1, 5.1.2, 13.2.1 Resolution of Claims and Disputes 4.4, 4.5 Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 3 3.2, 4.2.3. 6.1.3, 6.2, 10 Retainage 9.3.1, 9.6.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.1. 9.10.2, 9.10.3 Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions by Contractor 1.2.2, 3.2, 3.7.3,3.12.7 Review of Contractor's Submittals by Owner and Architect 3.10.1, 3.10.2, 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7, 4 2.9. 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 9.2, 9.8.2 Review of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples by Contractor 3.12.5 Rights and Remedies 1.1.2, 2.3, 2.4. 3.5.1, 3.15.2, 4.2.6, 4.3.6, 4.5, 5.3, 6.1. 6.3, 7.3.1. 8.3.1. 9.5.1. 9.7, 10.2.5, 10.3. 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 13.4, 14 Royalties and Patents 3.17 AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA 9 • 'CD 1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W. WASHINGTON. D.C. 20006 Rules and Notices for Arbitration 4.5.2 Safety of Persons and Property 10.2 Safety Precautions and Programs 4.2.3, 4.2.7,10.1 Samples. Definition of 3.12.3 Samples, Shop Drawings, Product Data and ... 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7 Samples at the Site, Documents and 3.11 Schedule of Values 9.2, 9.3.1 Schedules, Construction 3.10 Separate Contracts and Contractors 1.1.4, 3.14.2, 4.2.4, 4.5.5, 6, 11.3.7, 12.1.2, 12.2.5 Shop Drawings, Definition of 3.12.1 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples .... 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7 Site, Use of 3.13, 6.1.1, 6.2.1 Site Inspections ... 1.2.2, 3.3.4, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 4.3.6, 9.8.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 She Visits, Architect's 4.2.2, 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 4.3.6. 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 Special Inspections and Testing 4.2.6, 12.2.1, 13.5 Specifications, Definition of the 1.1.6 Specifications, The 1.1.1, 1.1.8, 1.1.7, 1.2.4, 1.3, 3.11 Statutes of Limitations 4.5.4.2, 12.2.6, 13.7 Stopping the Work 2.3, 4.3.7, 9.7, 10.1.2, 10.3, 14.1 Stored Materials 6.2.1, 9.3.2, 10.2.1.2. 11.3.1.4, 12.2.4 Subcontractor, Definition of 5.1.1 SUBCONTRACTORS 5 Subcontractors, Work by 1.2.4, 3.3.2, 3.12.1, 4.2.3, 5.3, 5.4 Subcontractual Relations 5.3, 5.4, 9.3.1.2, 9.6.2, 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 10.2.1, 11.3.7, 11.3.8, 14.1.1, 14.2.1.2, 14.3.2 Submittals 1.3, 3.2.3, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 7.3.6, 9.2, 9 3.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 10.1.2, 11.1.3 Subrogation, Waivers of 6.1.1, 11.3.5, 11.3.7 Substantial Completion 4.2.9, 4.3.5.2, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.3, 9.8, 9.9.1, 12.2.1, 12.2.2, 13.7 Substantial Completion, Definition of 9.8.1 Substitution of Subcontractors 5.2.3, 5.2.4 Substitution of the Architect 4.1.3 Substitutions of Materials 3.5.1 Sub-subcontractor, Definition of 5.1.2 Subsurface Conditions 4.3.6 Successors and Assigns 13.2 Superintendent 3.9, 10.2.6 Supervision and Construction Procedures 1.2.4, 3.3, 3.4, 4.2.3, 4.3.4, 6.1.3, 6.2.4, 7.1.3, 7.3.4, 8.2, 8.3.1, 10, 12, 14 Surety 4.4.1, 4.4.4, 5.4.1.2, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 14.2.2 Surety. Consent of 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3 Surveys 2.2.2, 3.18.3 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience 14.3 Suspension of the Work 4.3.7, 5.4.2, 1- t.1.1,4, 14.3 Suspension or Termination of the Contract 4.3.7, 5.4.1.1, 14 Taxes 3.6, 7.3.6.4 Termination by the Contractor 14.1 Termination by the Owner for Cause 5.4.1.1,14.2 Termination of the Architect 4.1.3 Termination of the Contractor 14.2.2 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 14 Tests and Inspections 3.3.3, 4.2.6, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 12.2.1,13.5 TIME 8 Time, Delays and Extensions of 4.3.8, 7.2.1, 8.3 Time Limits, Specific 2.1.2, 2.2.1, 2.4, 3.10, 3.11, 3.15.1, 4.2.1, 4.2.11, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 5.3, 5.4, 7.3.5, 7.3.9, 8.2, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.3.3, 9.4.1, 9.6.1, 9.7, 9.8.2, 9.10.2, 11.1.3, 11.3.6, 11.3.10, 11.3.11, 12.2.2, 12.2.4. 12.2.6, 13.7, 14 Time Limits on Claims 4.3.2, 4.3.3, 4.3.6, 4.3.9, 4.4, 4.5 Title to Work 9.3.2, 9.3.3 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 12 Uncovering of Work 12.1 Unforeseen Conditions 4.3.6, 8.3.1, 10.1 Unit Prices 7.1.4, 7.3.3.2 Use of Documents 1.1.1, 1.3, 2.2.5, 3.12.7, 5.3 Use of Site 3.13, 6.1.1, 6.2.1 Values, Schedule of 9.2, 9.3.1 Waiver of Claims: Final Payment 4.3.5, 4.5.1, 9.10.3 Waiver of Claims by the Architect 13.4.2 Waiver of Claims by the Contractor 9.10.4, 11.3.7, 13.4.2 Waiver of Claims by the Owner 4.3.5, 4.5.1, 9.9.3, 9.10.3, 11.3.3, 11.3.5, 11.3.7, 13.4 .2 Waiver of Liens 9.10.2 Waivers of Subrogation 6.1.1, 11.3.5, 11.3.7 Warranty and Warranties 3.5, 4.2.9, 4.3.5.3, 9.3.3, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 12.2.2, 13.7.1.3 Weather Delays 4.3.8.2 When Arbitration May Be Demanded 4.5.4 Work, Definition of 1 Written Consent 1.3.1, 3.12.8, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 4.3.4, 4.5.5, 9.3.2, 9.8.2, 9 9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 10.1.2, 10.1.3, 11 3.1, 11.3.1.4, 11.3.11, 13.2, 13.4.2 Written Interpretations 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.3.7 Written Notice 2.3, 2.4, 3.9, 3.12.8, 3.12.9, 4.3, 4.4.4, 4.5, 5.2.1, 5.3, 5.4.1 1, 8.2.2, 9.4.1. 9.5.1, 9.7, 9.10, 10.1.2, 10.2.6, 11.1.3, 11.3, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 13.3, 13.5.2, 14 Written Orders 2.3, 3.9, 4.3.7, 7, 8.2.2, 11.3.9, 12.1, 12 2. 13.5.2, 14.3.1 AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA! • r1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W.. WASHINGTON. D.C. 20006 A201 -1987 5 r 6 A201 -1987 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS 1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor (hereinafter the Agreement), Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract, other documents listed in the Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A Modifi- cation is (1) a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a Construction Change Directive or (4) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect. Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement, the Contract Documents do not include other documents such as bidding requirements (advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, sample forms, the Contractor's bid or portions of addenda relating to bidding requirements). 1.1.2 THE CONTRACT — _ The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. The Con- tract may be amended or modified only by a Modification. The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contrac- tual relationship of any kind (1) between the Architect and Con- tractor, (2) between the Owner and a Subcontractor or Sub - subcontractor or (3) between any persons or entities other than the Owner and Contractor. The Architect shall, however, be entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations under the Contract intended to facilitate performance of the Architect's duties. 1.1.3 THE WORK The term "Work" means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other labor, materials, equipment and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. 1.1.4 THE PROJECT The P "^+ect is the total construction of which the Work per- formed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by the Owner or by separate contractors. 1.1.5 THE DRAWINGS The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Con- tract Documents, wherever located and whenever issued, showing the design, location and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections, details, sched- `^✓ ules and diagrams. 1.1.6 THE SPECIFICATIONS The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equip- ment, construction systems, standards and workmanship for the Work, and performance of related services. 1.1.7 THE PROJECT MANUAL The Project Manual is the volume usually assembled for the Work which may include the bidding requirements, sample forms, Conditions of the Contract and Specifications. 1.2 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT 1.2.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed by the Owner and Contractor as provided in the Agreement. If either the Owner or Contractor or both do not sign all the Contract Documents, the Architect shall identify such unsigned Docu- ments upon request. 1.2.2 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a repre- sentation that the Contractor has visited the site, become famil- iar with local conditions under which the Work is to be per- formed and correlated personal observations with require- ments of the Contract Documents. 1.2.3 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are comple- mentary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all; performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent consistent with the Contract Docu- ments and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the intended results. 1.2.4 Organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections and articles, and arrangement of Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. 1.2.5 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words which have well -known technical or construction indus- - try meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accord- ance with such recognized meanings. 1.3 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF ARCHITECT'S DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER DOCUMENTS 1.3.1 The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect are instruments of the Architect's service through which the Work to be executed by the Con- tractor is described. The Contractor may retain one contract record set. Neither the Contractor nor any Subcontractor, Sub - subcontractor or material or equipment supplier shall own or claim a copyright in the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect. and unless otherwise indicated the Architect shall be deemed the author of them and will retain all common law, statutory and other reserved rights, in addition to the copyright. All copies of them, except the Contractor's record set, shall be returned or suitably accounted for to the Architect, on request, upon completion of the Work. The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect, and copies thereof fumished to the Contrac- tor, are for use solely with respect to this Project. They are not to be used by the Contractor or any Subcontractor, Sub - subcontractor or material or equipment supplier on other proj- ects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA • 71987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.u., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 Work without the specific written consent of the Owner and Architect. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub - subcontractors and material or equipment suppliers are granted a limited license to use and reproduce applicable portions of the Draw- ings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect appropriate to and for use in the execution of their Work under the Contract Documents. All copies made under this license shall bear the statutory copyright notice, if any, shown on the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect. Submittal or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in con- nection with this Project is not to be construed as publication in derogation of the Architect's copyright or other reserved rights. 1.4 CAPITALIZATION 1.4.1 Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include those which are (1) specifically defined, (2) the titles of num- bered articles and identified references to Paragraphs, Subpara- graphs and Clauses in the document or (3) the titles of other documents published by the American Institute of Architects. 1.5 INTERPRETATION 1.5.1 In the interest of brevity the Contract Documents fre- quently omit modifying words such as "all" and "any" and arti- cles such as "the" and "an," but the fact that a modifier or an article Is absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement. ARTICLE 2 OWNER 2.1 DEFINITION 2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term "Owner" means the Owner or the Owner's authorized representative. 2.1.2 The Owner upon reasonable written request shall furnish to the Contractor in writing information which is necessary and relevant for the Contractor to evaluate, give notice of or enforce mechanic's lien rights. Such information shall include a correct statement of the record legal title to the property on which the Project is located, usually referred to as the site, and the Owner's interest therein at the time of execution of the Agreement and, within five days after any change, information of such change in title, recorded or unrecorded. 2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER 2.2.1 The Owner shall, at the request of the Contractor, prior to execution of the Agreement and promptly from time to time thereafter, famish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that • financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract. [Note: Unless such reasonable evidence were furnished on request prior to the execution of the .Agreement, the prospective contractor would not be required to execute the .Agreement or to commence the Work.] 2.2.2 The Owner shall furnish surveys describing physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility locations for the site of the Project, and a legal description of the site. 2.2.3 Except fur permits anu fees which are the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents, the Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals, easements, assess- ments and charges required for construction, use or occupanc'r'" of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing, facilities. 2.2.4 Information or services under the Owner's control shall he furnished by the Owner with reasonable promptness to avoid delay in orderly progress of the Work. 2.2.5 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor will be furnished, free of charge. such copies of Drawings and Project Manuals as are reasonably necessary for execution of the Work. 2.2.6 The foregoing are in addition to other duties and respon- sibilities of the Owner enumerated herein and especially those in respect to Article 6 (Construction by Owner or by Separate Contractors), Article 9 (Payments and Completion) and Article 11 (Insurance and Bonds). 2.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK 2.3.1 If the Contractor fails to correct Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents as required by Paragraph 12.2 or persistently fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner, by written order signed personally or by an agent specifically so empowered by the Owner in writing, may order the Contrac- tor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Con- tractor or any other person or entity, except to the extent required by Subparagraph 6.1.3. 2.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK 2.4.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within a seven -day period after receipt of written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may after such seven -day period give the Contractor a second written notice to correct such deficiencies within a second seven -day period. If the Contractor within such second seven - day period after receipt of such second notice fails to com- mence and continue to correct any deficiencies, the Owner may, without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, correct such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the cost of correcting such defi- ciencies, including compensation for the Architect's additional services and expenses made necessary by such default, neglect or failure. Such action by the Owner and amounts charged to the Contractor are both subject to prior approval of the Archi- tect. If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. 3.1 DEFINITION ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION AI. • CO 19H7 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON. D.C. 20006 3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such•.,,-.. - in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term "Contractor" means the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized representative. A201 - 1987 7 .3 Contractor's costs for unloading and handling at the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum and not in the allowances; .4 whenever costs are more than or less than allowances, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order. The amount of the Change Order shall reflect (1) the difference between actual costs and the allowances under Clause 3.8.2.2 and (2) changes in Contractor's costs under Clause 3.8.2.3. 3.9 SUPERINTENDENT 3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superinten- dent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site during performance of the Work. The superinten- dent shall represent the Contractor, and communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Con- tractor. Important communications shall be confirmed in writ- ing. Other communications shall be similarly confirmed on written request in each case. 3.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 3.10.1 The Contractor, promptly after being awarded the Con- tract, shall prepare and submit for the Owner's and Architect's information a Contractor's construction schedule for the Work. The schedule shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents, shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project, shall be related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Con - tract Documents, and shall provide for expeditious and practi- cable execution of the Work. 3.10.2 The Contractor shall prepare and keep current, for the Architect's approval, a schedule of submittals which is coordi- nated with the Contractor's construction schedule and allows the Architect reasonable time to review submittals. 3.10.3 The Contractor shall conform to the most recent schedules. 3.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE 3.11.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of the Drawings, Specifications, addenda, Change Orders and other Modifications, in good order and marked currently to record changes and selections made during construction, and in addition approved Shop Drawings, Prod- uct Data, Samples and similar required submittals. These shall be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Archi- tect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work. 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES 3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub - subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, per- formance charts, instructions, brochures. diagrams and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work. 3.12.3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. 3.12.4 Shop Drawings, Product ^ata, Samples and ..b- mitt:lls are not Contract Documents. The purpose of their sub- mittal is to demonstrate for those portions of the Work for which submittals are required the way the Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Review by the Architect is subject to the limitations of Subparagraph 42.7. 3.12.5 The Contractor shall review, approve and submit to the Architect Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents with reason- able promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of separate con- tractors. Submittals made by the Contractor which are not required by the Contract Documents may be returned without action. 3.12.6 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work requiring submittal and review of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals until the respective submit- tal has been approved by the Architect. Such Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals. 3.12.7 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the Contractor represents that the Contractor has determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so, and has checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. 3.12.8 The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop Drawings. Product Data, Samples or similar submittals unless the Contractor has specifically informed the Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of submittal and the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation. The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Draw- ings, Product Dam, Samples or similar submittals by the Archi- tect's approval thereof. 3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals, to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals. 3.12.10 Informational submittals upon which the Architect is not expected to take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. 3.12.11 When professional certification of performance criteria of materials, systems or equipment is required by the Contract Documents, the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the accuracy and completeness of such calculations and certifi- cations. 3.13 USE OF SITE 3.13.1 The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. 3.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING 3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting or patching required to complete the Work or to make its parts tit together properly. 3.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed construction of the C '.,...:r dr eparate contractors by cutting, patching or other- wise altering such construction, or by excavation. The Contrac- tor shall not cut or otherwise alter such construction by the AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA! • v 198' THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W.. WASHINGTON. D.C. 20006 A201-1987 9 Owner or a separate contractor except with written consent of the Owner and of such separate contractor; such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Contractor shall not unrea- sonably withhold from the Owner or a separate contractor the Contractor's consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work. 3.15 CLEANING UP 3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surround- ing area free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the Work the Contractor shall remove from and about the Project waste materials, rubbish, the Contractor's tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus materials. 3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor. 3.16 ACCESS TO WORK 3.16.1 The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located. 3.17 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS 3.17.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be responsible for such defense or loss when a particular design, process or prod- uct of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents. However, if the Contractor has rea- son to believe that the required design, process or product is an infringement of a patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such information is promptly furnished to the Architect. 3.18 INDEMNIFICATION 3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, Architect, Archi- tect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, includ- ing but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work, provided that such claim, dam- age, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible prop- erty (other than the Work itself) including loss of use resulting therefrom, but only to the extent caused In whole or in part by negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, regardless of whether or not such claim, damage, Toss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Paragraph 3.18. 3.18.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Paragraph 3.18 by an employee of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the indemnifica- tion obligation under this Paragraph 3.18 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers' or workmen's compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 3.18.3 The obligations of the Contractor under this Paragraph 3.18 shall not extend to the liability of the Architect, the Archi- 10 A201-1987 tect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them arising out of (1) the preparation or approval of maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs or specifica- tions, or (2) the giving of or the failure to give directions or instructions by the Architect, the Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them provided such giving or failure to give is the primary cause of the injury or damage. ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.1 ARCHITECT 4.1.1 The Architect is the person lawfully licensed to practice architecture or an entity lawfully practicing architecture iden- tified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term "Architect" means the Architect or the Architect's authorized representative. 4.1.2 Duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted, modified or extended without written consent of the Owner, Contractor and Architect. Consent shall not be unrea- sonably withheld. 4.1.3 In case of termination of employment of the Architect, the Owner shall appoint an architect against whom the Con- tractor makes no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former architect. 4.1.4 Disputes arising under Subparagraphs 4.1.2 and 4.1.3 shall be subject to arbitration. 4.2 ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents, and will be the Owner's representative (1) during construction, (2) until final payment is due and (3) with the Owner's concurrence, from time to time during the correction period described in Para- graph 122. The Architect will advise and consult with the Owner. The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents, unless otherwise modified by written instrument in accordance with other provisions of the Contract. 4.2.2 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the completed Work and to determine in general if the Work is being performed in a manner indicat- ing that the Work, when completed, will be in accordance with the Contract Documents. However, the Architect will not be req4.red to make exhaustive or continuous on -site inspections to check quality or quantity of the Work. On the basis of on- site observations as an architect, the Architect will keep the Owner informed of progress of the Work, and will endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work. 4.2.3 The Architect will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since these are solely the Contractor's responsibility as provided in Paragraph 3.3. The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Architect will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of the Con- AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA •'.1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, V.W.. WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 v ` to o • m W W 0 :. J ILQ H = H0 W H, p ^ 0 I— =0 • O ~: Z tractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or of any other persons performing portions of the.Work. 4.2.4 Communications Facilitating Contract Administra- tion. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or when direct communications have been specially autho- rized, the Owner and Contractor shall endeavor w communi- cate through the Architect. Communications by and with the Architect's consultants shall be through the Architect. Commu- nications by and with Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through the Contractor. Communications by and with separate contractors shall be through the Owner. 4.2.5 Based on the Architect's observations and evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment, the Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. 4.2.6 The Architect will have authority to reject Work which does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable for implementa- tion of the intent of the Contract Documents, the Architect will have authority to require additional inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Subparagraphs 13.5.2 and 13.5.3, whether or not such Work Is fabricated, installed or completed. However, neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Archi- tect to the Contractor, Subcontractors, material and equipment suppliers, their agents or employees, or other persons perform- ing portions of the Work. 4.2.7 The Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon the Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Docu- ments. The Architect's action will be taken with such reason- able promptness as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner, Contractor or separate contractors, while allowing sufficient time in the Architect's professional judgment to permit adequate review. Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities, or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems, all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents. The Architect's review of the Contractor's submit- tals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations under Paragraphs 3.3, 3.5 and 3.12. The Architect's review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or, unless otherwise specifically stated by the Architect, of any construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. The Architect's approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. 4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construe- • tion Change Directives, and may authorize minor changes in the Work as provided in Paragraph 7.4. 4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final completion, will receive and forward to the Owner for the , Owner's review and records written warranties and related ) documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor, and will issue a final Certificate for Payment upon compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect will pro- vide one or more project representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site, The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall be as set forth in an exhibit to be incorpo- rated in the Contract Documents. 4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concern- ing performance under and requirements of the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contrac- tor. The Architect's response to such requests will be made with reasonable promptness and within any time limits agreed upon. If no agreement is made concerning the time within which interpretations required of the Architect shall be fur- nished in compliance with this Paragraph 4.2, then delay shall not be recognized on account of failure by the Architect to fur- nish such interpretations until 15 days after written request is made for them. 4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings. When making such interpretations and decisions, the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor, will not show partiality to either and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions so rendered in good faith. 4.2.13 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents. 4.3 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 4.3.1 Definition. A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking, as a matter of right. adjustment or interpre- tation of Contract terms, payment of money, extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. The term "Claim" also includes other disputes and matters in ques- tion between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relat- ing to the Contract. Claims must be made by written notice. The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim. 4.3.2 Decision of Architect. Claims. including those alleging an error or omission by the Architect. shall be referred initially to the Architect for action as provided in Paragraph 4.4. A deci- sion by the Architect, as provided in Subparagraph 4.4.4, shall be required as a condition precedent to arbitration or litigation of a Claim between the Contractor and Owner as to all such matters arising prior to the date final payment is due, regardless of (1) whether such matters relate to execution and progress of the Work or (2) the extent to which the Work has been com- pleted. The decision by the Architect in response to a Claim shall not be a condition precedent to arbitration or litigation in the event (1) the position of Architect is vacant, (2) the Architect has not received evidence or has failed to render a decision within agreed time limits, (3) the Architect has failed to take action required under Subparagraph 4.4.4 within 30 days after the Claim is made, (4) 45 days have passed after the Claim has been referred to the Architect or t5) the Claim relates to a mechanic's lien. 4.3.3 Time Limits on Claims. Claims by either party must be made within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim. whichever is later. Claims must be trade by written notice. An additional Claim made after the initial Claim has been implemented by Change Order will not be considered unless submitted in a timely manner. AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION ALA • 108 THE AJIERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORE; AVENUE. N'X'. WASHINGTON. D.C. 20000 A201 -1987 11 2 C 6 N 0 W0 g cA al I- W Z I- O Z I- 2 n r 0 u) 0 I— W W Z W 1- - O ti Z = , O Z 4.3.4 Continuing Contract Performance. Pending final reso- lution of a Claim including arbitration, unless otherwise agreed in writing the Contractor shall proceed diligently with perfor- mance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. 4.3.5 Waiver of Claims: Final Payment. The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except those arising from: .1 liens, Claims, security interests or encumbrances aris- ing out of the Contract and unsettled; .2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents; or .3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract Documents. 4.3.6 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions. If con- ditions are encountered at the site which are (1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ materi- ally from those indicated in the Contract Documents or (2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, which dif- fer materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, then notice by the observing party shall be given to the other party promptly before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 21 days after first observance of the conditions. The Archi- tect will promptly investigate such conditions and, if they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, will recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. If the Architect determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, the Architect shall so notify the Owner and Contractor in writing, stating the reasons. Claims by either party in opposition to such determination must be made within 21 days after the Architect has given notice of the decision. If the Owner and Contractor cannot agree on an adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, the adjustment shall be referred to the Architect for initial deter- mination, subject to further proceedings pursuant to Paragraph 4.4. 4.3.7 Claims for Additional Cost. If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Sum, written notice as provided herein shall be given before proceeding to execute the Work. Prior notice is not required for Claims relating to an emergency endangering life or property arising under Para- graph 10.3. If the Contractor believes additional cost is involved for reasons including but not limited to (1) a written interpretation from the Architect, (2) an order by the Owner to stop the Work where the Contractor was not at fault, (3) a writ- ten order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Archi- tect, (4) failure of payment by the Owner, (5) termination of the Contract by the Owner, (6) Owner's suspension or (7) other reasonable grounds, Claim shall be filed in accordance with the procedure established herein. 4.3.8 Claims for Additional Time 4.3.8.1 If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Time, written notice as provided herein shall be given. The Contractor's Claim shall include an estimate of cost and of probable effect of delay on progress of the Work. In the case of a continuing delay only one Claim is necessary. 4.3.8.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time, such Claim shall be documented by data 12 A201-1987 substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time and could not have been reasonably anticipated, and that weather conditions had an adverse effect on the scheduled construction. 4.3.9 Injury or Damage to Person or Property. If either party to the Contract suffers injury or damage to person or property because of an act or omission of the other party, of any of the other party's employees or agents, or of others for whose acts such party is legally liable, written notice of such injury or damage, whether or not insured, shall be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after first observance. The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate the matter. If a Claim for addi- tional cost or time related to this Claim is to be asserted, it shall be filed as provided in Subparagraphs 4.3.7 or 4.3.8. 4.4 RESOLUTION OF CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 4.4.1 The Architect will review Claims and take one or more of the following preliminary actions within ten days of receipt of a Claim: (1) request additional supporting data from the claimant, (2) submit a schedule to the parties indicating when the Archi- tect expects to take action, (3) reject the Claim in whole or in part, stating reasons for rejection, (4) recommend approval of the Claim by the other party or (5) suggest a compromise. The Architect may also, but is not obligated to, notify the surety, if any, of the nature and amount of the Claim. 4.4.2 If a Claim has been resolved, the Architect will prepare or obtain appropriate documentation. 4.4.3 If a Claim has not been resolved, the party making the Claim shall, within ten days after the Architect's preliminary response, take one or more of the following actions: (1) submit additional supporting data requested by the Architect, (2) modify the initial Claim or (3) notify the Architect that the initial Claim stands. 4.4.4 If a Claim has not been resolved after consideration of the foregoing and of further evidence presented by the parties or requested by the Architect, the Architect will notify the parties in writing that the Architect's decision will be made within seven days, which decision shall be final and binding on the parties but subject to arbitration. Upon expiration of such time period, the Architect will render to the parties the Architect's written decision relative to the Claim. including any change In the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both. If there is a surety and there appears to be a possibility of a Contractor's default, the Architect may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety and request the surety's assistance in resolving the controversy. 4.5 ARBITRATION 4.5.1 Controversies and Claims Subject to Arbitration. Any controversy or Claim arising out of or related to the Contract, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by arbitration in accor- dance with the Construction industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, except controversies or Claims relating to aesthetic effect and except those waived as provided for in Subparagraph 4.3.5. Such controversies or Claims upon which the Architect has given notice and rendered a decision as provided in Subparagraph 4.4.4 shall be subject to arbitration upon written demand of either party. Arbitration may be commenced when 45 days have passed after a Claim has been referred to the Architect as provided in Paragraph 4.3 and no decision has been rendered. AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA s' • (01987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1 NEW YORK AVENUE. N.W.. WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 n+.w ...-,. r. +vwnrrn•+WVYMVI!MO�/JOMtlM,'IyY tr�F�P�1R.fwi�� 4.5.2 Rules and Notices for Arbitration. Claims between the Owner and Contractor not resolved under Paragraph 4.4 shall, if subject to arbitration under Subparagraph 4.5.1, be decided by arbitration in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association cur- rently in effect, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise. Notice of demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to the Agreement between the Owner and Con- tractor and with the American Arbitration Association, and a copy shall be filed with the Architect. 4.5.3 Contract Performance During Arbitration. During arbi- tration proceedings, the Owner and Contractor shall comply with Subparagraph 4.3.4. 4.5.4 When Arbitration May Be Demanded. Demand for arbi- tration of any Claim may not be made until the earlier of (1) the date on which the Architect has rendered a final written deci- sion on the Claim, (2) the tenth day after the parties have pre- sented evidence to the Architect or have been given reasonable opportunity to do so, if the Architect has not rendered a final written decision by that date, or (3) any of the five events described in Subparagraph 4.3.2. 4.5.4.1 When a written decision of the Architect states that (1) the decision is final but subject to arbitration and (2) a demand for arbitration of a Claim covered by such decision must be made within 30 days after the date on which the party making the demand receives the final written decision, then failure to demand arbitration within said 30 days' period shall result in the Architect's decision becoming final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor. If the Architect renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence, but shall not supersede arbitration pro- ceedings unless the decision is acceptable to all parties concerned. 4.5.4.2 A demand for arbitration shall be made within the time limits specified in Subparagraphs 4.5.1 and 4.5.4 and Clause 4.5.4.1 as applicable, and in other cases within a reasonable time after the Claim has arisen, and in no event shall it be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings bad on such Claim would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations as determined pursuant to Paragraph 13.7. 4.5.5 Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder. No arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents shall include, by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner, the Architect, the Architect's employees or consultants, except by written consent containing specific reference to the Agree- ment and signed by the Architect, Owner, Contractor and any other person or entity sought to be joined. No arbitration shall include. by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner, parties other than the Owner, Contractor, a separate contrac- tor as described in Article 6 and other persons substantially involved in a common question of f':•ct or law whose presence • is required if complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration. No person or entity other t. ".:.:::e Owner, Contractor or a separate contractor as described in Article 6 shall be included as an orig- inal third party or additional third party to an arbitration whose interest or responsibility is insubstantial. Consent to arbitration involving an additional person or entity shall not constitute consent to arbitration of a dispute not described therein or with a person or entity not named or described therein. The fore - going agreement to arbitrate and other agreements to arbitrate with an ^dt'i person or entity duly consented to by parties CO tl:. Agre .menc shall be specifically enforceable under appli- cable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. 4.5.6 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims. A party who files a notice of demand for arbitration must assert in the demand all Claims then known to that party on which arbitra- tion is permitted to be demanded. When a party fails to Include a Claim through oversight, inadvertence or excusable neglect, or when a Claim has matured or been acquired subsequently, the arbitrator or arbitrators may permit amendment. 4.5.7 Judgment on Final Award. The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final, and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. 5.1 DEFINITIONS ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS 5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "Subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcon- tractor. The term "Subcontractor" does not include a separate contractor or subcontractors of a separate contractor. 5.1.2 A Sub - subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "Sub- subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Sub - subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub - subcontractor. 5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK 5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents or the bidding requirements, the Contractor, as soon as prac- ticable after award of the Contract, shall furnish In writing to the Owner through the Architect the names of persons or enti- tles (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each principal por- tion of the Work. The Architect will promptly reply to the Con- - tractor in writing stating whether or not the. Owner or the Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity. Failure of the Owner or Architect to reply promptly shall constitute notice of no reason- able objection. 5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed per- son or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has made rea- sonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable objection. 5.2.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or Architect has no reasonable objection. The Contract Sum shall be increased or decreased by the difference In cost occasioned by such change and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued. However, no increase in the Contract Sum shall be allowed for such change unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitting names as required. 5.2.4 The Contractor shall nor change a Subcontractor, person or entity previously selected if the Owner or Architect makes reasonable objection to such change. AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA' • T198" THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, t'35 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W. WASHINGTON. D.C. 20006 A201 -1987 13 5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS 5.3.1 By appropriate agreement, written where legally required for validity, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Docu- ments, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities which the Contractor, by these Docu- ments, assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcon- tract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor, by the Contract Documents, has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub -sub- contractors. The Contractor shall make available to each pro- posed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and condi- tions of the proposed subcontract agreement which may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors shall similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub - subcontractors. 5.4 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS 5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner provided that: .1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant to Para- graph 14.2 and only for those subcontract agreements which the Owner accepts by notifying the Subcon- tractor in writing; and .2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety, if any, obligated under bond relating to the Contract. 5.4.2 If the Work has been suspended for more than 30 days, the Subcontractor's compensation shall be equitably adjusted. ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS 6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces, and to award separate contracts in connection with other por- • tions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site under Conditions of the Contract identical or substantially similar to these including those portions related to insurance and waiver of subrogation. If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by the Owner, the Contractor shall make such Claim as provided else- where in the Contract Documents. 6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different por- tions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site. the term "Contractor" in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner - Contractor Agreement. 14 A201 - 1987 6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activi- ties of the Owner's own forces and of each separate contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with them. The Contractor shall participate with other separate con- tractors and the Owner in reviewing their construction sched- ules when directed to do so. The Contractor shall make any revisions to the construction schedule and Contract Sum deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement. The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the Contractor, separate contractors and the Owner until subsequently revised. 6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, when the Owner performs construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces, the Owner shall be deemed to be subject to the same obligations and to have the same rights which apply to the Contractor under the Condi- tions of the Contract, including, without excluding others, those stated in Article 3, this Article 6 and Articles 10, .11 and 12. 6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate con- tractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activi- ties and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor's con- struction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. 6.2.2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon construction or operations by the Owner or a separate contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly report to the Architect apparent discrepancies or defects in such other construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor so to report shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner's or sepa- rate contractors' completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's Work, except as to defects not then reasonably discoverable. 6.2.3 Costs caused by delays or by improperly timed activities or defective construction shall be bome by the party responsi- ble therefor. 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage wrong- fully caused by the Contractor to completed or partially com- pleted construction or to property of the Owner or separate contractors as provided in Subparagraph 10.2.5. 6.2.5 Claims and other disputes and matters in question between the Contractor and a separate contractor shall be sub- ject to the provisions of Paragraph 4.3 provided the separate contractor has reciprocal obligations. 6.2.6 The Owner and each separate contractor shall have the same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are described for the Contractor in Paragraph 3.14. 6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP 6.3.1 If a dispute arises among the Contractor, separate con- tractors and the Owner as to the responsibility under their respective contracts for maintainine the premises and surround- ing area free from w.i.,te mater.ab and rubbish as described in Paragraph 3.15, the Owner may clean up and allocate the cost among those responsible as the Architect determines to be Just. AM DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION AIM • t 1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE. N.W.. WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 �,.;���, MFl AI6d5Q41? T1etiM**40! R4i' R01M4.11t 1 ,t 0.4e!iA,4J'Di>ww'1.1 - ` t7MT j MO"i 7IT41: 1firpiM.R1'J. FMS', int.{M 1,= y.,• S�f.l* ,xw +wo.nv +wa A.rn.r...x *�r r eraf m+ rloor Waarm +a1T!ert+rseK%cerW,.KRAWIINN'm ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.1 CHANGES 7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execu- tion of the Contract, and without invalidating the Contract, by Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work, subject to the limitations stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner, Contractor and Architect; a Construction Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Architect and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor; an order for a minor change in the Work may be issued by the Architect alone. 7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under appli- cable provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contrac- tor shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work. 7.1.4 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon, and if quantities originally con- templated are so changed in a proposed Change Order or Con- struction Change Directive that application of such unit prices to quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor, the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. 7.2 CHANGE ORDERS 7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner, Contractor and Architect, stating their agreement upon all of the following: .1 a change in the Work; .2 the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Sum, If any; and .3 the extent of the adjustment in the Contract Time, if any. 7.2.2 Methods used in determining adjustments to the Contract Sum may include chose listed in Subparagraph 7.3.3. 7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES 7.3.1 a Construction Change Directive is a written order pre- pared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Architect, directing a change in the Work and stating a proposed basis for adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. The Owner may by Construction Change Directive, without invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of addi- tions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Con- tract Time being adjusted accordingly. 7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. 7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum, the adjustment shall be based un one of the following methods: .1 mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to per- mit evaluation; .2 unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or sub- sequently agreed upon; .3 cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable f xed or percent- age fee; or .4 as provided in Subparagraph - .3.6. 7.3.4 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor's agreement or disagreement with the method, if any, provided in the Construction Change Directive for determining the pro- posed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. 7.3.5 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contrac- tor indicates the agreement of the Contractor therewith, includ- ing adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them. Such agreement shall be effec- tive immediately and shall be recorded as a Change Order. 7.3.6 If the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, the method and the adjustment shall be determined by the Archi- tect on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change, includ- ing, in case of an increase in the Contract Sum, a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit. In such case, and also under Clause 7.3.3.3, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Architect may prescribe. an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. costs for the purposes of this Subparagraph 7.3.6 shall be limited to the following: .1 costs of labor, including social security, old age and unemployment insurance, fringe benefits required by agreement or custom, and workers' or workmen's compensation insurance; .2 costs of materials, supplies and equipment, includ- ing cost of transportation, whether incorporated or consumed; .3 rental costs of machinery and equipment, exclusive of hand tools. whether rented from the Contractor or others; .4 costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance, permit fees, and sales, use or similar taxes related to the - Work; and .5 additional costs of supervision and field office person- nel directly attributable to the change. 7.3.7 Pending final determination of cost to the Owner, amounts not in dispute may be included in Applications for Payment. The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contrac- tor to the Owner for a deletion or change which results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as con- firmed by the Architect. When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase, if any, with respect to that change. 7.3.8 If the Owner and Contractor do not agree with the adjustment in Contract Time or the method for determining it, the adjustment or the method shall be referred to the Architect for determination. 7.3.9 When the Owner and Contractor agree with the deter- mination made by the Architect concerning the adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time. or otherwise reach agree- ment upon the adjustments, such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded by preparation and execu- tion of an appropriate Change Order. AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION AIAs • i'•)H' THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1 NEW YORK AVENUE., N.W., WASHINGTCN. D.C. 20016 A201-1987 15 1.Al.? i . . ,Itim.otOmeatsto mseirrx t.mna rtoome .,vw.-,+...en•« aaor wrcu.rwiemow... NAVIIM OkftlittfONOVIRIWWWWW2 7.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.4.1 The Architect will have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment in the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes shall be effected by written order and shall be binding on the Owner and Contractor. The Contractor shall carry out such written orders promptly. 16 A201 -1987 ARTICLE 8 TIME 8.1 DEFINITIONS 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, Contract Time is the period of time, including authorized adjustments, allotted in the Con- tract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work. 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the Agreement. The date shall not be postponed by the failure to act of the Contractor or of persons or entities for whom the Contractor is responsible. 8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance with Paragraph 9.8. 8.1.4 The term "day" as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined. 8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION 8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. By executing the Agreement the Con- tractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. 8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly, except by agree- ment or instruction of the Owner in writing, prematurely com- mence operations on the site or elsewhere prior to the effective date of insurance required by Article 11 to be furnished by the Contractor. The date of commencement of the Work shall not be changed by the effective date of such insurance. Unless the date of commencement is established by a notice to proceed given by the Owner, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing not less than five days or other agreed period before commencing the Work to permit the timely filing of mortgages, mechanic's liens and other security interests. 8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with ade- quate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in progress of the Work by an act or neglect of the Owner or Architect, or of an employee of either, or of a separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes. fire, unusual delay in deliveries, unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by delay authorized by the Owner pending arbitration, or by other causes which the Architect determines may justify delay, then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Architect may determine. 8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Paragraph 4.3. 8.3,3 This Paragraph 8.3 does not preclude recovery of dam- ages for delay by either party under other provisions of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 9 ' PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9.1 CONTRACT SUM 9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and, includ- ing authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. 9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 9.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect a schedule of values allocated to various portions of the Work, prepared in such form and sup- ported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule, unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applica- tions for Payment. 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 9.3.1 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment for operations completed in accordance with the schedule of values. Such application shall be notarized, if required, and supported by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment as the Owner or Architect may require, such as copies of requisitions from Subcontractors and material suppliers, and reflecting retainage if provided for elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 9.3.1.1 Such applications may include requests for payment on account of changes in the Work which have been properly authorized by Construction Change Directives but not yet included in Change Orders. 9.3.1.2 Such applications may not include requests for pay- ment of a nounts the Contractor does not intend to pay to a Subcontractor or material supplier because of a dispute or other reason. 9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incor- poration in the Work. If approved in advance by the Owner, - payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing. Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon compliance by the Contractor with procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's title to such materials and equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest, and shall include applicable insurance, storage and transportation to the site for such materials and equipment stored off the site. 9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an application for Payment will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment. The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall, to the best of the Contractor's knowledge, information and belief, be free and clear of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances in favor of the Contractor, Subcontractors, material suppliers, or other persons or entities making a claim by reason of having provided labor. materials and equipment relating to the Work. 9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT 9.4.1 The Architect will, within seven days after receipt of the Contracts' -'s Application for Payment. either issue to the AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • rOURTEENTH EDITION AIA • t© 1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1 - 35 NEW YORK AVENUE, N WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 V •"`s, Owner a Certificate for Payment, with a copy to the Contrac- tor, for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due, or notify the Contractor and Owner in writing of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part as provided in Subparagraph 9.5.1. 9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the Architect's observations at the site and the data comprising the Application for Payment, that the Work has progressed to the point indicated and that, to the best of the Architect's knowl- edge, information and belief, quality of the Work is in accor- dance with the Contract Documents. The foregoing representa- tions are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion, to results of subsequent tests and inspections, to minor deviations from the Contract Documents correctable prior to completion and to specific qualifications expressed by the Architect. The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will further constitute a representation that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. However, the issuance of a Certificate for Pay- ment will not be a representation that the Architect has (1) made exhaustive or continuous on -site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work, (2) reviewed construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, (3) reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and material suppliers and other data requested by the Owner to substantiate the Contractor's right to payment or (4) made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contrac- tor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. 9.5 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION 9.5.1 The Architect may decide not to certify payment and may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part, to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the Owner, if in the Architect's opinion the representations to the Owner required by Subparagraph 9.4.2 cannot be made. If the Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application, the Architect will notify the Contractor and Owner as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1. If the Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, the Architect will promptly Issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the Architect is able to make such representations to the Owner. The Archi- tect may also decide not to certify payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent observations, may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued, to such extent as may be necessary in the Architect's opinion to protect the Owner from loss because of: .1 defective Work not remedied; .2 third party claims filed o • .asonable evidence indicat- ing probable filing of such claims; .3 failure of the Contractor to make payments prop- erly to Subcontractors or for labor, materials or equipment; .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be com- pleted for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; .5 damage to the Owner or another contractor; .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be com- pleted within the Contract Time, and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay; or .7 persistent failure :u carry out :he Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.5.2 When the above reasons for withholding certification are removed, certification will be made for amounts previously withheld. 9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS 9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents, and shall so notify the Architect. 9.6.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcontractor, upon receipt of payment from the Owner, out of the amount paid to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's por- tion of the Work, the amount to which said Subcontractor is entitled, reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work. The Contractor shall, by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, require each Subcontractor to make payments to Sub - subcontractors in similar manner. 9.6.3 The Architect will, on request, furnish to a Subcontrac- tor, if practicable, information regarding percentages of com- pletion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action taken thereon by the Architect and Owner on account of por- tions of the Work done by such Subcontractor. 9.6.4 Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay or to see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor except as may otherwise be required by law. 9.6.5 Payment to material suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in Subparagraphs 9.6.2, 9.6.3 and 9.6.4. 9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment, a progress payment, or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT 9.7.1 If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for Payment, through no fault of the Contractor, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven days after the date established in the Contract Documents the amount cer- tified by the Architect or awarded by arbitration, then the Con- - tractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and Architect, stop the Work until payment of the amount owing has been received. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable costs of shut -down, delay and start -up, which shall be accomplished as provided in Article 7. 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is suffi- ciently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. 9.8.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or a por- tion thereof which the Owner agrees co accept separately, is substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected. The Contractor shall proceed promptly to com- plete and correct items on the list. Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Docu- ments. Upon receipt of the Contractor's list, the Architect will make an inspection to determine whether the Work or desig- AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL. CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION AZO1 -198T 17 AIAa' • J 1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 _. —;*, —v ,?'.X140;3k`.lFt!om:t iroP ? i4Lw!',ETC.'�'Tw'wjvy.- aq—r,TM. ry a7�-,.rmgm,..c' mt ssrz.:'rrzv._,�,c±--r_._t'S2:mn '+ nated portion thereof is substantially complete. If the Architect's inspection discloses any item; whether or not included on the Contractor's list, which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. the Contrac- tor shall. before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Com- pletion. complete or correct such item upon notification by the Architect. The Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by the Architect to determine Substantial Completion. When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion which shall establish the date of Sub- stantial Completion, shall establish responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate. Warranties required by the Con- tract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Comple- tion. The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be sub- mitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written accep- tance of responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate. 9.8.3 Upon Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof and upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Architect, the Owner shall make payment, reflecting adjustment in retainage, if any, for such Work or por- tion thereof as provided in the Contract Documents. 9.9 PARTIAL. OCCUPANCY OR USE 9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or par- tially completed portion of the Work at any stage when such portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contrac- tor, provided such occupancy or use is consented to by the insurer as required under Subparagraph 11.3.1 1 and authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Work. Such partial occupancy or use may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete, provided the Owner and Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments, retainage if any, secu- rity, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insur- ance, and have agreed in writing concerning the period for cor- rection of the Work and commencement of warranties required by the Contract Documents. When the Contractor considers a portion substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a list to the Architect as provided under Subparagraph 9.8.2. Consent of the Contractor to partial occu- pancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. The stage of the progress of the Work shall be determined by written agree- ment between the Owner and Contractor or, if no agreement is reached, by decision of the Architect. 9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use, the Owner. Contractor and Architect shall jointly inspect the area • to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of the Work. 9.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon, partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the Work shalt not constitute accep- tance of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT 9.10.1 Upon receipt of written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment, the Architect will promptly make 18 A201 - 1987 such inspection and, when the Architect finds the Work accept- able under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully per- formed, the Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief, and on the basis of the Architect's observations and inspections, the Work has been completed in accordance with terms and conditions of the Contract Docu- ments and that the entire balance found to be due the Contrac- tor and noted in said final Certificate is due and payable. The Architect's final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation that conditions listed in Subparagraph 9.10.2 as precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to final payment have been fulfilled. 9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to the Architect (1) an affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might be responsible or encumbered (less amounts withheld by Owner) have been paid or otherwise satisfied, (2) a certificate evidenc- ing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner, (3) a written statement that the Contractor knows of no substantial reason that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract Documents. (4) consent of surety, if any, to final payment and (5), if required by the Owner, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner. If a Subcon- tractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the Owner, the Contractor may fumish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against such lien. If such lien remains unsatisfied after payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging such Tien, including all costs and reasonable attorneys' fees. 9.10.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final com- pletion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final completion, and the Architect so confirms, the Owner shall, upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Architect, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance for Work not fully com- pleted or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the Con- tract Documents, and if bonds have been furnished, the written consent of surety to payment of the balance due for that por- tion of the Work fully- completed and accepted shall be submit- ted by the Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of such payment. Such payment shall be made under terms and conditions governing final payment. except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of claims by the Owner as provided in Sub- paragraph 4.3.5. 9.10.4 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor, a Sub- contractor or material supplier shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final Application for Payment. Such waivers shall be in addition to the waiver described in Subparagraph - ►.3.5. AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION AIAt • 1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1 NEW YORK AVENUE. NW. WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 2 W U Q ,: N U) W- W CO U. W O }}, J u- a N a . I— uJ Z HO W 0 ' co 0— 0 I— W W = U • w Z O— Z ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS 10.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, main- taining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Contract. 10.1.2 in the event the Contractor encounters on the site material reasonably believed to be asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) which has not been rendered harmless, the Contractor shall immediately stop Work in the area affected and report the condition to the Owner and Architect in writing. The Work in the affected area shall not thereafter be resumed except by written agreement of the Owner and Contractor if in fact the material is asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) and has not been rendered harmless. The Work in the affected area shall be resumed in the absence of asbestos or polychlori- nated biphenyl (PCB), or when it has been rendered harmless, by written agreement of the Owner and Contractor, or in accordance with final determination by the Architect on which arbitration has not been demanded, or by arbitration under Article 4. 10.1.3 The Contractor shall not be required pursuant to Article 7 to perform without consent any Work relating to asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB). 10.1.4 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, Architect, Archi- tect's consultants and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, includ- ing but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work in the affected area if in fact the material is asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) and has not been rendered harmless, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself) including loss of use resulting therefrom, but only to the extent caused in whole or in part by negligent acts or omissions of the Owner, anyone directly or Indirectly employed by the Owner or anyone for whose acts the Owner may be liable, regardless of whether or not such claim, damage, loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Subparagraph 10.1.4. 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of, and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: .1 employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby; .2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorpo- rated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, under care, custody or control of the Contractor or the Contractor's Subcontractors or Sub- subcontrac- tors; and .3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, such as trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relo- cation or replacement in the course of construction. 10.2.2 The Contractor shall give notices and comply with applicable laws, ordinances, rules. regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons or property or their protection from damage, injury or loss. 10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and performance of the Contract, reason- able safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities. 10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other ha»rdous materials or equipment or unusual methods are necessary for execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel. 10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss (other than damage or loss insured under property insurance required by the Contract Documents) to property referred to in Clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub - subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under Clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3, except damage or loss attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them, or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.18. • 10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor's organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and Architect. 10.2.7 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as to endanger its safety. 10.3 EMERGENCIES 10.3.1 In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act, at the Contractor's discretion, to pre- vent threatened damage, injury or loss. Additional compensa- tion or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided in Paragraph 4.3 and Article 7. ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS 11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located such insurance as will protect the Contractor from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's operations under the Contract and for which the Contractor may be legally liable, whether such operations be by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA t • ':.e.)191.17 THE AJIERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, I'35 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.VC , WASHINGTON. D.C. ?1)006 .1 claims under workers' or workmen's compensation, disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts which are applicable to the Work to be performed: A201-1987 19 _ NIXOZOMWPAVAO1aewwm..w,,..w,M1ww ottemmt *.,mare”te arm,...- ,,.}...•.«uo»+smnmitM,M,F n.w otmt ++m»r-.xwvReMxTW16 PAC 4IVIRVI.PPWOMMIt}04 4MrA nli .2 claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupa- tional sickness or disease, or death of the Contractor's employees; .3 claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than the Con- tractor's employees; .4 claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage which are sustained (1) by a person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to employment of such person by the Contractor, or (2) by another person; .5 claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible prop- erty, including loss of use resulting therefrom; .6 claims for damages because of bodily injury, death of a person or property damage arising out of owner- ship, maintenance or use of a motor vehicle; and .7 claims involving contractual liability insurance appli- cable to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.18. 11.1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than limits of liability specified in the Con- tract Documents or required by law, whichever coverage is greater. Coverages, whether written on an occurrence or claims -made basis, shall be maintained without interruption from date of commencement of the Work until date of final payment and termination of any coverage required to be main- tained after final payment. 11.1.3 Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of the Work. These Certificates and the insurance policies required by this Paragraph 11.1 shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner. If any of the foregoing insurance coverages are required to remain in force after final payment and are reason- ably available, an additional certificate evidencing continuation of such coverage shall be submitted with the final Application for Payment as required by Subparagraph 9.10.2. Information concerning reduction of coverage shall be furnished by the Contractor with reasonable promptness in accordance with the Contractor's information and belief. 11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.2.1 The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining the Owner's usual liability insurance. Optionally, the Owner may purchase and maintain other insurance for self - protection against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract. The Contractor shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining this optional Owner's liability insurance unless specifically required by the Contract Documents. 11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE 11.3.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Owner shall purchase and maintain, in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located, property insurance in the amount of the initial Con- tract Sum as well as subsequent modifications thereto for the enure Wort -. at the site on a replacement COSt basis without vol- untary deductibles. Such property insurance shall be -^a ^• rained, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or otherwise agreed in writing by all persons and entities who are beneficiaries of such insurance, until final payment has been made as provided in Paragraph 9.10 or until no person or entity 20 A201 - 1987 other than the Owner has an insurable interest in the property required by this Paragraph 11.3 to be covered. whichever is earlier. This insurance shall include interests of the Owner, the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub - subcontractors in the VX'ork. 11.3.1.1 Property insurance shall be on an all -risk policy form and shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and physical Toss or damage including, without duplication of coverage, theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, collapse, false - work, temporary buildings and debris removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements. and shall cover reasonable compensation for Architect's services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss. Coverage for other perils shall not be required unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 11.3.1.2 If the Owner does not intend to purchase such prop- erty insurance required by the Contract and with all of the coverages in the amount described above, the Owner shall so inform the Contractor in writing prior to commencement of the Work. The Contractor may then effect insurance which will protect the interests of the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub - subcontractors in the Work, and by appropriate Change Order the cost thereof shall be charged to the Owner. If the Contrac- tor is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Owner to pur- chase or maintain insurance as described above, without so notifying the Contractor, then the Owner shall bear all reason- able costs properly attributable thereto. 11.3.1.3 If the property insurance requires minimum deducti- bles and such deductibles are identified in the Contract Docu- ments, the Contractor shall pay costs not covered because of such deductibles. If the Owner or insurer increases the required minimum deductibles above the amounts so identified or if the Owner elects to purchase this insurance with voluntary deduc- tible amounts, the Owner shall be responsible for payment of the additional costs not covered because of such increased or voluntary deductibles. If deductibles are not identified in the Contract Documents, the Owner shall pay costs not covered because of deductibles. 11.3.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- ments, this property Insurance shall cover portions of the Work stored off the site after written approval of the Owner at the value established in the approval, and also portions of the Work in transit. 11.3.2 Boiler and Machinery Insurance. The Owner shall purchase and maintain boiler and machinery insurance required by the Contract Documents or by law, which shall specifically cover such insured objects during installation and until final acceptance by the Owner; this insurance shall include interests of the Owner. Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub - subcontractors in the Work, and the Owner and Contractor shall be named insureds. 11.3.3 Loss of Use Insurance. The Owner, at the Owner's option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as will insure the Owner against loss of use of the Owner's property due to fire or other hazards, however caused. The Owner waives all rights of action against the Contractor for loss of use of the Owner's property, including consequential losses due to fire or other hazards however caused. 11.3.4 If the Contractor requests in writing that insurance for risks other than those described herein or for other special haz- ards be included in the property insurance policy, the Owner shall, if possible, inc a such insurance. and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor by appropriate Change Order. AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION MA' • ®1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1'35 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.Vr'.. WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 Z Ie W Qp ; N Q u_} W 0 g u Q: N I=— W . 0 Z ui U0 O U; O I— , = uj tL liJ O ~ Z 11.3.5 If during the Project construction period the Owner r u" Ninsures properties, real or personal or both, adjoining or adja• f.ent to the site by property insurance under policies separate from those insuring the Project, or if after final payment prop- erty insurance is to be provided on the completed Project through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Proj- ect during the construction period, the Owner shall waive all rights in accordance with the terms of Subparagraph 11.3.7 for damages caused by fire or other perils covered by this separate property insurance. All separate policies shall provide this waiver of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. 11.3.6 Before an exposure to loss may occur, the Owner shall file with the Contractor a copy of each policy that includes insurance coverages required by this Paragraph 11.3. Each policy shall contain all generally applicable conditions, defini- tions, exclusions and endorsements related to this Project. Each policy shall contain a provision that the policy will not be • cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior writ- ten notice has been given to the Contractor. rti 11.3.7 Waivers of Subrogation. The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against (1) each other and any of their subcon- tractors, sub - subcontractors, agents and employees, each of the other, and (2) the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and any of their sub- contractors, sub - subcontractors, agents and employees, for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this Paragraph 11.3 or other property insurance applicable to the Work, except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as fiduciary. The Owner or Contractor, as appropriate, • ,,shall require of the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and the subcontrac- tors, sub - subcontractors, agents and employees of any of them, by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, similar waivers each in favor of other parties enum- erated herein. The policies shall provide such waivers of subro- gation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity even though that per- son or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification, contractual or otherwise, did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, and whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the property damaged. 11.3.8 A loss insured under Owner's property insurance shall be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Subparagraph 11.3.10. The Contractor shall pay Subcontractors their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the Contractor, and by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, shall require Subcontractors to make payments to their Sub - subcontractors in similar manner. 11.3.9 If required in writing by a party in interest, the Owner as fiduciary shall, upon occurrence of an insured Toss, give bond for proper performance of the Owner's duties. The cost of required bonds shall be charged against proceeds received as fiduciary. The Owner shall deposit in a separate account pro- ceeds so received, which the Owner shall distribute in accor- dance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or in accordance with an arbitration award in which case the procedure shall be as provided in Paragraph 4.5. If after such loss no ether special agreement is made, replacement of dam- aged property shall be covered by appropriate Change Order. 11.3.10 The Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle a Toss with insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within Live days after occurrence of loss to the Owner's exercise of this power: if such objection be made, arbitrators shall be chosen as provided in Paragraph 4.5. The Owner as fiduciary shall, in that case, make settlement with insurers in accordance with directions of such arbitrators. If distribution of insurance proceeds by arbitration is required, the arbitrators will direct such distribution. 11.3.11 Partial occupancy or use in accordance with Paragraph 9.9 shall not commence until the insurance company or com- panies providing property insurance have consented to such partial occupancy or use by endorsement or otherwise. The Owner and the Contractor shall take reasonable steps to obtain consent of the insurance company or companies and shall, without mutual written consent, take no action with respect to partial occupancy or use that would cause cancellation, lapse or reduction of insurance. 11.4 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 11.4.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the Contrac- tor to furnish bonds covering faithful performance of the Con- tract and payment of obligations arising thereunder as stipu- lated in bidding requirements or specifically required in the Contract Documents on the date of execution of the Contract. 11.4.2 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment of obliga- tions arising under the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall permit a copy to be made. ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 12.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK 12.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Architect's request or to requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents. it must, if required in writing by the Architect, be uncovered for the Architect's observation and be replaced at the Contractor's expense without change in the _ Contract Time. 12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered which the Architect has not specifically requested to observe prior to its being covered. the Architect may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents. costs of uncover- ing and replacement shall, by appropriate Change Order, be charged to the Owner. If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay such costs unless the condition was caused by the Owner or a separate contractor in which event the Owner shall be responsible for payment of such costs. 12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK 12.2.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, whether observed before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. The Contractor shall bear costs of correcting such rejected Work. including additional testing and inspec- tions and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby. 12.2.2 If. within one year after the date of Substantial Comple- tion of the Work or designated portion thereof, or after the date AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION A201-1987 21 110 • t I9H THE .ASIERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1 NEW YORK AVENUE. N.W., WASHINGTON. D.C. 20006 t lrIraMf v -, • art++ mg• ,••.a''x",l""" " J.f" 141'' +Ja A" , ..'1 .9"1 I t i . 0 W uj U� CO 0 1— W uj Z I— V — • Z F - O t " Z for commencement of warranties established under Sub- paragraph 9.9.1, or by terms of an applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents. any of the Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written accep- tance of such condition. This period of one year shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substan- tial Completion and the actual performance of the Work. This obligation under this Subparagraph 12.2.2 shall survive accep- tance of the Work under the Contract and termination of the Contract. The Owner shall give such notice promptly after dis- covery of the condition. 12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work which are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by the Owner. 12.2.4 If the Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time, the Owner may correct it in accor- dance with Paragraph 2.4. If the Contractor does not proceed with correction of such nonconforming Work within a reason- able time fLxed by written notice from the Architect, the Owner may remove it and store the salvable materials or equipment at the Contractor's expense. If the Contractor does not pay costs of such removal and storage within ten days after written notice, the Owner may upon ten additional days' written notice sell such materials and equipment at auction or at private sale and shall account for the proceeds thereof, after deducting costs and damages that should have been borne by the Con- tractor, including compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby. If such proceeds of sale do not cover costs which the Contractor should have borne, the Contract Sum shall be reduced by the deficiency. If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amount, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. 12.2.5 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction, whether completed or partially completed, of the Owner or separate contractors caused by the Contractor's correction or removal of Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Con- tract Documents. 12.2.6 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 12.2 shall be con - strued to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations which the Contractor might have under the Con- tract Documents. Establishment of the time period of one year as described in Subparagraph 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work, and has no relationship to ::1e time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Con- tractor's obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. 12.3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK 12.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept Work which is not in a :cordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and cor- rection. in which case the Contract Sum will he reduced as appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made. 22 A201-1987 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 13.1 GOVERNING LAW 13.1.1 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located. 13.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS 13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind them- selves, their partners, successors, assigns and legal representa- tives to the other party hereto and to partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives of such other party in respect to covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Con- tract Documents. Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the other. If either party attempts to make such an assignment without such consent, that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract. 13.3 WRITTEN NOTICE ARTICLE 13 13.3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or a member of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for which it was intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail to the last business address known to the party giving notice. 13.4 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES 13.4.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Docu- ments and rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties. obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. 13.4.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Architect or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract, nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder, . except as may be specifically agreed in writing. 13.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 13.5.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work required by the Contract Documents or by laws, ordi- nances, rules, regulations or orders of public authorities having jurisdiction shall be made at an appropriate time. Unless other- wise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests. inspections and approvals with an independent test- ing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner, or with the appropriate public authority, and shall bear all related costs of tests, inspections and approvals. The Contractor ;hall give the Architect timely notice of when and where tests and Inspec- tions are to he made so the Architect may observe such proce- dures. The Owner shall bear costs of tests, inspections or approvals which do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded. 13.5.2 If the Architect, Owner or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require addi- tional testing, inspection or approval not included under Sub- paragraph 13.5.1, the Architect will, upon written authorization from the Owner. instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing, inspection or approval by an entity acceptable to the Owner, and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Architect of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so the Architect may observe such procedures. AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA • t 1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1'35 NEW YORK AVENUE. N. \C'.. WASHINGTON. D.C. 20006 tN'41 ueNnm04111 s ,,- ...snvkrw rayswe egarmwfrO i mrI4OmM]s I - IA The Owner shall bear such costs except as provided in Sub- aragraph 13.5.3. 13.5.3 If such procedures for testing, inspection or approval under Subparagraphs 13.5.1 and 13.5.2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall bear all costs made necessary by such failure including those of repeated procedures and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses. 13.5.4 Required certificates of testing, inspection or approval shall, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Architect. 13.5.5 If the Architect is to observe tests, inspections or approvals required by the Contract Documents, the Architect will do so promptly and, where practicable, at the normal place of testing. 13.5.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Con- tract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid unreasonable delay in the Work. 13.6 INTEREST 13.6.1 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Docu- ments shall bear interest from the date payment is due at such rate as the parties may agree upon in writing or, in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. 13.7 COMMENCEMENT OF STATUTORY LIMITATION PERIOD 13.7.1 As between the Owner and Contractor: .1 Before Substantial Completion. As to acts or failures to act occurring prior to the relevant date of Substan- tial Completion, any applicable statute of limitations shall continence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in anv and all events not later than such date of Substantial Completion: .2 Between Substantial Completion and Final Certifi- cate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occur- ring subsequent to the relevant date of Substantial Completion and prior to issuance of the final Certifi- cate for Payment, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment; and .3 After Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occurring after the relevant date of issu- ance of the final Certificate for Payment, any appli- cable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of any act or failure to act by the Contractor pursuant to any warranty provided under Paragraph 3.5, the•date of any correction of the Work or failure to correct the Work by the Contractor under Paragraph 12.2, or the date of 'actual commission of any other act or failure to perform any duty or obligation by the Contractor or Owner, whichever occurs last. ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR 14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 30 days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub - subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract with the Contractor. for any of the following reasons: .1 issuance of an order of a court or other public author- ity having jurisdiction; .2 an act of government, such as a declaration of national emergency, making material unavailable; .3 because the Architect has not issued a Certificate for Payment and has not notified the Contractor of the reason for withholding certification as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1, or because the Owner has not made payment on a Certificate for Payment within the time stated in the Contract Documents; .4 if repeated suspensions, delays or interruptions by the Owner as described in Paragraph 14.3 constitute in the aggregate more than 100 percent of the total num- ber of days scheduled for completion, or 120 days in any 365 -day period, whichever is less: or .5 the Owner has failed to furnish to the Contractor promptly, upon the Contractor's request, reasonable evidence as required by Subparagraph 2.2.1. 14.1.2 If one of the above reasons exists, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for Work executed and for proven loss with respect to materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery, including reasonable overhead, profit and damages. 14.1.3 If the Work is stopped for a period of 60 days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract with the Contractor because the Owner has persistently failed to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters impor- tant to the progress of the Work, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and the Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner as provided in Subparagraph 14.1.2. 14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE 14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor: .1 persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials; .2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors; .3 persistently disregards laws, ordinances, or rules, reg- ulations or orders of a public authority having juris- diction: or .4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents. 14.2.2 When any of the above reasons exist, the Owner, upon certification by the Architect chat sufficient cause exists to jus- MA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION AO • ' ✓ I9$7 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 2001N) A201 -1987 23 W 0 -J g Q . u) a 1--W I. O' Z F p' CI I— W W; 0 ; • Z U� J. 2 tify such action, may without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the Contractor's surety, if any, seven days' written notice, termi- nate employment of the Contractor and may, subject to any prior rights of the surety: .1 take possession of the site and of all materials, equip- ment, tools, and construction equipment and machin- ery thereon owned by the Contractor; .2 accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Para- graph 5.4; and .3 finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient. 14.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Subparagraph 14.2.1, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work Is finished. 14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for the Archi- tect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the 24 A201 - 1987 Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case may be, shall be certified by the Architect, upon appli- cation, and this obligation for payment shall survive termina- tion of the Contract. 14.3 SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE 14.3.1 The Owner may, without cause, order the Contractor in writing to suspend, delay or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine. 14.3.2 An adjustment shall be made for increases in the cost of performance of the Contract, including profit on the increased cost of performance, caused by suspension, delay or interrup- tion. No adjustment shall be made to the extent: .1 that performance is, was or would have been so sus- pended, delayed or Interrupted by another cause for which the Contractor is responsible; or .2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of this Contract. 14.3.3 Adjustments made in the cost of performance may have a mutually agreed fixed or percentage fee. ALA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION AIAa • ©1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1'35 NEW YORK AVENUE. N »... WASHINGTON. D.C. 20006 t AGREEMENT BETWEEN TENANT AND CONTRACTOR The Project: Franklin Covey - (store # & name) Date of Agreement: (Date) Parties: Tenant: Franklin Covey Co. A Utah Corporation 2200 West Parkway Blvd. Salt Lake City, Utah 84119 -2099 Contractor: The Parties agree as follows: 1. Contractor's Obligations. The Contractor agrees to perform all of the Work required by the Contract Documents for the Project. 2. Project Manual. The Project Manual is described in Schedule 1. The Contractor acknowledges receipt of the Project Manual. 3. Contract Documents. The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1) this Agreement, 2) Conditions of the Contract (General and Supplementary), 3) Specifications, 4) Drawings, 5) Addenda (changes to the Contract Documents issued prior to the execution of this Agreement) and other documents, if any, listed on Schedule 1 to this Agreement, and 6) Modifications (changes to the Contract Documents issued or agreed upon after the execution of this Agree- ment). The Conditions of the Contract and the Specifications are contained in the Project Manual. The Project Manual also contains a Schedule of Drawings. The Project Manual is modified by the Addenda and other documents, if any, listed on Schedule 1. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any of the other Contract Documents, the terms of this Agreement shall control. 4. Contract Time. The Contractor shall commence the Work immediately, unless a later commen- cement date is stated on Schedule 2. The Contractor shall complete the Work in accordance with the Construction Schedule set forth in Schedule 2. Time is of the essence of this Agreement. The Contractor shall employ sufficient forces and take all other steps necessary to achieve each of the intermediate milestone dates set forth in Schedule 2. Contractor shall maintain jobsite supervision through Store Opening Date as set forth in Schedule 2. 5. Contract Sum, Contractor's Fee and Cost of the Work. (A) Contract Sum. In consideration of the performance of the Work, the Tenant shall pay the Contractor a Stipulated Sum, which shall be equal to the amount set forth in Section 5(E) of Schedule 3. (B) Contractor's Fee. The Contractor's Fee shall be determined as provided in Schedule 3. The Contractor's Fee for all Basic Services included within the Scope of Work is included in the Stipulated Sum. The Contractor's Fee shall be adjusted for changes in the Work at the percentage rate provided in Schedule 3. The Contractor's Fee shall be paid in installments with each progress payment. The amount of each installment shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to the total Contractor's Fee as such progress payment (including any retainage applicable to such progress payment) bears to the Stipulated Sum. There shall be deducted from each installment of the Contractor's Fee a retainage in the amount specified in Section 5(F)3. The retainage will be paid at the time of final payment. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents -r :��iMMffli1RRIM�NI (Selected General Contractor) (State of Incorporation) 1 of 10 Agreement 00520 Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents (C) Cost of the Work. The Cost of the Work shall include only those costs actually and properly paid by the Contractor for the items listed in this Section 5(c), which costs are incurred in the performance of the Work for items which are required for the proper completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. In calculating the Cost of the Work, all cash discounts, rebates or refunds, all trade discounts, rebates or refunds, and all proceeds from the return of surplus materials and equipment shall be deducted therefrom. In addition, the Cost of the Work shall be calculated at rates not higher than those prevailing in the location of the performance of the Work. The items which may be included in the Cost of the Work are the following: 1. General Conditions and Overhead Costs (a) Communication expenses for telegrams, telephones, package express and similar items. (b) The cost of removing debris. (c) Royalties necessarily incurred in performing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents if approved in advance by the Tenant. (d) The cost of permits required to perform the Work which are the Contractor's responsibility under the Contract Documents. (e) Premiums for insurance and bonds required by the Contract Documents to the extent directly attributable to the Work. The foregoing shall include premiums for the Contractor's liability insurance required by the Contract Documents. (f) The cost of materials, supplies, equipment and temporary facilities which are totally consumed in the performance of the Work. In lieu of any reimbursement for the cost of small tools (meaning any tool which costs less than $300), the Contractor shall be paid a small tool allowance as set forth in Schedule 3 provided such amounts do not exceed the Stipulated Sum. (g) The cost of leasing temporary facilities, machinery or equipment (excluding small tools) required in the performance of the Work. (h) The cost of Contractor's supervisory personnel, if any, listed on Schedule 3, at the rates set forth in Schedule 3, while such personnel are stationed at the Contractor's field office at the Project Site. Costs of supervisory personal which exceed the amount listed on Schedule 3 shall be bome by the Contractor. In the event costs of supervisory personnel total an amount Tess than as listed on Schedule 3, savings shall accrue to the Contractor. 2. Cost of Work Performed by Contractor's Own Forces (a) Wages for labor employed directly by the Contractor (including fringe, welfare and other benefits) at rates established either by the applicable collective bargaining agreement or, in the absence of such an agreement, by a schedule agreed to by the Tenant. (b) Assessments, contributions or taxes incurred for unemployment insurance, social security and similar items which are calculated on the basis of the wages referred to in (a) above. (c) The cost of materials and equipment incorporated in the Work. 3. Cost of Work Performed by Subcontractors (a) Payments to Subcontractors for performing portions of the Work, so long as such work is performed under Subcontracts in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2 of 10 Agreement 00520 CO w 9 IE LL W 0 g J' u. ca a _ w H uj Z i F- O Z LLI O N 0 I- = fr u .z U W O ' Z 4. Miscellaneous Costs (a) Sales or use taxes properly paid by the Contractor in connection with the purchase of materials or the performance of the Work. (b) Casualty losses which are not the result of the Contractor's fault or negligence, but only to the extent that 1) the Contractor is not otherwise compensated therefore, 2) such losses are not recoverable by the Contractor from any third party, and 3) such losses are not covered by the insurance required to be carried by the Contractor or any Subcontractor under the Contract Documents. (c) The cost of preventing or mitigating an emergency affecting the safety of persons or property. (d) The cost of other items if, and to the extent, such costs may reasonably be construed as necessitated by the Contract Documents. (D) Costs Not Included in the Cost of the Work. The following items are not included in the Cost of the Work. 1 The Contractor's cost of capital, money or interest incurred thereon. 2. The Contractor's office overhead or administrative expenses, other than out -of- pocket office expenses incurred at the field office at the Project site to the extent included in Section 5(c) above. 3. The cost of any of the Contractor's personnel, except as specifically provided in Section 5(c) above. 4. Costs incurred as a result of the fault or negligence of the Contractor, or any person or entity for whose conduct or performance the Contractor is responsible under the Contract Documents. Such costs include the cost of correcting defective or non - conforming Work, the cost of disposing of and replacing materials, supplies or equipment which are incorrectly ordered or supplied, the cost of repairing or making good any damage to property, and any costs incurred as a result of the Contractor's failure to carry or to cause any Subcontractor to carry any insurance required by the Contract Documents. 5. Costs in excess of or not expressly included in Section 5(c) above. 6. Costs in excess of the Stipulated Sum. (E) Stipulated Sum. The Stipulated shall be the amount set forth on Schedule 3. Costs in excess of the Stipulated Sum shall be paid by the Contractor and will not be reimbursed by the Tenant. In the event the actual Cost of the Work is Tess than the Stipulate Sum, the savings will belong to the Contractor, unless otherwise provided in Schedule 3. The Stipulated Sum may be changed only by a written Change Order which explicitly states that the Stipulated Sum is to be adjusted by such Change Order. Changes in the Work will not affect the Stipulated Sum unless a written Change Order which fulfills the foregoing requirements is issued by the Architect. (F) Method of Payment Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents 1. The Contract Sum will be paid in periodic progress payments following the procedure set forth in this Section 5(F). 2. The Contractor shall submit only three (3) Applications for Payment to the Architect. The First Application for Payment shall be submitted when the project is 40% complete. The Second Application for Payment shall be submitted when the project is 90% complete. The Third (final) Application for Payment shall be submitted only after all Work is complete including submission of all project close -out documentation to the Architect. The Third Application for Payment shall include the amounts for Bonus or Liquidated Damages as determined by the Architect. Each Application for Payment shall be on a form specified by the Architect and shall be accompanied by the supporting data required by the Contract Documents and by such other supporting data as the Tenant 3 of 10 Agreement 00520 may reasonably require. Each Application for Payment shall show the Cost of the Work for which the Contractor is requesting reimbursement and the amount of the Contractor's Fee payable with respect thereto Tess the applicable retainage as set forth in Section 5(F)3. Applications for Payment shall not include any amount relating to changes in the Work until a written Change Order has been approved by the Architect with respect to such change. The Architect shall act upon an Application for Payment within ten (10) days after the Architect receives the Application for Payment. If the Architect approves the Application for Payment in whole or in part, the Tenant shall pay those amounts which the Tenant determines to be properly owed within 30 days after the Architect's approval. 3. The amount of the retainage shall be set forth in Schedule 3. 4. Upon receipt of notification from the Architect that the work is acceptable, the Contractor may submit a Final Application for Payment in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Owner shall make final payment within 30 days after receipt of the Final Application for Payment, provided that the Final Application for Payment is in proper form, is properly owed and is accompanied by the data and documentation required by the Contract Documents and by such other supporting data and documentation as the Tenant may reasonably request. (G) Contractor's Records. The Contractor shall keep complete and accurate records with regard to all items included in the Cost of the Work. Such records shall be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the Tenant. In the event a Change Order is required, the Tenant shall have reasonable access to the Contractor's records and other documents of any kind relating to the Agreement and the Project, including, without limitation, all subcontracts, purchase orders, receipts, vouchers and correspondence. All such records and other documents shall be preserved by the Contractor, and the Tenant shall have access to them, for not less than one year after final payment to the Contractor. 6. Subcontracts. (A) All portions of the Work that the Contractor has not been accustomed to performing with its own forces or that the Tenant designates as subcontract Work shall be performed under a Subcontract or other appropriate agreement with the Contractor. The Contractor shall obtain bids from proposed Subcontractors and shall deliver the bids to the Tenant. The Tenant may, with the Contractor's consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) designate entities from whom the Contractor shall solicit bids. The Tenant may also require additional bids to be taken if it deems the initial bids to be unsatisfactory. The Tenant will determine with the advice of the Contractor which bids will be accepted. The Contractor's responsibility to perform in accordance with the Contract Documents shall not be diminished nor shall the Tenant's obligations under this Agreement be expanded as a result of the Tenant's designation of bidders or its determination concerning which bids to accept. (B) It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to insure that the terms of each Subcontract or other agreement conform to the terms of this Agreement. In addition, the Contractor shall not award a Subcontract which provides that the allowance for overhead and profit payable to the Subcontractor with respect to Changes in the Work is greater 10 than for both overhead and profit (combined) without the Tenant's prior consent. 7. Insurance and Bonds. (A) The Contractor shall purchase with its funds and maintain throughout the term of this Agreement the insurance required by the Contract Documents. (B) The Contractor shall purchase and maintain bonds in accordance with the requirements set forth on attached Schedule 3, if any. The cost of these bonds may be included in the Cost of the Work. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents 4 of 10 Agreement 00520 8. Changes in the Work. (A) The Architect may order changes in the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Such changes shall be authorized either by a Change Order or by a Directive issued by the Architect. The Contractor shall perform the Work described in each Change Order or Directive. A Directive shall be considered to be a Modification to the Contract and constituted an order to the Contractor to proceed with the Work described in the Directive prior to final approval of a Change Order relating thereto. A Directive has the same effect as a Change Order except that it does not change the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. A Change Order will be issued by the Architect with respect to each Directive indicating the adjustments, if any, to the Contract Sum and Contract Time resulting from the Work performed pursuant to the Directive. Such adjustments shall be determined by the Architect in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Conditions of the Contract, provided that, with respect to the allowance for reasonable overhead and profit permitted by the Conditions of the Contract, 1) the allowance for overhead and profit payable to a Subcontractor shall not exceed 10% for both overhead and profit (combined) unless the Architect has approved a higher allowance in writing for that Subcontractor, and 2) the Contractor's Fee shall be adjusted for such change as set forth in Schedule 3 and there shall be no separate allowance for overhead and profit payable to the Contractor. The Contractor shall not include in any Application for Payment any amount for changes in the Work performed pursuant to a Directive until a Change Order is issued by the Architect with respect to such Directive. A change in the Contract Time or the Stipulated Sum may be made only by a Change Order. (B) In its discretion, the Architect may issue a Change Order Proposal requesting the Contractor to submit a bid for the Work described therein. The Contractor shall submit a bid in response to each Change Order Proposal. If the bid is accepted by the Architect, the Architect will issue a Change Order with respect thereto. 9. Termination of the Contract. The Tenant may terminate the Contract at any time for its convenience upon notice to the Contractor. In the event the Contract is terminated by either Party as provided herein or in the other Contract Documents, the maximum amount which the Tenant shall be obligated to pay to the Contractor notwithstanding any other provision of the Contract Documents shall be an amount equal to the sum of the following: 1) the Cost of the Work incurred by the Contractor to the date of termination, and 2) a portion of the Contractor's Fee equal to an amount which bears the same ratio to the total Contractor's Fee as the Cost of the Work incurred by the Contractor to the date of termination bears to the Stipulated Sum. In addition to the foregoing limitation, if the Contract is terminated for cause by the Tenant, the maximum amount which the Tenant shall be obligated to pay to the Contractor shall be an amount equal to the Stipulated Sum Tess the costs of finishing the Work. Any amounts which the Tenant has paid to the Contractor in excess of the maximum amount which the Tenant is obligated to pay under this Section 9 shall be paid back to the Tenant by the Contractor immediately upon demand.. Under no circumstances shall the Tenant be required to pay more than the Stipulated Sum. 10. Bonus /Liquidated Damages. (A) If, in the Architect's sole discretion, the Contractor completes the Work in a manner acceptable to the Architect on or before the Construction Completion Date and the Contractor, in the Architect's sole discretion, corrects the deficiencies relating to the Work on the Architect's Punchlist before the date of Turnover for Merchandising, the Tenant shall pay the contractor a Bonus of Two (2 %) Percent of the Base Bid in addition to the Stipulated Sum. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents 5 of 10 Agreement 00520 (B) If, in the Architect's sole discretion, the Contractor fails to complete the Work in a manner acceptable to the Architect on or before the Construction Completion Date or the Contractor, in the Architect's sole discretion, falls to correct the defieicncies relating to the Work on the Architect's Punchlist before the date of Turnover for Merchandising, Liquidated Damages shall be deducted from the Stipulated Sum. Liquidated Damages shall be calculated at the rate of Five Hundred Dollars ($500) per day commencing on the date of Turnover for Merchandising for a period not greater than ten(10) days. The amount of Liquidated Damages applicable shall be determined by the Architect in the Architect's sole discretion. (C) Architect determination of Liquidated Damages (if applicable) does not relieve Contractor from obligation as otherwise set forth in the Contract Documents. (D) If Punchlist Work are not completed by date of Turnover for Merchandising, Contractor has 60 (sixty) days from date of Tumover for Merchandising to complete the Work. If the Punchlist Work is not completed in 60 (sixty) days the Architect will have the Work completed by another contractor and deduct the amount from Contractor's final payment. 11. Miscellaneous (A) Entire Agreement. The Contract Documents constitute the entire agreement between the Parties and supersede all prior negotiations between the Parties with respect to the subject matter thereof. (B) Assignment. The Contractor may not assign its interest or obligations under this Agreement. (C) Terms. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, terms in this Agreement which are defined elsewhere in the Contract Documents shall have the meanings given to them in the Contract Documents. (D) Architect. The Project Architect is listed on Schedule 3. The Tenant may change the Architect at any time, in which case the Architect will advise the Contractor of the identity of any replacement Architect. (E) Notices. Any notices required to be given by the Parties shall be sent to the address shown on the first page of this Agreement by certified mail or by courier service, return receipt requested. Notices to Franklin Covey Company shall further be addressed to the attention of the Project Director listed below. (F) Stipulation. Contractor hereby stipulates and agrees to utilize all union labor to perform all work required in accordance with this Agreement. Contractor shall indemnify Tenant with respect to any and all costs, losses, and /or damages due to Contractor's failure to use union labor. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement to be effective as of the Date of Agreement set forth above. Tenant FRANKLIN COVEY, CO By: Jamie Wade Gull Director of Retail Store Development Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents 6 of 10 Contractor By: Agreement 00520 C.) § W � co LL w O' LL v . Z 2 j ; iO CO '0 H uJ LL. 0i • Z U u I o SCHEDULE 1 Project Manual: Project Manual for Franklin Covey Addenda and Other Additional Contract Documents: Drawings prepared by L &M Associates, Ltd. Drawings prepared by Sutherland Engineering: Addenda prepared by L &M Associates, Ltd. Architect: L &M Associates, Ltd. (Attn: Donald W. Laukka) 7151 Metro Boulevard, Suite 171 Edina, Minnesota 55439 Phone: 612 - 944 -7576 List of Attachments: Franklin Covey Bid Form submitted by Document 00300 PROPOSAL FORM submitted by Application for Payment Procedure Franklin Covey Project Manual Agreement Construction Documents 7 of 10 00520 Commencement Date: Construction Start Date: Fixture Installation Date: Construction Completion Date: Turnover for Merchandising: Store Opening: SCHEDULE 2 The Construction Completion Date is defined as the date by which general construction and fixture installation shall be completed including a general cleaning of the store. The Architect shall perform an inspection and Punch list on the Construction Completion Date. Contractor shall complete the work indicated on the Architect's Punch list before the date of Turnover for Merchandising (see Section 10 Bonus/Liquidated Damages). Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents 8 of 10 Agreement 00520 SCHEDULE 3 Contractor's Fee (Section 5(B)): Adjustments to Fee for Changes in the Work (Section 5(B)): Overhead and Profit combined total: 10.0% of cost of changes Items included in the Cost of the Work (Section 5(C)): - Fixture and Millwork Installation - Small tool allowance (Section 5(C)1(f)): $ 300.00 Maximum cost of temporary facilities, equipment, machinery (Section 5(C)1(g)): $ 2,000.00 - Supervisory Personnel and Rates (Section 5(C)1(h)): ( weeks for supervision) Stipulated Sum (Section 5(E)): All cost savings shall accrue to the Contractor. Retainage (Section 5(F)3): Work performed by Subcontractors and entities other than Contractors own forces 10.0 - Work performed by Contractors own forces 10.0 % Contractors Fee 10.0 % Bonds (Section 7(B)): Not Required Architect (Section 10(D)): L &M Associates, Ltd. 7151 Metro Boulevard, Suite 171 Edina, Minnesota 55439 Franklin Covey Project Manual Agreement Construction Documents 9 of 10 00520 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PROCEDURES 1 No payment can be made prior to the time that the foregoing Agreement is fully executed by all parties. 2. Application for Payment must be made using the American Institute of Architects Application and Certificate for Payment (AIA Document G-702) unless the Contractor obtains prior approval to use another form acceptable to the Owner. No matter what form is used, the following are requirements for the application: a. Provide two original copies, ie., original signatures, seals and notarizations. b. Do not include Change Orders which have not been approved by Owner's Project Director. c. Submit Applications for Payment to the Owner's Project Director. 3. Lien Waivers stating the dollar amounts for materials and subcontractors must accompany the final payment request. a. Two original Lien Waivers are required. b. Originals must have signatures, seals and notarizations. c. Submit Lien Waivers to the Owner's Project Director. 4. Specific payment terms and schedules are included as part of the Contract Documents. 5. The foregoing are minimum requirements. The Owner's Project Director may establish additional requirements. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents 10 of 10 Agreement 00520 • DOCUMENT 00803 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS The following amendments modify, delete, and add to the Agreement Between Tenant and Contractor where the Basis of Payment Is a Stipulated Sum. Where any article, paragraph, or subparagraph in the Agreement is supplemented by one of the following paragraphs, the provisions of such article, paragraph, or subparagraph shall remain in effect and the supplemental provisions shall be considered as added thereto. Where any article, paragraph, or subparagraph of the Agreement is not supplemented, amended, deleted, or superseded by any of the following paragraphs, the provisions of such Article, paragraph, or subparagraph not so amended, voided, or superseded shall remain in effect. Amendments are as follows: Amendment of Paragraph 1: Contractor's Obligations Add the following: (A) Copies. The Contractor shall be furnished one set of reproducible Contract Documents free of charge for execution of the Work. Additional copies will be furnished at cost *to the Contractor. (B) Record Copy. The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner and Tenant one record copy of the Contract Documents, in good order and marked currently to record changes and selections made during construction, and in addition to required submittal. These shall be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner and Tenant upon completion of the Work. Signatures of Contractor and Subcontractors on this set shall certify the accuracy of each respective party's installed Work. (C) Superintendent. The Contractor shall employ a qualified superintendent who shall be in attendance at the Project site during performance of the Work. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor and communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. (D) Asbestos. In the event the Contractor encounters on the site material reasonably believed to be asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), or other hazardous material, which has not been rendered harmless, the Contractor shall immediately suspend Work in the affected area and report the condition to the Tenant. The Tenant will procure the services of an environmental consultant for the purpose of evaluating the situation. If the report of the environmental consultant does not confirm the presence of asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) or other hazardous material the Work in the affected area shall be resumed immediately. If the report of the environmental consultant does confirm the presence of asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), or other hazardous material, Work in the affected area shall be resumed when the same has been rendered harmless, by written agreement between the Tenant and the Contractor, or in accordance with a final determination by the Architect. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents 1.The superintendent shall have been in the direct employment of the Contractor the preceding 6 months. 2.The superintendent shall not be changed during the performance of the Work without prior notice to and the written approval of the Tenant's Project Director. Supplemental Conditions 1 of 3 00803 Amendment of Article 7 - INSURANCE: Add the following: (C) Liability. Liability Insurance on an occurrence basis shall include all major divisions of coverage and be on a comprehensive basis including: 1. Premises Operations, including X, C and U coverages as applicable. 2. Independent Contractor's Protective. 3. Owner's Protective. 4. Products and Completed Operations. 5. Personal Injury Liability. 6. Contractual, including specified provision for Contractor's obligation under Paragraph 9.12. 7. Owned, non -owned and hired motor vehicles. 8. Broad Form Property Damage including Completed Operations. 9. Employees as Additional Insured. (D) Coverage. The insurance required by herein shall be written for not less than the following limits, or greater if required by law. 1. Worker's Compensation: a) State Statutory Limit b) Employer's Liability: $500,000 per Accident 2. Comprehensive or Commercial General Liability (including Premises- Operations; Independent Contractors' Protective; Products and Completed Operations; Broad Form Property Damage): a) Bodily Injury: $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit (CSL) each occurrence minimum $2,000,000 Aggregate or per Project endorsement b) Property Damage: $500,000 for each occurrence including "Completed Operation Coverage ". 3. Contractual Liability: a) Bodily Injury and Property Damage: $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit (CSL) each occurrence minimum $2,000,000 Aggregate or per Project endorsement. 4. Business Auto Liability (including owned, non -owned and hired vehicles): a) Bodily Injury and Property Damage: $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit (CSL) each occurrence minimum $2,000,000 Aggregate or per Project endorsement 5. Umbrella Excess Liability: $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit (CSL) each occurrence minimum $1,000,000 Aggregate or per Project endorsement 6. Tenant's Protective Liability: $500,000 Combined Single Limit (CSL) each occurrence minimum Bodily Injury. $500,000 Aggregate or per Project endorsement. $250,000 Each Occurrence Property Damage. $250,000 Aggregate Property Damage 7. The Tenant shall be named as additional insured. (E) Indemnification. The Contractor shall agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and Tenant, its agents, servants, and employees from and against any damage to persons or property occasioned by any act or omission of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or contractor's agents, servants, and employees, in defense of any claims, settlements, or suits. (F) No Responsibility. The Tenant and Architect assume no responsibility in the event that the limits set forth are not adequate. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents 2 of 3 Supplemental Conditions 00803 (G) Property Insurance, 1. The contractor shall purchase and maintain, during the life of the Contract, Builder's Risk Coverage for the full insurable value of the Project, Such insurance shall cover damage to the Work completed, materials installed and awaiting completion, and materials for the Project in transit or storage. 2. Deductible amounts which may occur as part of the Builder's Risk policy shall be borne by the named insures' making claims in direct proportion as their individual losses bear to the total Toss and the policy deductible. Policy deductible shall not exceed $500.00. 3. Occupancy: The Builder's Risk coverage shall allow for the partial occupancy of the Project, either by the Owner or a tenant, prior to the completion of the Project. Amendment of Paragraph 3 Contract Documents At the end of paragraph 3 ADD: (A) Definitions 1. Bidding Documents include the Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents. The Bidding Requirements consist of the Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, the bid form, and other sample bidding and contract forms. The proposed Contract Documents consist of the form of Agreement between the Tenant and Contractor, Conditions of the Contract (General and Supplementary Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, and all Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract. 2. Owner: The person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term Owner means the Owner, Owner's authorized representative, or Landlord. 3. Tenant: Franklin Covey , Inc. The Tenant is authorized by the Owner to perform the duties with which the word Tenant is associated throughout the Contract Documents. 4. Tenant's Project Director: L & M Associates, Ltd. END OF DOCUMENT Franklin Covey Project Manual Supplemental Conditions Construction Documents 3 of 3 00803 1.04 PART1: GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Compliance with State and Local Building, Mechanical, Plumbing, Electrical, Fire codes and standards. B. Compliance with Local Regulatory requirements. C. Compliance Handicap Accessibility code requirements. D. Compliance withe Regulations applicable to this project "Rules Of The Site" 1.02 WORK NOT INCLUDED A. Architectural, Mechanical, and Electrical documents required to secure the Building Permit. 1.03 SEQUENCING, SCHEDULING, PERMITS A. Work in a sequence, and schedule to accommodate the Tenant's schedule for opening. Secure Building Permits and pay fees associated with permits. Coordinate securing Permits and operations with the Architect. Architect will assist in this endeavor when authorities require revisions to documents. CODE COMPLIANCE A. Work delineated in the Construction Drawings and described herein shall conform to codes, standards, and regulations int the state, city, and governing municipality in which the work is performed. General Contractor is responsible for compliance with these codes and regulations. B. Work delineated in the Construction Drawings and described herein shall conform to handicapped and accessibility codes, standards, and regulations int the state, city, and governing municipality in which the work is performed. General Contractor is responsible for compliance with the handicapped and accessibility codes and regulations. 1.05 "RULES OF THE SITE" COMPLIANCE A. General Contractor is responsible for compliance with the Tenant's "Rules Of The Site" per EXHIBIT C -1, sheets C -1 -1 through C -1 -12 (as provided in this Section). PART 2: PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3: EXECUTION NOT USED Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents SECTION 01060 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS END OF SECTION REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1 of 1 01060.DOC PART1: GENERAL SECTION 01110 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.01 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The Project consists of the construction of a 2271 square foot Franklin Covey retail store at SouthCenter Mall, Tukwila, WA, including appurtenances, as shown or specified in the Contract Documents. It is not the intent of the Documents to describe or encompass work outside of the Tenant's premises unless expressly noted otherwise or authorized in writing from the Tenant. The Work includes providing labor, materials, and equipment necessary to: 1. Prepare the site for building construction, including installation of utilities; 2. Construct the retail space improvements including plumbing, piping, HVAC, electrical power and lighting, and automatic fire protection systems; 3. Provide electrical connections to Tenant provided items; 4. Provide raceways for Tenant provided, security, data, alarm, and control wiring; B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to provide a complete facility. Provide materials, articles, products, equipment, and systems, in such quantity as may be required to achieve complete the Work on the date stipulated in the Abbreviated Form of Agreement between Tenant and Contractor. Singular specifications shall be considered plural as applicable. C. Execute the Work under a SINGLE PRIME CONTRACT. 1.02 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS A. Items noted as Not In Contract (NIC) throughout the Contract Documents refer to items intended to be furnished or provided by Tenant, by others, or under separate contract. Items may include interior permanent- mounted decor items and light fixtures. B. Items noted as Not In Contract will be furnished or provided by the Tenant during the construction. Schedule completion of the Work to accommodate the following schedule. A "Schedule of Pre- Negotiated Orders" listing products, equipment, and material furnished by the Tenant for installation under this Contract, may be submitted by the Tenant for inclusion in the Bid. Assume responsibility for the storage and installation of such noted items. C. Receive items furnished or provided Not In Contract and inspect these items with the Tenant for completeness and damage. Properly store, handle, and protect these items upon approval by the Tenant until installation date. D. Allow adequate access and space to the Tenant for the Tenant's installation contractors, and coordinate this work with Contractor's own workforce or contractors. E. Tenant furnished items for installation under this Contract include: 1. Telephone system. 2. Cash register system. 3. Stereo receiver. Wiring under this Contract. 4. Permanent cylinder cores. 5. Light fixtures 6. Merchandise fixtures as indicated in Architectural Drawings for this project. Installation under this Contract. 7. Millwork as indicated in Architectural Drawings for this project. Installation under this Franklin Covey Project Manual Summary of Work 1 of 2 01110.DOC Construction Documents tt i f- 0 Z Lij ic O w iC H - W W i V li i Z P. 0 ~' Z PART 2: PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3: EXECUTION NOT USED Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents END OF SECTION 2 of 2 F. Tenant's Responsibilities: 1. Arrange for and deliver Tenant Furnished Items, related Architectural Drawings, and Product Data, to the Contractor. 2. Arrange and pay for item delivery to the Project site. 3. Arrange for manufacturer's warranties, inspections, and service. G. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Review Tenant reviewed Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. 2. Receive and unload items at the site. 3. Submit claims for transportation damage, and report damaged, defective, or deficient items. 4. Install and touch up finish items as indicated in Architectural Drawings for this project. 5. Repair or replace with new, items damaged after receipt. 6. Professionally clean entire area of Work prior to Tenant merchandising and occupancy. 1.03 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Construct the Work in a sequence and schedule to accommodate the Tenant's equipment and furnishings delivery and installation. Coordinate construction schedule and operations with the Tenant. 1.04 TENANT OCCUPANCY A. The Tenant will occupy the entire space on the contractual Date of Substantial Completion for the purpose of delivery of and installation of loose fixtures and merchandise. B. The site may be occupied by other business. Take necessary care and precautions to maintain access, maintain essential services, and to protect customers and personnel of these other businesses. C. Cooperate with the Tenant to minimize conflict and to facilitate the Tenant's operations. D. Schedule the Work to accommodate this requirement. 1.05 CONSTRUCTION LIMITS A. Confine the Work within the construction limits. Do not infringe upon other areas without permission of the Tenant. B. Existing property, buildings, walks, curbs, storefronts, finishes which are damaged or disturbed outside the construction limits shall be restored to original condition or better. C. Restore work done under separate contract which is damaged or disturbed to original condition or better. Summary of Work 01110.DOC PART 1: GENERAL FORMS SECTION 01250 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES A. Architectural Supplemental Instructions: AIA Document G710 B. Proposal Request: AIA Document G709. C. Construction Change Directive: AIA Document G714. D. Change Order: AIA Document G701. 1.01 SUBMITTALS A. Submit name of the individual authorized to receive change documents, and accept responsibility for informing employees or Subcontractors of changes to the Work. 1.02 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT SUM AND CONTRACT TIME • A. Maintain detailed records of Work done on a time and material basis. Provide full information required for evaluation of proposed changes, and to substantiate costs of changes in the Work. B. Document each quotation for a change in cost or time with sufficient data to allow evaluation of the quotation. Break each quotation into the appropriate cost categories of the Classification of Project Construction Costs. C. Provide additional data to support computations: 1. Quantities of products, labor, and equipment. 2. Taxes, insurance, and bonds. 3. Overhead and profit. 4. Justification for changes in Contract Time. 5. Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented. D. Support each claim for additional costs, and for Work done on a time and material basis, with additional information: 1. Origin and date of claim. 2. Dates and times Work was performed, and by whom. 3. Time records and wage rates paid. 4. Invoices and receipts for products, equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented. 1.03 CHANGE PROCEDURES A. The Architect may advise of minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Sum or Contract Time by issuing Architectural Supplemental Instructions. B. The Architect may issue a Proposal Request as a statement of proposed changes in the scope of Work which may or may not change the Contract Sum or Contract Time. This may include a detailed description of proposed changes, with supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications, for executing the changes. C. Prepare and submit an estimate within 10 business days. Include a stipulation of overtime Work required and the period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. D. Proposal Requests, or portions thereof, if accepted, shall subsequently be recorded on 1 or more Change Orders and recorded accordingly. Franklin Covey Project Manual Contract Modification Procedures Construction Documents 1 of 2 01250.DOC 1.04 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE A. The Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. B. The document will describe changes in the Work, and will designate method of determining changes in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. C. Promptly execute the change in Work. 1.05 STIPULATED SUM CHANGE ORDER A. Based on a Proposal Request and Contractor's fixed price quotation, a Construction Change Directive, or a Contractor's request for a Change Order as approved by the Architect, the Architect will issue a Change Order. 1.06 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER A. For pre- determined unit prices and quantities, a Change Order will be executed on a fixed price basis. For unit costs or quantities of unit Work which are not pre- determined, execute the Work under a Construction Change Directive. C. Changes in Contract Sum or Contract Time will be computed as specified for Time and Material Change Order. 1.07 TIME AND MATERIAL CHANGE ORDER A. Submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits indicated in the Agreement. B. The Architect will determine the change allowable in Contract Sum or Contract time as provided in the Contract Documents. C. Maintain detailed records of Work done on Time and Material basis. D. Provide full information required for evaluation of proposed changes, and to substantiate costs for changed in the Work. 1.08 EXECUTION OF CHANGE ORDERS A. Execution of Change Orders: The Architect will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction. 1.09 CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order followed by each changed Cost Category item and adjust the Contract Sum. B. Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect changes in Contract Time, revise sub - schedules to adjust times for other items of Work affected by the change, and resubmit. C. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents END OF SECTION 2 of 2 Contract Modification Procedures 01250.DOC PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 FORMAT A. B. C. D. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents SECTION 01290 PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. AIA G702 - Application and Certificate for Payment, and AIA Contractor's electronic media driven Continuation Sheets. G703- Continuation Sheets, or B. For each Cost Category item in the Schedule of Values, provide following: 1. Item Number (Cost Category Number). 2. Description of Work (Cost Category Description). 3. Scheduled Value 4. Work Completed a. Previous Applications b. This Period 5. Materials Presently Stored 6. Total Completed and Stored To Date 7. Percentage of Completion. 8. Balance to Finish. 9. Retain age. C. On the Continuation Sheets, list the Schedule of Value items for the initial Contract Sum, and subtotal amount. For each subsequent Change that modifies the Contract Sum, list the applicable Schedule of Values cost items that change for that modification and subtotal the Contract Sum modification amount. a column for listing each of the 1.02 PREPARATION OF APPLICATIONS A. Present required information in typewritten form or on electronic media printout. B. Execute certification by signature of authorized officer. C. Use data from approved updated Schedule of Values. Provide dollar value in each column for each line item for portion of Work performed and for stored Products. D. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified in Section 01700 - Execution Requirements. 1.03 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Submit 2 copies of each Application for Payment to the Architect. Payment Period: Submit at intervals stipulated in the Agreement. Submit with transmittal letter as specified in Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. Submit Tien waivers as stipulated in the Supplementary Conditions. 1 of 2 Payment Procedures 01290.DOC 1.04 SUBSTANTIATING DATA A. Submit data justifying dollar amounts in question when the Architect requires substantiating information. B. Provide 1 copy of data with cover letter for each copy of submittal. Show application number and date, and line item by number and description. PART 2: PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3: EXECUTION NOT USED Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents END OF SECTION 2 of 2 Payment Procedures 01290.DOC SECTION 01295 SCHEDULE OF VALUES PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of Schedule of Values. 1.02 FORMAT Construction Documents END OF SECTION A. Use the Classification of Construction Costs as shown at the end of this Section. Notify the Architect if an appropriate category for this Project does not appear or if additional cost categories should be included. B. For each cost category, provide a column for listing each of the following: 1. Item Number. 2. Description of Work. 3. Scheduled Value. 1.03 PREPARATION A. Segregate the stipulated sum into the appropriate cost categories using the procedures described in the "Classification of Construction Costs" included at the end of this Section. B. Request and receive from Subcontractors and suppliers proper breakdown of labor and material costs in accordance with the Classification. C. Update the Schedule of Values as the Contract Sum is adjusted by Construction Change Directive or by Change Order. Contract Sum adjustment amounts shall be segregated into the appropriate cost category, and listed separately by each Construction Change Directive or Change Order following the initial Schedule of Values. 1.04 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Submit 1 copy of the current updated Schedule of Values with each Application for Payment. 1.05 SUBSTANTIATING DATA A. Submit data justifying dollar amounts in question when the Architect requires substantiating information. PART 2: PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3: EXECUTION NOT USED Franklin Covey Project Manual Schedule of Values 1 of 1 01295.DOC 1. Contract and Change Order costs for labor, materials, equipment, services, and fees shall be classified into 1 or more of the appropriate categories using the following Classification for Construction Costs. 2. Do not combine related items under 1 category if separate categories are provided (example: ceramic tile and quarry tile). Both labor and material shall be segregated into all categories; do not use "included in xxx" or "labor included in xxx ". 3. The Standard Classification categories and numbering system are adapted from the 1988 Edition of MASTER FORMAT, published by the Construction Specifications Institute (CSI), 601 Madison Street, Alexandria, VA 22314. This publication may be referred to for more detailed descriptions of each cost category. COST CATEGORIES DIVISION 0 - CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 00110 Contractor's Home Office Overhead and Profit 00610 Performance Bonds 00650 Certificates of Insurance DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01040 Coordination and General Supervision 01060. Permits and Fees 01200 Project Meetings 01300 Submittals 01400 Quality Control 01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls 01510 Temporary Utilities 01515 Temporary Power and Lighting 01520 Temporary Enclosures and Heating 01525 Construction Equipment Rentals 01530 Construction Safety and Protection 01540 Security 01560 Cleanup and Trash Removal 01565 Site Access and Maintenance 01580 Project Identification and Signs 01700 Contract Closeout 01733 Cutting and Patching DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK 02500 Utility Services DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03310 Cast -in -Place Concrete DIVISION 4 - MASONRY Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents SECTION 01297 CLASSIFICATION OF CONSTRUCTION COSTS Classification of Construction Costs 1 of 3 01297.DOC DIVISION 5 - METALS 05400 Cold Formed Metal Framing 05500 Metal Fabrications DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS 06100 Rough Carpentry 06200 Finish Carpentry DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07900 Joint Sealers DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 08110 Steel Doors and Frames 08200 Wood Doors and Frames 08410 Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts 08710 Door Hardware 08800 Glazing DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 09260 Gypsum Board Systems 09310 Ceramic Tile 09510 Acoustical Ceilings 09550 Wood Flooring 09650 Resilient Flooring 09680 Carpeting 09900 Painting DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES 10400 Identification Devices 10520 Fire Protection Specialties 10810 Toilet Accessories DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT NOT USED DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS 12300 Manufactured Cabinets and Casework DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION NOT USED DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS NOT USED DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15250 Mechanical Insulation 15300 Fire Protection 15400 Plumbing 15480 Special Piping Systems 15500 Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning 15950 Controls 15990 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents 2 of 3 Classification of Construction Costs 01297.DOC DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL, 16400 Service and Distribution 16510 Interior Lighting 16520 Exterior Lighting 16530 Site Lighting 16610 Uninterruptible Power Supply System 16720 Alarm and Detection System 16900 Controls Franklin Covey Project Manual Classification of Construction Costs Construction Documents 3 of 3 01297.DOC r t 0 (of = u lt. • H V; Oi • 2 • U N PART1: GENERAL 1.01 UTILITY COORDINATION A. Schedule and coordinate connections to or relocation of existing utility lines requiring temporary discontinuation of utilities which are in active use with the utility companies and Landlord. In no case shall the utilities be left disconnected at the end of a work day or weekend without written authority from the Tenant and Tenant. B. Repair to the satisfaction of the Landlord and utility companies, and at no cost to the Tenant or Tenant, existing utilities that are damaged due to the operation of Contractor or Subcontractor or their employees or agents. 1.02 MEETING MINUTES A. Compile minutes of the preconstruction meeting and each Project meeting and furnish copies to the parties in attendance, and to others affected by decisions or actions resulting from each meeting, within 7 days of the meeting date. 1.03 MEETING SCHEDULE A. Schedule and administer meetings at the Project site throughout progress of the Work at regular intervals. 1.04 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Schedule and administer a pre- construction meeting within 10 days after the Tenant or Tenant has issued Notice to Proceed. B. Attendance required: Authorized representatives of the Contractor and Subcontractors. C. Architect will advise other interested parties, including the Tenant and Tenant, and may request their attendance. PART 2: PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3: EXECUTION NOT USED Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents SECTION 01310 PROJECT COORDINATION AND MEETINGS END OF SECTION Project Coordination and Meetings 1 of 1 01310.DOC PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 FORMAT Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents SECTION 01320 PROGRESS SCHEDULES A. Prepare a network diagram showing a sequence plan of activities / operations of both Work under this Contract and those portions of Work by the Tenant that relate to the Work under this Contract. B. Utilize a commercially available computer based network analysis system that can produce activity / operations schedule information in both a bar chart format and an activity / operations tabular listing format giving the earliest and latest start date, finish date, and free float of each activity. C. Sheet size of network diagrams and bar charts shall be a minimum of 8 -1/2 inches by 11 inches and a maximum of 11 inches by 17 inches. D. Scale, line weight, and spacing of text and graphics shall be such that they will be easily legible on copies made from submittals. 1.02 CONTENT A. Show a complete sequence of construction by activity, with dates for beginning and completion of each element of construction. B. Identify Work of separate stages and other logically grouped activities. C. Provide sub - schedules to define critical portions of the entire schedule. D. Indicate delivery dates for Tenant furnished or provided products. E. Coordinate the Progress Schedule with necessary Subcontractors and suppliers to ensure their understanding of the importance of adhering to the approved Schedule and their ability to so adhere. 1.03 REVISIONS TO SCHEDULE A. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submittal, and projected completion date of each activity. B. Revise and update the Schedule on a monthly basis to reflect conditions and sequences. Promptly submit revised Schedule to the Architect for review and comment. C. Identify activities modified since previous submittal, major changes In scope, and other identifiable changes. D. Provide narrative report to define problem areas, anticipated delays, and impact on Schedule. Report corrective action taken, or proposed, and its effect, including the effect of changes on schedules of separate contractors. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit preliminary outline Schedules within 15 days after date of execution Owner - Contractor Agreement for coordination with the Tenant's requirements and Work of separate contractors. After review, submit detailed schedules within 15 days, modified to accommodate revisions recommended by the Tenant. 1 of 2 Progress Schedules 01320.DOC B. Submit revised Progress Schedules with each Application for Payment. C. Submit 1 opaque reproduction or 1 reproducible transparency to the Tenant and the Architect. 1.05 DISTRIBUTION A. Distribute copies of reviewed schedules to Project site file, Subcontractors, suppliers, and other concerned parties. Instruct recipients to promptly report, in writing, problems anticipated by projections indicated in the schedules. B. PART2: PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3: EXECUTION NOT USED Franklin Covey Project Manual Progress Schedules 2 of 2 01320.DOC Construction Documents END OF SECTION n9ei�sw�..+..i:L�n •. PART1: GENERAL 2.02 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 2.04 SHOP DRAWINGS Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents SECTION 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1 of 4 1.01 SUBMITTALS A. Within 10 days after Award of Contract, and before items are submitted for approval, submit to the Architect 2 copies of the Shop Drawing and Submittals Log. B. Provide a Subcontractor and Supplier List as indicated in the Supplemental Conditions to the Contract for Construction — Document 00803.. C. Make submittals identifying the Document or Section number and title. Identify each item separately on the transmittal. D. Submit Schedule of Values to the Architect no later than 10 days prior to submission of the first Application of Payment. Refer to Section 01290 - Payment Procedures for detail of format and content of Schedule of Values. E. Submit bi- monthly Progress Schedule updates to Architect for review and comment. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 PROGRESS SCHEDULES A. Based on the preliminary development of the Progress Schedule and on updating and feedback that occurs during the Project start -up, secure critical time commitments for performing the Work. Prepare and maintain the Progress Schedule to show the required data clearly for the entire Construction Time. B. Coordinate the Progress Schedule with necessary subcontractors and material suppliers. Adhering to approved Progress Schedule is essential. C. Revise and update the Progress Schedule on a bi- monthly basis to reflect conditions and sequences. A. Prepare the Schedule of Values required by the General Conditions in conjunction with the preparation of the Progress Schedule. 2.03 SHOP DRAWING AND SUBMITTAL LOG A. Compile a complete and comprehensive schedule of submittals anticipated to be made during progress of the Work. Include a list of each type of item for which Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, guarantees, or other types of submittals are required. B. Include on the Shop Drawing and Submittal Log the dates on which the Architect shall receive each scheduled submittal for the Architect's review and comment. A. Make to a scale sufficiently large to show pertinent aspects of the item and its method of connection. B. Submit in the form of 2 prints of each sheet. C. Engineered Shop Drawings: Shop Drawings for the Work of Civil, Structural, Fire Suppression, Submittal Procedures 01330.DOC Mechanical, Plumbing, and Electrical shall be prepared by engineers licensed in the respective disciplines in the state in which the Work is to be performed. These Shop Drawings shall include calculations, details, plans, diagrams, and other critical information pertinent to the Work required of the above mentioned engineering disciplines. D. Structural Shop Drawings: In addition to the requirements of the above paragraph the structural Shop Drawings shall indicate loads, size and weight of members, design, type, and location of shop and field connections. Welding symbols shall be as adopted by the American Welding Society. Base information on AISC Specifications. E. Sprinkler Shop Drawings: Shop Drawings for sprinkler Work shall include design of sprinkler system in accordance with NFPA requirements. Provide plans, details, diagrams, and calculations of sprinkler system. Submit these Shop Drawings to Owner's insurance agency, appropriate code authority, and Architect for review and approval prior to fabrication. 2.05 PRODUCT DATA A. Where contents of submitted product data includes data not pertinent to the submittal, clearly indicate which portion of the contents is being submitted for review. B. Submit the number of copies which are required to be returned plus 2 copies which will be retained by the Architect. 2.06 SAMPLES A. Submit Samples of the precise article proposed to be provided. B. Submit Samples in the quantity which is required to be returned plus 1 which will be retained by the Architect. C. In situations specifically so approved by the Architect, the Architect's retained Sample may be used in the construction as one of the installed items. D. Unless the precise color and pattern is specifically described in the Contract Documents, and whenever a choice of color or pattern is available in a specified product, submit accurate color and pattern charts to the Architect for review and selection. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 IDENTIFICATION OF SUBMITTALS A. Consecutively number submittals. Accompany each submittal with a letter of transmittal indicating Specification Section number and title, as well as item number or paragraph number in the section for identification and checking of submittals, including applicable specification number. B. Maintain an accurate submittal log for the duration of the Contract, showing current status of submittals at all times. Make the Shop Drawing and Submittal Log available for the Architect's review upon request. C. If material is resubmitted for any reason, transmit under a new letter of transmittal and with a new submittal number stating resubmit. 3.02 TIMING OF SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals far enough in advance of scheduled dates for installation to provide time required for reviews, for securing necessary approvals, for possible revisions and re- submittals, and for placing orders and securing delivery of specified or approved items. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents 2 of 4 Submittal Procedures 01330.DOC D. B. Submit written substitution requests to the Architect in accordance with AIA A 701 - Instructions to Bidders. Requests received after this time will not be considered by the Architect. C. In scheduling, allow a minimum of 10 calendar days for review by the Architect following the Architect's receipt of the submittal. Delays caused by tardiness in receipt of submittals will not be an acceptable basis for extension of the Contract Completion date or substitution of the specified item, product, components, or system. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents END OF SECTION 3 of 4 Submittal Procedures 01330.DOC L & M SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM PROJECT Franklin Covey 826 SouthCenter Mall, Tukwila, WA PROJECT NO. 7028 SUBMITTED BY: NAME: FIRM: ADDRESS: TELEPHONE: FAX: DATE: SPECIFIED ITEM: SPECIFIED SECTION: DESCRIPTION: PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION DESCRIPTION: Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by the Tenant and separate Contractors, that will become necessary to accommodate the proposed substitution is: ? Attached ? Not attached because no additional coordination or Work is required. A statement indicating the substitution's affect on the Contractor's Construction Schedule compared to the schedule without approval of the substitution and the effect of the proposed substitution on overall Contract Time is: ? Attached ? Not attached because there will be no change in Construction Schedule and Contract Time. Cost information, including a proposal of the net change in the Contract Sum, is: ? Attached ? Not attached because there will be no change in Contract Sum. The undersigned certifies that the substitution proposed is equal to or better in every significant respect to that required by the Contract Documents, and that it will perform adequately in the application indicated. The undersigned additionally waives all rights to additional payment or time, that may subsequently become necessary because of the failure of the substitution to perform adequately. Signature of Contractor Date Franklin Covey Project Manual Submittal Procedures Construction Documents 4 of 4 01330.DOC PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 DEFINITIONS A. : (colon): Means the same as shall be. B. approved, authorized, directed, requested, selected: These and similar terms assume that the words Architect follows, for example, directed by the Architect, requested by the Architect. These terms shall not be interpreted to extend the Architect's responsibility into the Contractor's area of construction means and methods. C. furnish: Supply and deliver to the Project site, ready for unloading and installation. D. install: Unload, unpack, assemble, erect, place, anchor, apply, work to dimension, finish, cure, connect to required services, store and protect, and similar operations required to make a product functional. E. provide: Furnish and install, ready for intended use. F. include, includes, including: These terms are not restrictive. They do not necessarily define the total extent of items, or exclude items not listed. G. indicated: Refers to graphic representations, notes, schedules, or written requirements in the Contract Documents. Terms such as shown„ noted, scheduled, and specified are used to help locate the reference; but no limitation on location is intended except as specifically noted. H. Project site or site: Refers to the space available to the Contractor for performing construction activities, either exclusively or in conjunction with others performing work as part of the Project. I. regulations: Laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. J. testing agency: Refers to an independent entity engaged to perform specific inspections or tests, either at the Project site or elsewhere, and to report on and, if required, to interpret results of those inspections or tests 1.02 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made part of the Contract Documents by reference. Copies are not bound with the Contract Documents. B. Publication Dates: Comply with the standards in effect as of the date of the Contract Documents unless noted otherwise. PART 2: PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3: EXECUTION NOT USED Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents SECTION 01420 REFERENCES END OF SECTION 1 of 1 References 01420.DOC. . SECTION 01430 QUALITY ASSURANCE PART1: GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Cooperate with testing laboratory and others responsible for testing and inspecting the Work. 1.02 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE A. Requirements for testing are described in technical Sections. B. Where no testing requirements are described, but the Owner, Tenant, or Building Official decides that testing is required, the Owner, Tenant, or Building Official may direct that such testing be performed under current standards for testing. 2 1.03 WORK NOT INCLUDED g �! u- Q A. The Architect will approve a pre - qualified independent testing laboratory. N d ; 1.04 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Testing: In accordance with pertinent codes and regulations and with selected standards of the American Society for Testing and Materials. w w. PART 2: PRODUCTS 1 0 0. NOT USED ~` ul W PART 3: EXECUTION IL P. 3.01 PAYMENT FOR TESTING - INITIAL SERVICES v N A. The Owner and /or Tenant will pay for initial testing services exclusive of HVAC Balance Report. 3.02 PAYMENT FOR TESTING AND RETESTING A. Pay for retesting occasioned by non - compliance. Retesting shall be performed by the same testing agency. B. Promptly respond to test reports and related instructions to ensure necessary retesting and replacement of materials with the least possible delay in progress of the Work. C. Pay for extra charges attributable to delays when the testing laboratory Is ready to test according to the established schedule, but is prevented from testing or taking specimens due to incompleteness of the Work. 3.03 CODE COMPLIANCE TESTING A. Pay for inspections and tests required by codes, ordinances, or a plan approval authority 3.04 RESPONSIBILITIES /AUTHORITY A. Testing Agency 1. Person(s) responsible for testing inspection on this project shall attend a pre- construction Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents 1 of 2 Quality Assurance 01430.DOC Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents meeting to review scope of Work. 2. Test or inspect the Work for conformance with the Contract Drawings and Specifications, approved Shop Drawings, and applicable governing codes and regulations. 3. Bring non - conforming items to the immediate attention of the Contractor. Contact the Architect by phone or FAX on same day if non - conformance items left uncorrected. 4. Submit 1 copy of test and /or inspection reports to the Architect and the Contractor within 7 days of test. 5. Specimens and samples for testing shall be taken by testing laboratory personnel. Sampling equipment will be provided by the testing laboratory. Deliveries of specimens and samples to the testing laboratory will be performed by the testing laboratory. 6. Testing laboratory does not have the authority to authorize increases or changes in Project scope. 7. Testing laboratory has the authority to reject Work not meeting specifications. B. Contractor 1. Make available a testing and inspection schedule at the site. 2. Provide adequate notification to testing agency so they may properly prepare for and schedule their Work. 3 Provide testing agency with access to the approved Drawings and Specifications, and approved Shop Drawings at the site. 4. Correct in a timely manner, deficiencies identified in test and /or inspection reports. 5. Provide testing agency with safe access to the Work requiring testing and inspection. 6. Provide incidental labor and facilities to provide access to the Work and to obtain and handle samples, to facilities testing and inspection, and for storage and curing of test samples. 7. Verify conformance of the Work with specified construction tolerances. 8. Initial testing and inspection schedule indicating completion of requirements in technical specifications. C. Inspection of the Work does not constitute an approval to deviate from the requirements of the Contract Documents. END OF SECTION 2 of 2 Quality Assurance 01430.DOC SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide and maintain construction facilities and controls required for construction. Remove on completion of the Work. 1.02 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with National Electric Code. B. Comply with regulations and with utility company requirements. 1.03 JOB CONDITIONS A. Establish and initiate use of each temporary facility at time first reasonably required for proper performance of the Work. Terminate use and remove facilities at earliest reasonable time, when no longer needed, or when permanent facilities have, with authorized use, replaced the need. B. Conditions of Use: Install, operate, maintain, and protect temporary facilities in a manner and at locations which will be safe, non - hazardous, sanitary, and protective of persons and property, and free of deleterious effects. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 TEMPORARY WATER A. Arrange to provide water for construction purposes. Pay costs for installation, maintenance, removal of temporary water, and service charges for water used. B. Install branch piping with taps located so that water is available throughout the construction by the use of hoses. Protect piping and fittings against freezing. C. Provide hoses as needed to perform the Work. D. Drinking Water: Provide drinking water for workers on the Project during construction. 2.02 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY A. Provide necessary temporary wiring and lighting to perform the Work. B. Provide and maintain a 200 amp 120/240 volt, 1 phase, 3 wire temporary light and power system. 1. Lighting: One 200 watt lamp per 625 square feet (25 feet on center). C. Receptacles: One 20 amp 120 volt duplex grounding type per 2,500 square feet (50 feet on center) with ground fault circuit protection, installed in outlet boxes with plates. D. Power connections: Provide 240 volt, 1 phase, 3 wire service for equipment as needed to perform the Work. E. Provide electricity needed to complete the Work. F. When installation of the permanent electrical service and distribution system is sufficiently complete to be operated safely, the system may be used to provide construction light, power, and testing, and operation of permanent equipment. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Document 1 of 2 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01500.DOC I LS::.' "Jsr "� G. The Tenant will assume the responsibility and pay the costs of providing electrical light and power, including the energy costs, after start up, testing, and permanent running of refrigeration equipment, or the Date of Substantial Completion of the Project, whichever is sooner. 2.03 TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION A. Provide temporary heat and ventilation as required to maintain environmental conditions to facilitate progress of the Work, to meet specified minimum conditions for the installation of materials, and to protect materials and finishes from damage due to unacceptable temperature and humidity. B. Provide forced ventilation of enclosed areas for curing of installed materials, to disperse humidity, and to prevent hazardous accumulations of dust, fumes, vapors, and gases. C. Portable heaters: Standard approved units complete with controls. D. Pay costs of installation, maintenance, operation, and removal of temporary heat and ventilation. Pay for fuel consumed. 2.04 TEMPORARY TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Arrange with local telephone service company to provide direct line telephone service to the construction site. B. Provide 1 direct line for use by personnel and employees and 1 direct line for fax machine. 2.07 ENCLOSURES A. Provide and maintain, for the duration of construction, required scaffolds, tarpaulins, barricades, canopies, warning signs and lights, steps, fencing, barricades, bridges, .platforms, and other temporary construction protection necessary for proper completion of the Work in compliance with safety and other regulations and to provide securityy within the limits of construction. B. For the building proper, provide suitable protection at holes through roof and floors, at openings through walls where a hazard exists and shall provide visual barriers at installed glass. C. Protect finished surfaces and openings used as a passageway for materials. D. Do not subject roofs to traffic and do not use for storage purposes. If Work is required on roof, protect roofing surface. E. Protect building and contents from damage due to the elements. Such damaged Work shall be removed and replaced with new. Pay for damage to Tenant's equipment or merchandise. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL A. Maintain temporary facilities and controls as long as needed for the safe and proper completion of the Work. Remove such temporary facilities and controls as rapidly as progress of the Work will permit, or as directed by the Architect. END OF SECTION Franklin Covey Project Manual Temporary Facilities and Controls Construction Document 2 of 2 01500.DOC PART1: GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Protective barriers 2. Cleaning SECTION 01570 TEMPORARY SITE CONTROLS 1.02 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with local /regional rules governing construction site operations. PART2: PRODUCTS A. Protective Barriers: 1. Type 1 Barrier: a. Minimum height temporary wall required to conceal and create a dust proof barrier for work described in Drawings securely fastened to existing structure. b. Verify requirements with mall office for barrier and dust proofing. c. Use of other material must be pre- approved by Architect and Owner. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions under which temporary site control Work is to be performed. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Verify and assume full responsibility for adequacy of bearing and foundation conditions for construction equipment and operations. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Notification: 1. Notify local authorities having jurisdiction of existing damage in adjacent storefronts or improvements such as resurfacing, prior to start of Work. a. If damage is discovered after Work has commenced and such damage was not reported before start of Work, perform and pay for necessary repairs. B. Protection: 1. Barricade as part of Work . 2. Do not close or obstruct public streets, easements, or sidewalks without proper permit. 3. Protect adjacent structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused Work. 4. Repair damage resulting from construction operations at no cost to Tenant. 3.06 DUST CONTROL A. Minimize generation of dust to greatest practical extent during site operations. 1. Provide and distribute water to control construction equipment generated dust. 2. Respond promptly to direction of Architect or request of Owner to increase or improve dust, odor and/or sound control measures. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents Temporary Site Controls 1 of 2 01570.DOC 3.07 CLEANING 3. If, in opinion of Architect, Owner, or local jurisdiction, adequate dust control is not provided, Owner will provide for additional dust control and reduce Contract amount by costs realized for this activity. A. Clean entire site as defined in following paragraphs. 1. Provide ongoing regular pickup and removal of unused construction materials and debris to maintain an orderly construction site for duration of Work. 2. Keep loose materials subject to wind pickup to a minimum by regular inspection and removal. 3. Respond promptly to direction of Architect or request of Owner to increase or improve cleaning measures. 4. If, in opinion of Architect, Owner or local jurisdiction, adequate site cleaning is not provided, Owner will provide for additional cleaning and reduce Contract amount by costs realized for this activity. 3.08 DISPOSAL A. Dispose of construction debris off-site. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents END OF SECTION 2 of 2 Temporary Site Controls 01570.DOC. . PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Protect products scheduled for use in the Work by means including those described in this Section. 1.02 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products specified by referenced standards or description only: Any product meeting those standards or description. B. Products specified by name of 1 or more manufacturers: products of manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed. C. Products specified by naming 1 or more manufacturers with a provision for substitutions (for example: "Approved Substitute "): Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named but is proven to meet the Specifications. 1.03 MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS A. Determine and comply with manufacturers' recommendations on product handling, storage, and protection. 1.04 PACKAGING A. Deliver products to the Project site in their manufacturer's original container, with labels intact and legible. 1. Maintain packaged materials with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. 2. Promptly remove damaged material and unsuitable items from the job site, and promptly replace with material meeting the specified requirements, at no additional cost to the Tenant. B. The Architect may reject as non - complying such material and products that do not bear identification satisfactory to the Architect as to manufacturer, grade, quality, and other pertinent information. 1.05 PROTECTION A. Protect finished surfaces, including jambs and soffits of openings used as passageways, through which equipment and materials are handled. B. Provide protection for finished floor surfaces in traffic areas prior to allowing equipment or materials to be moved over such surfaces. C. Provide floor surface protection from equipment leaks and marring. D. Maintain finished surfaces clean, unmarred, and suitably protected until accepted by the Tenant. 1.06 REPAIRS AND REPLACEMENTS A. Make replacements and repairs to the approval of the Architect. B. Additional time required to secure replacements and to make repairs will not be considered by the Architect to justify an extension in the Contract Time of Completion. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents SECTION 01600 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 1 of 2 Product Requirements 01600.DOC. 1.07 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver, store, and handle materials in a manner that will prevent damage. Store materials clear of the ground and protected from water and the elements. Protect finished surfaces from scratching and damage. B. Deliver items required to be built into masonry or concrete so they may be built into the Work as Work progresses. Furnish templates showing exact locations. C. Do not deliver materials subject to damage unduly long before they are required for the Work or suitable storage facilities are available. PART 2: PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3: EXECUTION NOT USED Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents END OF SECTION 2 of 2 Product Requirements 01600.DOC. . PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY SECTION 01700 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with requirements stated in Conditions of the Contract and in Specifications for administrative procedures in closing out the Work. B. Related Requirements in other parts of the Project Manual: 1. Fiscal provisions, legal submittals, and additional administrative requirements: Conditions of the Contract. 1.02 FINAL CLEANING A. Complete final cleaning prior to Architect's inspection for Substantial Completion. B. In addition to removal of debris and cleaning specified under other Sections, clean interior and exterior surfaces. C. Remove protective coatings, barriers, and labels not required to remain. D. Clean finished surfaces free of dust, stains, spills, films, and other foreign substances. E. Clean and polish polished metals. F. Clean mirrors and both faces of glass. G. Vacuum clean carpet and similar soft surface products. H. Clean resilient and other hard surface floors, including exposed concrete, by sweeping and damp mopping. 1. Mechanical and electrical rooms. 2. Storage areas. 3. Loading dock. 4. Unfinished tenant areas. 5. Trash rooms. 6. Service corridors. I. Broom clean service corridor. J. Remove waste and debris from Project Site, and adjacent property affected by construction activities, including from service areas, roofs, and areaways. K. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, elevator equipment, and similar equipment clean. Remove excess lubrication and other substances. L. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. M. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains including stains resulting from water exposure. N. Clean light fixtures and lamps to provide full illumination efficiency. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents 1 of 4 Execution Requirements 01700.DOC 0. When ventilating equipment has been operated during construction time, clean permanent type filters; remove disposable type filters and install new filters. P. Maintain Work in clean condition until Architect determines that Work is complete. 1.03 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. When the Work is considered substantially complete, submit to the Architect: 1. A written notice that the Work, or designated portion thereof, is substantially complete. 2. A list of items to be completed or corrected. B. Within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice, the Architect will make an inspection to t) determine the status of completion. ' u w C. Should the Architect determine that the . Work is not substantially complete the following Y P g procedures shall be taken: uj O; 1. The Architect will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, listing the incomplete or defective 2 Work. g a. 2. Remedy the deficiencies in the Work, and send a second written notice of Substantial w Completion to the Architect; C7; 3. Architect will reinspect the Work. H w D. When the Architect concurs that the Work is substantially complete, the Architect will: 0' 1. Prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion on AIA Document G704, accompanied by w w' . Contractor's list of items to be completed or corrected, as verified and amended by the 2 Architect. 2. Submit the Certificate to Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of the p '— responsibilities assigned to them in the Certificate. ; uJ w ' 1.04 FINAL ACCEPTANCE V A. Complete or correct items of Work within 30 days from date of Substantial Completion, except fu N such items which cannot be completed due to weather conditions. 0 H B. When the Work is considered complete, submit written certification that: 1. The Contract Documents have been reviewed. 2. The Work has been inspected for compliance with Contract Documents. 3. The Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents. 4. The Equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of the Tenant's representative and are operational. 5. The Work is completed and ready for final inspection. C. The Architect will make an inspection to verify the status of completion with reasonable promptness after receipt of such certification. D. Should the Architect consider that the Work is incomplete or defective: 1. The Architect will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, listing the incomplete or defective Work. 2. Take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies, and send a second written certification to the Architect that the Work is complete. 3. Pay for the Architect to reinspect the Work. E. Make closeout submittals when the Architect finds that the Work is acceptable under the Contract Documents. Franklin Covey Project Manual Execution Requirements Construction Documents 2 of 4 01700.DOC 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to requesting the Architect's final inspection for certification of final acceptance and final payment, as required by General Conditions, complete the following and list known exceptions in request: 1. Submit Application for Final Payment with final releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include certificates of insurance for products and completed operations where required. 2. Submit updated final statement, accounting for additional or final changes to Contract Sum. 3. Submit certified copy of the Architect's final punch list of itemized Work to be completed or corrected (including equipment requiring final connection), stating that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance, endorsed and dated by the Architect. 4. Submit record documents, maintenance manuals, damage or settlement survey, property survey, and similar final record information. 5. Complete final clean up requirements, including touch -up painting of marred surfaces. 6. Submit final meter readings for utilities, measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of time of Substantial Completion or when the Tenant took possession of and responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. 7. Submit consent of surety. 8. Revise and submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 9. Submit test, inspection, and acceptance certificates as required in each product section of the Specifications. 10. Submit guarantees and warranties as required in each product section of the Specifications. 11. Submit Contractor's Affidavit and Lien Waivers. 12. Submit full and final lien waivers from subcontractors, sub - subcontractors and major material suppliers who have furnished material or labor for the Work under contract with the Contractor or subcontractor. The lien waivers shall be in the full amount of the Contract involved. 13. Submit certified copy of punch list of itemized Work to be completed or corrected stating each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 14. Provide extra materials where required in the individual Specification Sections. 1.06 MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Prior to final acceptance, organize maintenance and operating manual information into 2 complete sets, each in manageable size, and bind into individual binders properly identified and indexed. Include installation instructions, operation instructions, maintenance instructions, 'spare parts listing, local service company (name, address, phone number), copies of warranties, wiring diagrams, recommended "turn- around" cycles, inspection procedures, Shop Drawings, Product Data, and similar applicable information. B. Provide manuals as required by product Specification sections. PART 2: PRODUCTS NOT USED Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents 3 of 4 Execution Requirements 01700.DOC u:3aiuu,t,.�.ae::y" E ,e7du.atuim;ar�rs.i.�.LV� �. ..nsiis�uca• 'tn..�ti.�r:. s,. ,a ... , ,� _.._ .. «........ ,... ., .. _ .., ,,..w.y PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Arrange for each installer of Work requiring continuing maintenance or operation, to meet with Tenant's personnel, at Project site, to provide basic instructions needed for proper operation and maintenance of entire Work. 1. Include instructions by manufacturer's representatives where installers are not expert in the required procedures. 2. Review maintenance manuals, record documentation, tools, spare parts and materials, lubricants, fuels, identification system, control sequences, hazards, cleaning and similar procedures and facilities. 3. Demonstrate start-up, shut -down, emergency operations, noise and vibration adjustments, safety, economy /efficiency adjustments, energy effectiveness, and similar operations for operational equipment. 4. Review maintenance and operations procedures in relation with applicable warranties, agreements to maintain, bonds, and similar continuing commitments. B. Special cleaning for specific units of Work is specified in sections of Division 2 through Division 16. General cleaning during progress of Work is specified in General Conditions and as temporary services in Temporary Facilities section of this Division. Provide final cleaning of the Work prior to the inspection for substantial completion of the Work, consisting of cleaning each surface or unit of Work to normal clean condition expected for a complete building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for cleaning operations. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents END OF SECTION 4 of 4 Execution Requirements 01700.DOC PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION SECTION 01733 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. This Section establishes general requirements pertaining to cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work required to: 1. Make the several parts fit properly; 2. Uncover Work to provide for installing, inspecting, or both, of ill -timed Work; 3. Remove Work not conforming to requirements of the Contract Documents and replace with new materials; and 4. Remove defective Work and replace with new materials. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workers who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the Work of this Section. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. 1. Request for the Architect's Consent a. Prior to cutting which effects structural safety, submit written request to the Landlord and Architect for permission to proceed with cutting. b. Should conditions of the Work or schedule indicate a required change of materials or methods for cutting and patching, so notify the Architect and secure written permission and the required executed Construction Change Directive or Change Order prior to proceeding. 2. Notices to the Architect a. Prior to cutting and patching performed pursuant to the Architect's instructions, submit cost estimate to the Architect. Secure the Architect's approval of cost estimates and type of reimbursement before proceeding with cutting and patching. b. Submit written notice to the Architect designating the time the Work will be uncovered, to provide for the Architect's observation. c. Do not cut and patch Work exposed on the building's exterior or in its occupied spaces, in a manner that would, in the Architect's opinion, result in lessening the building's aesthetic qualities. Do not cut and patch Work in a manner that would result in substantial visual evidence of cut and patch Work. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. For replacement of items removed, use materials complying with pertinent product sections and/or appropriate for the existing conditions. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examination Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents 1 of 2 Cutting and Patching 01733.00C. . 1. Examine existing conditions, including elements subject to movement or damage during cutting, excavating, patching. 2. After uncovering the existing conditions, examine conditions affecting installation of new Work. B. Discrepancies 1. If uncovered conditions are not as anticipated, immediately notify the Architect and secure needed directions. 2. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION PRIOR TO CUTTING A. Provide required protection including shoring, bracing, and support, to maintain structural integrity of the Work. 3.03 PERFORMANCE A. Perform as required under related sections. 1. Perform cutting and demolition by methods which will prevent damage to other portions of the Work and provide proper surfaces to receive installation of repair and new Work. 2. Perform fitting and adjusting of products to provide finished installation complying with the specified tolerances and finishes. 3. Perform sawcutting during off hours. END OF SECTION .. ...... Franklin Covey Project Manual Cutting and Patching Construction Documents 2 of 2 01733.DOC. . V/ 0i ;D•01. co t WW L'0° tllf on N O PART1: GENERAL 1.02 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents SECTION 02500 UTILITY SERVICES A. Comply with the rules and regulations of the Local Utility Companies. Verify with each utility company providing service to this Project and verify their requirements regarding incoming domestic water, sprinkler, sanitary sewer, and gas. B. Make arrangements with each utility company and pay service charges associated with new or modifications to existing services. C. Resolved with the local inspection authority status of code provisions that may be in question. PART2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Provide installation of the following 1. Sewer, Water, and Sanitary Sewer from described point of entry. 2. Domestic Water and Sprinklers from described point of entry. 2. Electric service from described space point of entry. 3. Gas service from described point of entry. Provide installation of systems that include provisions for mechanical, plumbing, and electrical requirements indicated in Sections 15050, 16050, and that which may be designed per those Sections. PART 3: EXECUTION Per Construction Documents 3.05 CLEANING A. When the Work is complete, thoroughly clean material and equipment installed as a part of this contract and leave equipment and material in new condition. B. Clean up and remove from the debris, excess material, and equipment left during the progress of this Contract at job completion. END OF SECTION 1 of 1 Utility Services 02500.DOC PART1: GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. American Concrete Institute references as follows: 1. ACI 212.3 R -91: Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. Use this guide only after submittal and approval of admixtures by the Architect. 2. ACI 223 -93: Standard Practice for the Use of Shrinkage- Compensating Concrete. 3. ACI 302.1 R -89: Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction. 4. ACI 305R -91: Hot Weather Concreting. 5. ACI 306R -88: Cold Weather Concreting. 6. ACI 318 -95: Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. B. American Society for Testing Materials: ASTM standards listed in this section and in referenced ACI publications. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. 1. Shop Drawings showing reinforcing grade, bar size, placement, laps, splices and details. 2. Concrete mix designs a minimum of 2 weeks prior to concrete placement. No admixtures will be allowed unless approved by Architect. 3. 1 copy of test and inspection reports in accordance with Section 01430 - Quality Assurance. Deviations from the Specifications or Drawings encountered by testing or inspection personnel shall be reported immediately to the Architect. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Section 01430 - Quality Assurance. B. The following testing and inspection requirements shall be done by an independent testing laboratory approved by the Architect. Assist in testing and inspection as necessary and in corrective Work required. 1. Obtain copies of mix design data, including approved concrete admixtures. 2. Inspect excavations and /or prepared subgrade for suitability of pouring concrete. No standing water, organic material, debris, etc., shall be present. Slab subgrade shall be compacted as specified and have optimum moisture content. 3. Inspect concrete formwork for dimensions and alignment. 4. Inspect reinforcing bars for grade, size, location, splicing, and cover. 5. Concrete Tests: a. Cylinder tests for Compressive Strength - ASTM C 39: 1) Cast concrete cylinders in steel or plastic molds. Wood or cardboard molds are not acceptable. 2) Cast 1 set of four 4 test cylinders for first 50 cubic yards of each mix placed each day. If less than 50 cubic yards. is placed, 1 set of 4 test cylinders shall be cast for that amount. 3) Cast 1 set of 4 test cylinders for each additional 100 cubic yards of each mix placed each day. 4) Test 1 cylinder at 7 days and 2 cylinders at 28 days. Maintain 4th cylinder as Franklin Covey Project Manual Consrtuction Documents SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 1 of 6 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300.DOC. 3 co uj g J co 3 z I- W: F- 0 z LU 2 p! ,ON 0 1 - = v' 0 t!• Z: H =! z spare. b. Test each concrete truck for slump, air content, and temperature. c. If reasonable consistency of slump and air tests is recorded on 4 consecutive tests, testing company may reduce requirements to test every 50 cubic yards. d. Deviation from the Specifications shall be grounds for rejection. e. Addition of water or admixtures to concrete on site without written approval of the Architect is prohibited and shall be grounds for rejection. C. Examine location and construction of joints in concrete for conformance with the Contract Documents. D. Verify Work is performed in accordance with ACI requirements for hot or cold weather concreting, as may apply. E. Inspect for adequate consolidation of concrete. F. Verify specified methods for curing and protection of concrete are being followed. G. Submit daily reports, in accordance with Section 01430, to the Architect during concrete operations indicating location of pour; quantity of concrete poured; concrete slump, temperature and air content; field conditions - temperature, weather, wind; and curing method. 1.04 WARRANTY A. Remove and replace with new material, at Tenant's or Architect's direction, concrete found defective in strength or improperly placed or cured. PART2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I. Type III may be used only if conditions warrant and requested in writing and approved by the Architect. Use only 1 manufacturer and type of cement for each class of concrete. B. Portland Cement Air Entraining: ASTM C 150, Type IA or Type IIIA. Air entraining agents conforming to ASTM C 260 may be used in lieu of air entraining cement. C. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C 33, clean, hard, natural sand. D. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C 33; graded in accordance with Table 2. Maximum aggregate size for footings: 1 -1/2 inch. Maximum aggregate size for slabs: 3/4 inch. E. Water: Clean and Free of deleterious matter. F. Pozzolans - Including Fly Ash: ASTM C 618 permitted only when thoroughly tested and analyzed and results submitted to the Architect for approval. Tests shall be performed on specific mix designs to be used on this Project. Maximum percentage of fly ash shall be 15 percent of cementitious material and fly ash shall be Class C or Class F. G. Admixtures: Except for air entraining and water - reducing, permitted only with written approval of the Architect. Include manufacturer's information with historical strength tests with concrete mix design submittal for admixtures requested. Franklin Covey Project Manual Consrtuction Documents 2 of 6 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300.DOC. W ' C.) § CO , U W` F , W 0 u . =0 ui W uj U 0 ;0 H 0 ; ii z ' co i z W/C MAX. % AIR t 1% MAX. SLUMP (Inches) MIN. fc si 28 Day 0.55 4 3000 0.50 3* 4000 0.50 6 4 4000 0.50 6 4 4000 0.50 6 4 4000 Franklin Covey Project Manual Consrtuction Documents C. Minimum Cement Content: 1. fc = 3 KSI: 470 pounds per cubic yard. 2. fc = 4 KSI: 517 pounds per cubic yard. H. Water- Reducing Admixtures - ASTM C 494, Type A: Optional for floor slabs. Cement content shall not be reduced. Use 1 of the following or approved substitute. 1. WRDA with Hycol - W.R. Grace 2. EUCON WR 75 - Euclid 3. Polyheed 997 - Master Builders I. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A 615. Grade 60. J. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185 flat sheets for floor slabs on grade. K. Expansion Joint Filler: Non - extruding resilient bituminous type conforming to ASTM D 1751. L. Curing Compound: ASTM C 309 Type I. 1 of the following or approved substitute for non -floor slab concrete. 1. Tremcrete - Tremco 2. Kure -N -Seal - Sonneborn 3. B -W Crete Seal - Brock White M. Curing Membrane: Polyethylene film (white), 6 mil. N. Isolation Joint: 4 mil polyethylene film or 15 pound building paper. O. Hardener: Lapidolith manufactured by Sonnebom. P. Sealer: Enviroseal 40 by Hydrozo, Inc. Q. Floor Joint Filler: MM80 by Metzger- McGuire or Masterfill CJ by Master Builders shall be used in non -sales area. 2.02 CONCRETE MIXES A. Design concrete mixes from the following table of requirements: Concrete backfilled or protected from weather: a) Footings b) Slabs - Interior on Grade Concrete exposed to weather a) Exterior Walls b) Exterior Columns c) Sidewalks, Curbs, Etc. * Maximum Slump 4 inches when design includes a water reducer. B. Maximum Allowable Water Content - Floor Slabs: 1. For concrete mix with water reducer: 270 pounds per cubic yard (32.5 gallons). Total amount of water need not be added at batch plant, but testing agency shall be responsible for monitoring water added to mix and maximum allowable water content shall not be exceeded. If water is added on site, add minimum 70 revolutions of drum after addition of water. 3 of 6 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300.DOC D. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Conform to the requirements of ASTM C 94 except where requirements in Table above (2.02.A.) are more restrictive. A. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 ADDITION OF WATER ON SITE - (Non -Floor Slab Concrete) A. Permitted only to first truck per mix design per day to adjust to specified slump and only if water content has been reduced at batch plant. Truck shall add 70 revolutions of drum, after addition of water. B. Specified limits of water - cement ratio shall not be exceeded. C. Adding water to subsequent trucks will be prohibited. Make adjustments at batch plant after first truck has arrived and been tested at site. 3.02 CONCRETE FORMS A. Construct forms to shape, lines, and dimensions of members as called for on the Drawings. Secure sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar. B. Design and construct formwork and related bracing to maintain position and shape under loads incurred during concrete placement. 3.03 REINFORCING A. Reinforcing shall be free of excessive rust, loose scale, mud, oil, and nonmetallic coating that will adversely affect bonding capacity. B. Placement of reinforcing bars, including bar clearance and concrete coverage shall be in accordance with ACI 318 -95 Sections 7.5, 7.6, and 7.7. C. Splices and laps for reinforcing shall be governed by ACI 318 -95, Chapter 12. 3.04 COLD WEATHER REQUIREMENTS A. Cold weather requirements govern when minimum ambient temperature is 40 degrees F and falling. B. Concrete shall not be placed on frozen ground. C. Mix, place, protect, and cure concrete in strict accordance with ACI 306 R -88 "Cold Weather Concreting ". 3.05 HOT WEATHER REQUIREMENTS A. Hot weather requirements govern when maximum ambient temperature is 85 degrees F and rising. B. Mix, place, protect, and cure concrete in strict accordance with ACI 305 R -91 "Hot Weather Concreting ". C. Admixtures proposed for construction under these conditions, such as water - reducing retarders, shall be tested thoroughly with concrete mixes for this job. Aspects of concrete construction applicable shall be considered before approval. Submit specification data on retarder to the Fanklin Covey Project Manual Consrtuction Documents 4 of 6 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300.DOC. D. v H W ; K ! o' L W w D0 co 0 H WW I — U , -0 w z UN 0 ` ts..,.t 3.07 PLACING CONCRETE Architect for approval. D. Batch, mix, and transport concrete as per ACI 304. E. Water curing shall be required for hot weather construction. F. Take every precaution to insure that concrete operations are performed promptly and without interruption. 3.06 JOINTS IN CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION A. Construction Joints for walls and continuous wall footings shall have reinforcing cross joints so that shear keys will not be necessary. Locate construction joints at such locations that each section can be filled in 1 continuous operation. B. Slab -On -Grade Joints (Interior): 1. Isolation: Isolate floor slab from other building elements such as walls, columns, foundations, etc. 2. Construction Joints: See structural Drawings for details. Locate at grid lines. Tool joints with 1/8 inch square and shoulder edging trowel. 3. Control joints: Sawcut or place zip strip to a depth of a minimum of 1/4 of slab thickness. For spacing of control joints see foundation plan. Saw joints as soon as slab can be cut without edges raveling. This can vary widely depending on environmental conditions. 4. Fill non -sales area floor slab joints with joint filler specified in Section 03300. Epoxy floor installer shall treat joints above base slab at epoxy floors. Coordinate epoxy floor joints with base slab joints. 5. Fill sales area floor slab joints at VCT with joint filler specified in Section 09650. A. Properly place reinforcing and secure before pouring concrete. B. Place concrete as near as possible to its final position to avoid segregation. Place in a continuous operation between construction joints so that concrete remains plastic and flows readily to avoid cold joints. C. Distribute concrete evenly and consolidate with mechanical vibrators. D. Concrete temperature at time of placement shall not exceed 90 degrees . 3.08 FLOOR FINISHING A. Leveling: Bring concrete to correct level with a straightedge and strike off. Use bullfloats or darbies to smooth surface, leaving it free of lumps or hollows. B. Floating: Floating shall begin when the water sheen has disappeared, and /or the mix has stiffened sufficiently that the weight of a person standing on it leaves only a slight imprint on the surface. Power float as necessary to bring surface to desired state for troweling. C. Troweling: Power trowel as soon as little or no cement clings to the blades. Continue troweling until the surface is dense, smooth, and free of blemishes. Do not sprinkle cement on surface to absorb moisture or stiffen mix. D. Tolerance: Variation in finished floor levels shall not exceed 1/4 inch in 10 feet when checked in any direction with a 10 foot straightedge over joints as well as in slab panels, except at floor drains. Variations greater than this shall be corrected by grinding the floor within 3 days after Fanklin Covey Project Manual Cast -In -Place Concrete Consrtuction Documents 5 of 6 03300.DOC. . rt co ui w 0 g -j wQ co 1- Ili r Z �' w ▪ w U ▪ 0 ON' O H w W . I ZS H O • Z N 0 ` z placing but not until the concrete is sufficiently strong to prevent dislodging coarse aggregate particles. Fill low areas with patching material approved by the Architect. 3.09 CURING AND PROTECTION A. Protect freshly cast concrete from damaging effects of the elements - freezing, rapid drop in temperature, and loss of moisture - and from future construction operations. B. Floor Slab Curing: 1. Moist cure by spraying concrete surface with water and covering with polyethylene film or sisel kraft paper. Moist curing duration minimum 7 days. Use moist cure method for all floor slabs. Fanklin Covey Project Manual Consrtuction Documents END OF SECTION 6 of 6 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300.DOC. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents 1 of 3 SECTION 03511 SELF - LEVELING CONCRETE FLOOR UNDERLAYMENT PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This is a recommended specification for Level -Right Self- Leveling Underlayment. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. Level -Right Self Leveling Underlayment B. Maxxon Floor Primer C. Maxxon Overspray 1.03 REFERENCES A. American Concrete Institute references as follows: 1. ACI 212.3 R -91: Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. Use this guide only after submittal and approval of admixtures by the Architect. 2. ACI 223 -93: Standard Practice for the Use of Shrinkage- Compensating Concrete. 3. ACI 302.1 R -89: Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction. 4. ACI 305R -91: Hot Weather Concreting. 5. ACI 306R -88: Cold Weather Concreting. 6. ACI 318 -95: Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. B. American Society for Testing Materials: ASTM standards listed in this section and in referenced ACI publications. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. 1. Slump test. 2. Daily samples. 3. 1 copy of test and inspection reports in accordance with ASTM C 109. Deviations from the Specifications or Drawings encountered by testing or inspection personnel shall be reported immediately to the Architect. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Section 01430 - Quality Assurance. B. The following testing and inspection requirements shall be done by an independent testing laboratory approved by the Architect. Assist in testing and inspection as necessary and in corrective Work required. 1. Obtain copies of mix design data, including approved concrete admixtures. 2. Inspect excavations and /or prepared subgrade for suitability of pouring concrete. No standing water, organic material, debris, etc., shall be present. Slab subgrade shall as specified and have optimum moisture content. 3. Inspect seals and formwork for dimensions and alignment. C. Installers Qualifications: Installation of Level -Right shall be by an applicator authorized by the Self- Leveling Concrete 03511.DOC. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents 2 of 3 Maxxon Corporation using Level-Right approved mixing and pumping equipment. D. Verify Work is performed in accordance with ACI requirements for hot or cold weather concreting, as may apply. E. Inspect for adequate consolidation of concrete. F. Verify specified methods for curing and protection of concrete are being followed. G. Submit daily reports, in accordance with Section 01430, to the Architect during concrete operations indicating location of pour; quantity of pour; slump, temperature and air content; field conditions - temperature, weather, wind; and curing method. 1.06 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. General Requirements: Materials shall be delivered in their original, unopened packages and protected from exposure to the elements. Damaged or deteriorated material shall be removed from the premises. 1.07 SITE CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: Before, during and after installation of Level- Right, building interior shall be enclosed and maintained at a temperature above 40 degrees F and below 100 degrees F until structure and subfloor temperature are stabilized. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Self- Leveling Poured Floor Underlayment: Floor underlayment compound shall be Level -Right Self- Leveling Underlayment as manufactured by the Maxxon Corporation. B. Sand Aggregate: Sand shall be silica aggregate meeting requirements of Level -Right Sand Specification 101. C. Mix Water: Potable, clean and free of deleterious matter and impurities. D. Subfloor Primer: Maxxon Floor Primer E. Sealer: Maxxon Overspray 2.02 MIX DESIGNS A. General Requirements: Level -Right mix proportions and methods shall be in strict accordance with product manufacturer recommendations. A. Condition and cleaning of subfloor: Subfloor shall be structurally sound. General Contractor shall clean subfloor to remove mud, oil, grease, and other contaminating factors before arrival of the Level -Right Underlayment crew. -- B. Leak Prevention: Fill cracks and voids with a quick setting caulk or drywall patching material where leakage of Level -Right could occur. Self- Leveling Concrete 03511.DOC. C. Priming Subfloor: Prime concrete subfloor using the Maxxon Floor Primer. Priming instructions may vary according to the porosity of the concrete; multiple coats may be necessary. D. Expansion Joints: Allow joints to continue through the Level -Right at the same width. 3.02 APPLICATION OF SELF - LEVELING FLOORING A. Scheduling; Application of Level -Right shall not begin until the building is enclosed, including roof, windows, doors, and other fenestrations. Install after drywall installation unless tenant finish requirements identify partitioning after the pour. B. Application: Place Level -Right 3 inches to featheredge. Spread and float Level -Right to a smooth surface. Except at authorized joints, place Level -Right as contiuously as possible until application is complete so that no Level -Right slurry is placed against Level -Right that has obtained its initial set. Maximum depth 3 ". C. Drying: General Contractor shall provide continuous ventillation and adequate heat. With Level -Right there's no extensive curing time. Cermamic tile can be thin set within to four hours. Other floor goods can be installed once Level -Right passes a moisture test. 3.03 PREPARATION FOR INSTALLATION OF GLUE -DOWN FLOOR GOODS A. Sealing: Seal areas that receive glue -down floor goods according to Maxxon Corporation Specifications. Floor areas where the surfaace has been damaged shall be cleaned and sealed regardlesss of floor covering to be used. Use Maxxon Overspray to seal the Level -Right prior to installation of glue -down floor goods. Where floor goods manufacturers require special adhesive or installation systems, their requirements supersede these recommendations. B. Floor Goods Procedures: See the Maxxon Corporation current brochure "Procedures for Attaching Finished Floor Goods to Maxxon Underlayments" for installation guidelines for finished floor goods. This procedure is not a warranty and is to be used as a guideline only. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Slump Test: Level -Right mix shall be tested for slump as it's being pumped uning a 2 inch by 4 inch cylinder resulting in a patty size of 9 -1/2 inches plus or minus 1 inches diameter. B. Field Samples: Minimum of one set of three molded cube samples shall be taken from each day's pour during the Level -Right application. Cubes shall be tested as recommended by Maxxon Corporation in accordance with ASTM C 109. Test results shall be available to the Architect and General Contractor upon request from applicator 3.05 PROTECTION Fanklin Covey Project Manual Consrtuction Documents A. Protection From Heavy Loads: During construction, place temporary wood planking over Level - Right wherever it wil be subjected to heavy wheeled or concentrated loads. END OF SECTION 3 of 3 Self- Leveling Concrete 03511.DOC. . PART1: GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. AISC "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges ". B. AISC "Specifications for the Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings ", including the "Commentary" and Supplements thereto as issued. Also referred to as "AISC Specifications" in this section. C. AISC "Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" approved by the Research Council on Riveted and Bolted Structural Joints of the Engineering Foundation. D. AWS D1.1 "Structural Welding Code ". 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. 1. Submit letter certifying licensure of structural engineer in state where Work is to be performed. 1. Shop Drawings shall indicate member type, size, gage, spacing, bridging, arrangement of joints, connection details, including weld length and welding method, tracks, cross - bracing, finish, geometry, arrangement of members and bracing. 2. Submit Shop Drawings prior to fabrication. PART 2: PRODUCTS PART 3: EXECUTION SECTION 05400 COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Dale /Incor "Cee Studs ". B. Dietrich Industries, Inc.: CSJ -C Studs /Joists. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Components shall be in conformance with the "Specifications for the Design of Cold- Formed Steel Structural Members" of the American Iron and Steel Institute. B. Galvanize or prime steel members with rust - inhibiting paint. C. Form 18 gage and heavier painted structural members from steel that corresponds to the requirements of ASTM A 568 or ASTM A 570, Grade 40, minimum yield of 40 KSI. D. Form 18 gage and heavier galvanized structural members from steel that corresponds to the requirements of ASTM A 446, Grade D, minimum yield of 40 KSI. E. Form 20 gage studs for non loadbearing, partition walls. - 3.01 ERECTION A. Provide 3 studs minimum at corners of stud walls, located to provide surfaces for attachment of Franklin Covey Project Manual Cold Formed Metal Framing 1 of 2 Construction Documents 05400.DOC. . fnw to r L 0; ILI id, ,O N ut 0. O tiJ Z interior and exterior sheathings. B. Provide web stiffeners at reaction points. C. Cut framing components squarely or at an angle to fit squarely against abutting members. Hold members firmly in position until properly fastened. Pre - fabricated panels shall be square. Wire tying of framing components in structural applications is not permitted. D. Join members comprising trusses or frames (for example - entrance canopies) by welding and shop fabricate using MIG welding process. E. Size and space members as shown on the Drawings. Provide additional joists or "blocking" adjacent to exterior and interior walls, openings, and elsewhere as necessary to provide support for ceiling construction as indicated by the Drawings and Specifications. F Provide lateral bracing and bridging in wall as indicated on the Drawings or to manufacturer's specifications and recommendations. G. Securely anchored track to floor and overhead structure. Seat axially loaded studs squarely in the track with the stud web and flange abutting the track web. Plumb and align studs and securely attached to the flanges or webs of both upper and lower tracks. H. Splices in axially loaded studs will not be permitted. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents END OF SECTION 2 of 2 Cold Formed Metal Framing 05400.DOC. . PART1: GENERAL 1.01 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. 1. Shop Drawings and Product Data PART 2: PRODUCTS SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Steel Surfaces, General: For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials selected for their surface flatness, smoothness, and freedom from surface blemishes. Do not use materials with exposed pitting, seam marks, roller marks rolled trade names, or roughness. 1. Steel Sections, Plates, Bars, and Shapes: ASTM A 36. 2. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500 (Cold Formed) or ASTM A 501 (Hot Rolled). 3. Steel Sheets (Structural): ASTM A 611 (Cold- formed) or ASTM A 570 (Hot - rolled). 4. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type S Grade A, Standard weight, Schedule 40 or Schedule 80, as specified herein or indicated. 5. Sag Rods: 1/2 inch diameter or as noted on the Drawings, thread both ends. Use at suspended partitions, items suspended from the structure, and similar locations. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. General: Fasteners shall be zinc coated or stainless steel for exterior use or where built into exterior walls. Select fasteners for the type, grade, and class as required for application. 1. Bolts, nuts, and washers: ASTM A 307, ASTM A 325, ASTM A 153. 2. Expansion Bolts. 3. Toggle Bolt: Spring wing type, Type 1, Class 1, and Style 1, zinc coated or stainless steel. 4. Lag Bolts: ANSI B18.2.1. 5. Machine Screws: ANSI B18.6.3. 6. Wood Screws: ANSI B18.6.1, flat head, carbon steel. 7. Plain Washers: ANSI B18.22.1, round, carbon steel. 8. Lock Washers: ANSI B18.21.1. 9. Column Anchors: 1/4 inch wire, galvanized, weld to steel channels or bent plates. 10. Wire Ties: 3/16 inch triangular wire, 5 inch by 5 inch nominal size, galvanized. 11. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1. 12. Concrete Fill: Comply with Section 03300 - Cast -In -Place Concrete. 13. Primer: a. Shop Primer for Ferrous Metals. b. Galvanize for exterior applications with primer compatible with finish coat. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 CLEANING A. Clean steel Items free of mill scale, rust and foreign matter, grease, oil, dust, and dirt to sound Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents 1 of 2 Metal Fabrications 05500 r:(:h14''wailrt+�l.of :.:itt'�vi:Lck:r Lvla`..Aii:Y'u G :'.: ±:: !' 1P- 4:tk.1x. metal in accordance with SSPC SP -2, SP -3, or SP -7. END OF SECTION 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Anchor to CMU and existing structures with expansion bolts, charged anchors, clamp, or toggle bolts. Do not use wood plugs for anchorage where built -in anchorage is not provided. B. Set vertical members in pipe sleeves previously cast -in- place, minimum of 6 inches deep, using quick set, nonshrinking grout. C. Bolts, screws, and similar fastenings for field connections shall be of the same material and finish as the parts being fastened. D. Install brand name specialty products in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and approved Shop Drawings. Metal Fabrications Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents 2 of 2 05500 PART1: GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furring and blocking. B. Plywood sheathing materials. 1.02 SUBMITTALS PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS 2.02 ACCESSORIES 2.03 FACTORY WOOD TREATMENT Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. 1. Certificates for fire- retardant treated lumber and plywood. 2. Certificates for preservative treated lumber and plywood. A. Blocking /Miscellaneous Framing: Douglas Fir -Larch number 2 or better, S4S, moisture content shall not exceed 19 percent. B. Plywood Sheathing: APA rated sheathing; Exposure 1. 1. Roof Sheathing: 3/4 inch thick; span rating 48/24. C. Wainscot: C -D Plugged; Exposure 2; APA; 1/4 inch thick; span rating 32/16. D. Telephone Equipment Mounting Board: 4 foot by 8 foot panel unless noted otherwise; C -D Plugged; Exposure 2; APA; fire retardant treated; 5/8 inch thick, span rating 32/16. A. Fasteners: Nails, spikes, screws, bolts, and similar items of size and types to rigidly secure members in place or as otherwise indicated. Fasteners shall be hot - dipped, galvanized steel in location of high humidity, treated wood locations, or exterior applications. Unfinished steel elsewhere. A. Wood Preservative Treated Materials: 1. Comply with applicable requirements of AWPA C2 (Lumber) and AWPA (Plywood) where lumber or plywood is required to be preservative- treated (Treated). 2. Identify each item with the Quality Mark Requirements of an inspection agency approved by ALSC's Board of Review. 3. Pressure treat wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete; members less than 18 inches above grade; members directly in contact with earth; and used in connection with waterproofing. B. Fire Retardant Treated Materials: 1. Comply with applicable requirements of AWPA C20 (Lumber) and AWPA C27 (Plywood where lumber or plywood is required to be fire retardant treated (FRT). 2. Lumber and plywood used on the interior of the building and as otherwise indicated shall be fire retardant treated wood. 1 of 2 Rough Carpentry 06100 3. Fire retardant treated lumber and plywood shall have a fire hazard classification of 25 or less. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Set carpentry Work to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true and accurately cut and fitted. B. Plywood Sheathing 1. Run grain of face plies across supports. Stagger panel end joints with respect to each other and all joints with respect to joints. Butt panel ends and edges allowing 1/16 inch. space at panel end joints and 1/8 inch space at panel edge joints. Fasten 6 inches on center at each end support and 12 inches on center at intermediate supports. C. Miscellaneous 1. Protect plywood decking with protective waterproof covering until roofing has been installed. 2. Coordinate placement of telephone equipment mounting board with electrical Drawings. 3. Provide blocking as required for installation of casework, millwork, toilet accessories, fire extinguisher cabinets, signage, and miscellaneous equipment. Blocking shall support 300 pound concentrated load at toilet grab bars and provide pullout force of 700 pounds. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents END OF SECTION 2 of 2 Rough Carpentry 06100 PART1: GENERAL SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY A. Quality Standards shall be: "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Guide Specification" as published by the Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI), current edition. Architectural millwork shall be "Custom" grade, as defined by the above reference. (Material and construction). 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. 06220 Millwork B. Tenant Supplied Casework 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Samples of General Contractor provided finished wood, moldings, and wood veneer. SECTION 06220 MILLWORK PART 2: PRODUCTS 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. As indicated in Architectural Documents; Trim, Architectural Millwork, and Tenant provided fixtures. 1. Pre - Finished materials shall be brought into installation area and allowed to precondition for 48 hours or more. Do not subject materials to direct sunlight, rain or wide variations in ambient conditions. 2. Moldings to receive primer /paint, stain and /or transparent finish in factory environment (not in field) and shall be selected for compatibility of grain and color as indicated on Drawings. 3. Factory finished wood moldings and trim shall be back primed. 4. Surfaces clean and free of discernable marks and ready for touch up finishes. 5. Warped or twisted molding shall not be allowed. Molding to be set plumb, level and true. Moldings shall be installed in maximum possible lengths to minimize joints. 6. For interior trim, frames, etc. to be painted, species shall be Paint Grade birch stock (or approved equivalent) in sizes and shapes indicated. 7. Wood molding shall be Custom Grade where indicated. B. Wood molding finishes to match Permagrain Flooring Timeless Series II Maple /Natural and Cherry/Natural as indicated on Drawings. PART 3: EXECUTION A. As describe ing Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI), current edition. Architectural millwork shall be "Custom" grade, as defined by the above reference. (Material and construction). Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents 1 of 2 Finish Carpentry 06200 1. General Contractor shall be responsible for details, and dimensions controlled by job conditions; show on shop drawings all field measurements. General Contractor and Subcontracator shall cooperate to establish and maintain field dimensions. 2. Securely attach work to adjoining construction with approved anchoring devices. Install items closely fitted and accurately set to required lines and levels. 3. Install and secure materials plumb, level and true to line, variations in line or plane in excess of 1:240 shall be removed and reinstalled at Contractor's expense. 4. Field joints to be tightly fitted and flush. Field joints in running trim to be diagonal ( "scarfed ") joints. Exposed ends of running trim shall have profiled or self mitered returns. 5. Exposed fastening (nails or trim head screws) shall be deep set. Blind nailing and concealed type fasteners to be used when possible. 6. Large one piece or multi- membered moldings to be installed with back blocking to suit. 7. Cope or miter inside corners where applicable, to produce tight fitting joints. 8. Install wood doors in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 9. Install finish hardware fumished under other sections in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 10. Stagger joints in adjacent and related members. 11. Exposed ends of running trim shall have profiled or self - mitered returns, except where noted otherwise. 12. Protect until installation has been completed. 13. Coordinate with electrical Drawings. 14. Provide blocking as required for installation of casework, millwork, toilet accessories, signage, and miscellaneous equipment. Blocking shall support 300 pound concentrated load at toilet grab bars and provide pullout force of 700 pounds. END OF SECTION Franklin Covey Project Manual 2 of 2 Construction Documents Finish Carpentry 06200 PART 1: GENERAL PART 2: PRODUCTS PART 3: EXECUTION Franklin Covey Manual Construction Documents SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION 1 of 2 1.01 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. 1. Manufacturer's installation instructions indicating special environmental conditions required for installation, installation techniques, and installation instructions. 2. Manufacturer's certificate that the specified Products meet or exceed the specified requirements. 2.01 MATERIALS A. Building Insulation. 1. Board Insulation: a. Rigid, extruded polystyrene, ASTM C 578. 2. Fiberglass Batt Insulation: a. On exterior tilt up walls. B. Accessories 1. Adhesives: a. Solvent dispersed, rubber -based or as recommended by board insulation manufacturer. 2. Vapor Barrier ( not integral with insulation): a. Reinforced 3 -ply polyethylene, 10 to 12 mils thick. 3. Primer: a. As recommended or provided by insulation and adhesive manufacturers. 4. Fasteners: a. As recommended by the insulation manufacturer where Batt Insulation is used in roof areas. 3.01 PREPARATION A. Verify substrate surfaces to receive the Work is clean, dry, flat, free of matter and irregularities, materials, or substances that may inhibit adhesive bond, and ready to receive insulation and adhesives. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for particular conditions of installation in each case. If printed instructions are not available or do not apply to project conditions, consult manufacturer's technical representative for specific recommendations before proceeding. 2. Extend insulation full thickness as shown over entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions, and fill voids with insulation. 3. Apply a single layer of insulation to required thickness, unless required otherwise to make up total thickness. Building Insulation 07210 Franklin Covey Manual Construction Documents B. Building Board Insulation. 1. Set units in adhesive applied in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Perimeter Foundation: Apply to interior surface of foundation wall from top of footing to concrete slab. C. Fiberglass Batt Insulation 1. Apply to tilt up walls from top of slab to top of wall to achieve a uniform monolithic density without voids. END OF SECTION 2 of 2 Building Insulation 07210 PART1: GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Exterior and interior vertical and horizontal joints, sealing penetrations, and fire resistive joints. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Requirements. 1. Material Compatibility: Select material for compatibility with joint surfaces and exposures. 2. Colors: Architect will select from manufacturer's standard colors. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. 1. Samples: Color range of material for selection and for approval of materials used. 2. Product test reports for each type of joint sealant indicated, showing evidence of compliance with specified requirements. 3. Certificates from manufacturers of joint sealants attesting that their products comply with specification requirements and are suitable for the use indicated. PART2: PRODUCT 2.01 MATERIALS A. Single -Part Acrylic: 12 percent movement capacity. 1. Products: a. Mono 555 by Tremco, Inc. b. AC -20 + Silicone by Pecora. B. Single -Part Non -Sag Urethane Sealant: 50 percent movement capacity 1. Products: a. Dymonic by Tremco, Inc. b. Dynatrol 1 by Pecora Corp. c. Sonolastic NP -1 by Sonneborn Building Products Div. d. Vulkem 116 by Mameco International, Inc. C. Single -Part Silicone Sealant: Mildew resistant, and compatible with plumbing fixtures and adjacent wall finishes. 50 percent movement capacity. 1. Products: a. 786 Mildew Resistant by Dow Corning Corp. b. 898 Sanitary Silicone Sealant by Pecora Corp. c. Tremsil 600 by Tremco, Inc. d. Omniplus by Sonneborn Building Products Div. e. Sanitary 1700 by GE Silicones. D. Single -Part Non -Sag Urethane Sealant: 25 percent movement capacity. 1. Products: a. Dymonic by Tremco, Inc. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS 1 of 3 Joint Sealers 07900 PART 3: EXECUTION Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents 2 of 3 E. Fire Resistive Joint System: 1. Back -up filler in conjunction with fire -rated sealant. a. Cerablanket FS by Tremco, Inc. F. Fire -Rated Sealant: 1. Sealant for use with Fire - Resistive Joint System. a. 3 -6548 Silicone RTV Foam Penetration Seal by Dow Corning Corp. G. Primer: When required, as recommended by the Sealant Manufacturer. H. Sealant Backing: 1. Closed -cell or Open -cell Plastic Foam for use in joints as recommended by the joint sealer manufacturer for the required application. 2. Flexible, highly compressible , not less than 1.3 pounds per cubic foot density, not less than 25 percent compression deflection and 10 percent compression set for 24 hours at 50 percent compression per ASTM D 3574. I. Joint Filler: Resilient and non - extruding type pre - molded bituminous impregnated fiberboard units complying with ASTM D 1751, Type I and AASHO M213. J. Primers: Material recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates. K. Cleaners for Non - porous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent non - porous surfaces, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants with joint substrates. L. Masking Tape: Non - staining, non - absorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine the joint surfaces and backing, their anchorage to the structure, and the conditions under which the joint sealer Work is to be performed for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint sealant performance. B. Do not proceed with joint sealant installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean joint surfaces immediately before installation of sealant. Remove dirt, insecure coatings, moisture and other substances which would interfere with bond of sealant material. B. Etch concrete and masonry joint surfaces as recommended by sealant manufacturer. Roughen vitreous or glazed joint surfaces as recommended by sealant manufacturer. C. Prime or seal the joint surfaces wherever shown or recommended by the sealant manufacturer. Do not allow primer /sealer to spill or migrate onto adjoining surfaces. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Set joint filler units at proper depth or position in the joint to coordinate with other Work, including the installation of bond breakers, backer rods, and sealants. Do not leave voids or gaps between Joint Sealers 07900 0 N w 0 ,. co = Z E '.; 0 ; O co 0 I— ww v U. Z■ 0 ` the ends of joint filler units. B. Install bond breaker tape wherever shown and wherever required by manufacturer's recommendations to ensure that elastomeric sealants will perform properly. C. Apply compound with a gun having proper size nozzle, or with a knife. Use sufficient pressure to fill voids and joints solid. Remove excess sealant and leave surfaces smooth, neat, and clean. Upon completion sealant shall have a smooth, even finish and joints shall be weathertight. Work shall be in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Seal around openings in exterior wall, masonry control and expansion joints, and where otherwise indicated. E. Seal around interior hollow metal frames and steel channel jambs and heads. F. Install silicone sealant at plumbing fixtures. G. Do not allow sealants or compounds to overflow or spill onto adjoining surfaces, or to migrate into the voids of adjoining surfaces. Clean the adjoining surfaces by whatever means may be necessary to eliminate evidence of spillage. H. Recess exposed edges of gaskets or joint fillers slightly behind adjoining surfaces, unless otherwise shown, so that compressed units will not protrude from the joint. 3.04 FIRE RATED SEALANT APPLICATION A. Remove incidental combustible materials and loose impediment from the penetration opening and involved surfaces. B. Remove free oils or liquids from involved surfaces and penetration components. C. Priming of surfaces and penetrations as recommended by the manufacturer. D. Mix 2 part components per manufacturer's instructions.. E. Form and dam opening as required for injection of material. F. Cure foam minimum of 24 hours. 3.05 EXPANSIVE FOAM FILLER APPLICATION A. Remove loose materials from area to be filled. B. Remove free oils or liquids from involved surfaces. C. Form and dam openings as required to insure seal. Prevent foam from penetrating and becoming visible on sales side of wall. D. Cure foam as recommended by manufacturer. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Cure sealants in compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Cure and protect joint sealers during the construction period so that they will be without deterioration or damage, other than normal wear and weathering, at the time of acceptance. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents END OF SECTION 3 of 3 Joint Sealers 07900 PART1: GENERAL SECTION 08110 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fire rated and non -fire rated flush hollow metal swinging doors. B. Fire rated and non -fire rated hollow metal door frames. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. 1. Manufacturer's Product Data. 2. Submit Shop Drawings for fabrication and installation of steel doors and frames indicating: 3. Schedule of doors and frames using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on Drawings. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with ANSI /SDI -100 "Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames" and as specified. B. Test doors in accordance with ANSI 151.1, Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria of Physical Endurance For Steel Doors and Hardware Reinforcings. C. Obtain doors from a single manufacturer. D. Obtain hardware templates from hardware supplier and obtain necessary hardware for factory installation. E. Fire -Rated Door Assemblies: 1. Comply with NFPA 80, are identical to door and frame assemblies test for fire- test - response characteristics per ASTM E 152, and are labeled and listed by UL, Warnock Hersey, or other nationally recognized testing agency having a factory inspection service and acceptable to the local authorities having jurisdiction. 2. If doors or frames specified by the Architect to be fire -rated cannot qualify for appropriate labeling because of its design, hardware, or other reasons, advise the Architect prior to fabrication. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Amweld Building Products, Inc.; B. Curries Company; Mason City, Iowa. C. Fenestra Corp.; D. Republic Builders Products; E. Steelcraft; Cincinnati, Ohio. F. Approved Substitute Franklin Covey Construction Documents Steel Doors and Frames 1 of 4 08110 2.02 MATERIALS A. Cold Rolled Steel Sheets: ASTM A 366, "Cold - Rolled Carbon Steel Sheet, Commercial Quality". B. Galvanized Steel Sheets: ASTM A 526, "Steel Sheet, Zinc - Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot Dip Process, Commercial Quality" with ASTM A 525, A 60 zinc -alloy coating. C. Hot Roiled Steel Sheet and Bars: ASTM A 569, "Standard Specification for Steel, Carbon (0.15 Maximum, Percent), Hot - Rolled Sheet and Strip, Commercial Quality ". 2.03 HOLLOW METAL DOORS . A. General: 1 -3/4 inch thick doors, Model 1 full flush design, continuous lock and hinge rail, of materials and ANSI /SDI -100 grades specified below unless noted otherwise. Interior doors: 1. 18 gage steel face sheets. 2. Grade II: Heavy duty. 3. 20 gage vertical steel stiffeners, maximum 6 inches on center. C. Exterior doors: 1. 14 gage galvanized steel sheets. 2. Grade III: Extra heavy duty. 3. Rigid polyurethane core, conforming to ASTM C 591. Door lites: 1. Loose stops: 20 gage steel with mitered corner joints. 2. Secure loose stops to frame opening with cadmium or zinc coated countersunk screws. Snap -on attachments will not be permitted. E. Louvers: 1. Comply with SDI-111C for interior doors. 2. 24 gage cold rolled steel. 3. Stationary V or Y shaped blades. 4. Set in 20 gage steel frame. 2.04 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES A. Interior frames: 16 gage welded units with integral trim. B. Exterior frames: 14 gage galvanized welded units with integral trim. C. Hardware reinforcements: Conform to minimums listed in Table V in ANSI /SDI- 100 -91. D. 18 gage channel glazing stops for windows, transoms, and sidelights. 1 fixed stop; 1 removable stop. E. Dustcover boxes or mortar guards of not Tess than 26 gage steel at hardware mortises on frames to be set in masonry or plaster partitions. F. When shipping limitations dictate, fabricate frames for large openings in sections designed for splicing in the field. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Support and Anchors: Fabricate from not less than 0.0478 inch thick steel sheet; 0.0516 inch thick Franklin Covey Construction Documents 2 of 4 Steel Doors and Frames 08110 galvanized steel where used with galvanized steel frames. B. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units. Where items are to be built into exterior walls, hot -dip galvanize complying with ASTM A 153, Class C or D. 2.06 FABRICATION A. Doors: 1. Fully welded seamless construction. 2. Close top and bottom edges of doors with continuous 16 gage recessed steel channel. 3. Exterior doors shall have an additional flush closing channel at top edges. 4. Install a flush closure at the bottom edge where required for attachment of weatherseal. Provide openings in the bottom closure of exterior doors to permit the escape of entrapped moisture. 5. Attach fire rating label and maximum temperature rise rating. B. Frames: 1. Miter and grind smooth welded frames. 2. Make provisions for installing door silencers on interior door frames, except those scheduled to receive weatherseal, sound seal, or smoke seal. 3. Attach temporary steel spreader to frame feet of both jambs. 4. Mark frame number in the butt recess for Project identification. 5. Attach fire rating label on frame. C. Factory Finish: 1. Clean doors and frames. 2. Coat accessible surfaces with a rust - inhibitive primer compatible with specified finish coating. 3. Prime paint in accordance with ANSI A224.1, Test Procedure for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames. 4. Prime the inside surface of removable stops as well as the frame area covered by such stops. D. Exposed Fasteners: Countersunk flat or oval heads for exposed screws and bolts, unless noted otherwise. E. Tolerances: Comply with SDI -117, Manufacturing Tolerances- Standard Steel Doors and Frames. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: Install steel doors, frames, and accessories according to approved Shop Drawings, manufacturer's recommendations, and as specified. B. Frames: 1. Install in accordance with SDI -105, Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames. 2. Set frames in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is completed, remove temporary braces and spreaders, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. 3. Grout frames solid in masonry openings with minimum 2500 PSI grout. C. Steel Doors: 1. Install in accordance with ANSI /SDI- 100 -91. Franklin Covey Construction Documents 3 of 4 Steel Doors and Frames 08110 ne vo 1L< N 3 W ? �i O • I•L F-? , 2 ut mo O co, , W Z' _ W L) N 0 z Franklin Covey Construction Documents END Of SECTION 2. Fit doors accurately in frames. 3. Install fire -rated doors with clearances specified in NFPA 80 and UL Standard for Safety Number 63, and applicable local codes. 4. Fasten door Sites on secured side of door. Steel Doors and Frames 4 of 4 08110 SECTION 08210 WOOD DOORS PART1: GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Flush and panel solid core wood swinging doors. B. Wood door frames. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. 1. Manufacturer's Product Data. 2. Submit Shop Drawings for fabrication and installation of wood doors and frames indicating: 3. Schedule of doors and frames using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on Drawings. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with AWI "GuideSpecifications for Flush Wood Doors and Stile and Rail Doors" and as specified. B. Perform work in accordance with AWI Quality Standard Section 1400, Custom Grade. C. Obtain doors from a single manufacturer. D. Obtain hardware templates from hardware supplier and obtain necessary hardware for factory installation. E. Affix AWI Quality Grade Stamp to eaach unit of product. The AWI Quality Grade Stamp shall display the Grade as specified for each section of work. F. Finish doors in accordance with AWI Quality Standard Section 1500 and as specified in Architecutral Drawings. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Eggers Industries. B. Artistic Doors and Windows. C. Cal -Wood Doors. D. Approved Substitute 2.02 MATERIALS A. Six -panel solid core door, medium density overlay, phenolic resin empregnated cellulose fiber sheet. 1. Panels to be 3 -ply rim - banded particle core with mitered corners. 2. Stiles, rails, mullions to be 5 -ply, Grade AA 1/16 "'face veneer. Fanklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents 1 of 3 Wood Doors and Frames 08210 3. Concealed crossband. 4. Stiles, rails and mullions to be assembled with dowels and glued under pressure. 5. Panels to be retained by solid sticking or applied beads. 6. Factory finish as specified in Drawings. 7. Hardware cutouts as specified in Drawings. B. Flush solid core door, medium density overlay, phenolic resin empregnated cellulose fiber sheet. 1. Grade AA 1/16" face veneer. 2. Factory finish as specified in Drawings. 3. Hardware cutouts as specified in Drawings. C. Wood Frames 1. Solid, clear , Grade I lumber, in shapes and sizes indicated on Drawings. 2. Factory finish as specified in Drawings. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Support and anchors for wood frames. B. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Manufacturer's, standard units. FABRICATION A. Doors: 1. Fully veneered seamless construction. 2. Close top and bottom edges of doors with continuous hardwood rail. 3. For rated assemblies attach fire rating label and maximum temperature rise rating. B. Frames: 1. Mitered and smooth wood frames. 2. Make provisions for installing door silencers on interior door frames, except those scheduled, to receive weatherseal, sound seal, or smoke seal. 3. For rated assemblies attach fire rating label on frame. C. Factory Finish: 1. Clean doors and frames. 2. Finish accessible surfaces with primer compatible with specified finish coating. 3. Finish as indicated in Drawings. 2.04 D. Exposed Fasteners: Countersunk flat heads for exposed screws and bolts, unless noted otherwise. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: Install wood doors, frames, and accessories according to approved Shop Drawings, manufacturer's recommendations, and as specified. Fanklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents Wood Doors and Frames 2 of 3 08210 B. Frames: 1. Install in accordance with AWI, Recommended Erection Instructions for Wood Frames. 2. Set frames in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is completed, remove temporary braces and spreaders, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. C. Wood Doors: 1. Install in accordance with AWI Custom Grade Standardss 2. Fit doors accurately in frames. 3. Install fire -rated doors with clearances specified in NFPA 80 and UL Standard for Safety Number 63, and applicable local codes. Fanklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents END Of SECTION 3 of 3 (Th Wood Doors and Frames 08210 SECTION 08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Requirements 1. Resilient flush - glazed framing system with provisions for glass replacement. 2. Rails as indicated on plans. B. Performance Requirements 1. Thermal Movement: Capable of withstanding an ambient temperature range of 120 degrees F and a metal surface temperature range of 180 degrees F within the framing system. 2. Wind Loading: Capable of withstanding a uniform test pressure of 20 PSF inward and 20 PSF outward when tested in accord with ASTM E 330. 3. Air Infiltration: Maximum of 0.06 CFM per square foot of fixed area when tested in accord with ASTM E 283 at an inward test pressure of 6.24 PSF. 4. Water Penetration: No water penetration as defined in the test method when tested in accord with ASTM E 331 at an inward test pressure differential of 6.24 PSF. 5. Door Air Infiltration: Maximum of 0.50 CFM for single doors and 1.0 for pairs of doors when tested in accord with ASTM E 283 at an inward test pressure differential of 1.567 PSF. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. 1. Manufacturer's product specifications. 2. Technical Data. 3. Installation recommendations. 4. Shop Drawings a. Elevations. b. Details. c. Anchorage and reinforcements. d. Glazing details. e. Hardware and mounting heights. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements 1. Comply with 1994 UBC Section 1004, Model Code Article 11, and the 1990 Americans Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. DHD International; Baltimore, MD 410 - 687 -0069 2.02 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Glass Wall Technology 1. Clear Connection Stack -Away Door System. Franklin Covey Manual Construction Documents 1 of 3 Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts 08410.DOC 2.03 MATERIALS A. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221, 6063 -T5 alloy. B. Aluminum Sheet or Plate: ASTM B 209. C. Aluminum finish: AA- M12C22A41 Clear. 2.04 COMPONENTS A. Fasteners: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, or other materials warranted by the manufacturer shall be noncorrosive and compatible with aluminum components. B. Reinforcement: When screws attach to aluminum Tess than 0.125 inches thick, reinforce the interior with aluminum or nonmagnetic stainless steel to receive screw threads or provide standard noncorrosive pressed -in spline grommet nuts. C. Exposed fasteners: 1. Except where unavoidable for application of hardware, do not use exposed fasteners. 2. For application of hardware, use fasteners that match the finish of member or hardware being fastened. 3. Provide Phillips flat -head machine screws for exposed fasteners. D. Concealed Flashing: Provide 26 gage minimum dead -soft stainless steel or 0.026 inch minimum extruded aluminum of alloy and type selected by manufacturer for compatibility with other components. E. Exposed Flashing: 0.062 inch minimum 5005 -H 15 alloy with finish shall match storefront system. F. Closure Panels: 0.0625 inch thick aluminum sheet in finish shall match storefront framing. G. Brackets and Reinforcements: Provide high strength aluminum brackets and reinforcements, nonmagnetic stainless steel, or hot -dip galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 386. H. Concrete and Masonry Inserts: Cast iron, malleable iron,or hot -dip galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 386. I. Compression Weatherseals: Gaskets of molded neoprene complying with ASTM D 2000 or molded PVC complying with ASTM D 2287. J. Bituminous Coatings: Cold applied asphalt mastic complying with SSPC -PS12, compounded for 30 mil thickness per coat. 2.05 HARDWARE A. Heavy Duty Track and Rollers: Manufacturer's standard B. Deadlock: Manufacturer's standard. C. 2 and 3 Point Locks: Manufacturer's standard. D. Exit Lock Position Indicator: Manufacturer's standard E. Push Bar: 1 inch diameter aluminum push bar with 2 -1/4 inch projection. F. Pull Handles: 1 inch diameter radius pull with 10 inch center to center mounting and 2 -1/4 inch projection. G. Concealed Closer: Manufacturer's standard. Franklin Covey Manual Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts Construction Documents 2 of 3 08410.DOC PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation. B. Set units plumb, level, and true to line, without warp or rack of framing members or doors. C, Provide proper support and anchor securely in place. D. Separate aluminum and other metal surfaces at points of contact to prevent corrosion from galvanic action. Set sill members in a bed of sealant, with joint fillers, or gaskets to provide weathertight construction. 3.02 ADJUSTING A. Doors shall function properly, without binding. B. Provide tight fit at contact points and weatherseals. C. Adjust door closers to the proper size in accordance with local code requirements. 3.03. CLEANING A. Clean system after erection and installation of glass and sealants. B. Remove excess glazing and sealant compounds, dirt, and other substances from glass and aluminum surfaces. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect the aluminum entrances and storefronts from damage and deterioration other than normal weathering throughout the construction period. Franklin Covey Manual Construction Documents END OF SECTION Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts 3 of 3 08410.DOC PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SUBMITTALS PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents SECTION 08710 HARDWARE A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. 1. Shop Drawings. 2. Manufacturer's Literature: a. 3 copies for hardware items. b. Indicate applicable ANSI standard, ANSI grade level, and UL approval information. 3. Submit hardware templates to door and frame manufacturers for accurate hardware cutout sizing and location. 4. Keying Schedule: a. Determine keying requirements from the Tenant. b. Submit 3 copies of detailed keying schedule to the Architect. c. Review keying schedule in person with the Tenant's designated representative, correct schedule, and resubmit 3 copies of final schedule to the Architect. 5. Maintenance Instructions in accordance with Section 01700 - Execution Requirements. 1.02 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01600 - Product Requirements. 1. Label each hardware package with door opening number to match hardware schedule. 2. Deliver keys to the Tenant directly from hardware supplier. A. Butt Hinges 1. Manufacturers as indicated on Architectural Drawings for this project. 2. Types and uses: a. Type A: Standard weight, plain bearing hinge, interior openings through 36 inches wide, with closer. b. Type B: Standard weight, ball- bearing hinge x NRP, exterior outswing opening through 36 inches wide. c. Type C: Standard weight, plain bearing hinge, interior openings through 36 inches wide, without closer. 3. Provide non - removable pins (NRP) on outswinging, lockable doors. 4. Quantity: a. 2 hinges per leaf for openings through 60 inches high. b. 1 additional hinge per leaf for each additional 30 inches in height or fraction. 5. Sizes: a. 1 -1/8 inch thick doors: 3 inch by 3 inch. b. 1 -3/8 inch thick doors: 3 -1/2 inch by 3 -1/2 inch c. 1 -3/4 inch thick doors: 4 -1/2 inch by 4 -1/2 inch. B. Bored Locksets: Interchangeable cores compatible with Best Lock Corp. C. Cylinders: 1. Provide Interchangeable construction cores compatible with Tenant provided Best Lock Corp. 1 of 3 Hardware 08710.DOC cylinders. D. Closer as indicated in Architectural Drawings. 1. Manufacturers per Arhitectural Drawing Hardware Schedule Sheet Al 2. Non - sized, adjustable closers to meet maximum opening force requirements of ADA. 3. Provide each closer complete with mounting brackets, drop plates, adapters for arms, and special shoes necessary for door and frame conditions. 4. Mount closers on room side of corridor doors. 5. Closer on each leaf for pairs of doors. 6. Provide back - checks. 7. Provide labeled closers for fire rated doors scheduled to receive closers. E. Exit Devices as indicated in Architectural Drawing Hardware Schedule Sheet Al 1. Manufacturers: F. Thresholds 1. Manufacturers compatible with doors specified. G. Gaskets 1. Manufacturers compatible with doors specified. H Door Stops as indicated in Architectural Drawing Hardware Schedule Sheet Al 1. Manufacturers Kickplates as indicated in Architectural Drawing Hardware Schedule Sheet Al Silencers compatible with doors specitied 1. ANSI A 156.16. 2. Grade 1. 3. Provide 3 for single leaf doors. 4. Provide 2 sets of 3 for pairs of doors. 2.02 KEYING A. - Locking hardware with interchangeable cores compatible with the cores of the bored lockset manufacturer. B. Temporary construction cores with locking hardware, keyed alike. C. Final cylinder cores are Not In Contract. D. Provide 4 sets of keys for construction cores utilized. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Provide fasteners manufactured to conform to the ANSI standards noted. Provide concealed fasteners wherever possible. B. Exposed fasteners shall match finish of hardware being attached. C. Hardware shall not be attached with self- tapping or sheet metal screws. D. Hardware and fastenings for fire doors shall be UL approved and listed. E. Secure closers, closer arms, and door stops doors with hex bolts with smooth head to exterior. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents 2 of 3 Hardware 08710.DOC .. :.i.;w�.....,.w:.l:::a:.� -..+.L : ;. ....,aa.�_Js:am.: � �... W';.i if.:.G::...,�.�u..:. ":7.�. �'. o ,.., ,..' �• ... ,. wv ^.,a:.�.s.:'..n::� uw,c.,r..::1': :�.. ... r. 2.04 FINISHES A. Hardware finishes specified throughout this Section shall be US26D unless noted otherwise. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install hardware in compliance with manufacturers' printed instructions. B. Mounting Heights: Install hardware at mounting heights conforming to BHMA recommendations except that no piece of operable hardware shall be higher than 4 feet above the finished floor. C. Deliver maintenance tools, special wrenches, and accessories furnished with hardware, directly to the Tenant. 3.02 ADJUSTING A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements. 1. After the building HVAC system is operating, adjust the hardware to operate smoothly. 2. Verify that Iockset latchbolts and deadbolts operate freely in their strikes. 3. Adjust multi -sized closers to the proper size in accordance regulations. END OF SECTION Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents 3 of 3 Hardware 08710.DOC C. Spacers: Compatible with sealant used. D. Primer, Sealers, Cleaners: As recommended by glass manufacturer. E. Entrance Door and Frame Glazing Inserts: As recommended by glass manufacturer. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install glass in accordance with glass manufacturer's recommended instructions. 3.02 CLEANING A. Remove excess glazing compound from installed glass. B. Remove labels from glass and acrylic surfaces as soon as installed. C. Wash and polish both faces of glass and acrylic. Use cleaners or cleaning solutions recommended by the glass and acrylic manufacturers. D. Remove debris from Work site. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents END OF SECTION 2 of 2 Glazing 08800.DOC • •' • sZt."'t, PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. 1. Manufacturer's recommended installation instructions. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE SECTION 08800 GLAZING A. Performance Requirements: 1. Perform Work of this Section per "Glazing Manual" by the Fiat Glass Marketing Association (FGMA). 2. Materials: Conform to the "Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials ". PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers for Glass Substrate: 1. AFG Industries, Inc. 2. Ford Motor Co., Glass Division. 3. Guardian Industries Corp. 4. Libby - Owens -Ford Co.(LOF). 5. PPG Industries, Inc., Glass Group. 6. Saint - Gobain /Euroglass. B. Acceptable Fabricators for Coated and Laminated Units are limited to: 1. Viracon, Inc. 2. Interpane Glass Company. 3. Guardian Industries Corp. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Clear Glass: 1/2 inch thickness unless otherwise indicated; comply with ASTM C 1036, Type I (transparent glass, flat), Class 1 (clear), Quality q3 (glazing select). 1. Tempered - Clear Glass (GL -1T): Processed to comply with ASTM C 1048, Kind FT (fully tempered). 2. Daylight transmittance: 88 percent. 3. Outside reflectance: 8 percent maximum. 4. Nighttime winter U- value: 1.13 BTU /hour /square foot maximum. 5. Shading coefficient: 0.95 maximum. 6. Relative heat gain: 104 BTU /hour /square foot maximum. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Glazing Sealant: 1 -part polysulphide, similar to Pecora GC -9 Synthacalk, Fed. Spec. TT -S- 230C. B. Setting Blocks: 70 -90 Shore "A" durometer, sized to accommodate size of glass used, compatible with glazing sealant. C. Spacers: Compatible with sealant used. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents 1 of 2 Glazing 08800.DOC D. Primer, Sealers, Cleaners: As recommended by glass manufacturer. E. Entrance Door and Frame Glazing Inserts: As recommended by glass manufacturer. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install glass in accordance with glass manufacturer's recommended instructions. 3.02 CLEANING A. Remove excess glazing compound from installed glass. B. Remove labels from glass and acrylic surfaces as soon as installed. C. Wash and polish both faces of glass and acrylic. Use cleaners or cleaning solutions recommended by the glass and acrylic manufacturers. D. Remove debris from Work site. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents END OF SECTION 2 of 2 Glazing 08800.DOC n • PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY Specifier Note: Edit paragraph below to suit project requirements. A. Section includes: Metal support assemblies, including curved track and stud components for curved wall applications, barrel vaults applications, domes applications, and arches applications. Specifier Note: Revise Paragraph below to suit project requirements. Add section numbers and titles per CSI Master Format and specifier's practice. B. Related Sections: Section(s) related to this section include: 1. Gypsum Drywall: Division 9 Gypsum Board Assemblies Section. 2. Sheathing: Division 6 Sheathing Section Specifier Note: Article below may be omitted when specifying manufacturer's proprietary products and recommended installation. Retain Reference Article when specifying products and installation by an industry reference standard. If retained, list standard(s) referenced in this section. Indicate issuing authority name, acronym, standard designation and title. Establish policy for indication edition date of standard referenced. Conditions of the Contract or Division 1 References Section may establish the edition date of standards. This article does not require compliance with standard, but is merely a listing of references used. Article below should list only those industry standards referenced in this section. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM A525 Specification for General Requirements for Sheet Steel, Zinc - Coated, (Galvanized) by the Hot Dip Process. 2. ASTM C645 Specification for Non -Load (axial) Bearing Steel Studs, Runners (tracks) and Rigid Furring Channels For Screw Application of Gypsum Board. 3. ASTM C754 Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw- Attached Gypsum Board. Specifier Note: Article below includes submittal of relevant data to be furnished by Contractor either before, during, or after construction. Coordinate this article with Architect's and Contractor's duties and responsibilities in Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Submittal Procedures Section. Add appropriate language if Professional Engineer's seal is required on shop drawings. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit listed submittals in accordance with Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Submittal Procedures Section. B. Product Data: Submit product data, including manufacturer's SPEC -DATA sheet, for specified products. C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing layout, profiles, and product components, including anchorage, and accessories. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents SECTION 09100 METAL SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES 1 of 4 Metal Support Assemblies 09100 11! 0 J u- < fn a Z O LLJ W 3 p, O co !0 1_-- W W '! V ! IL H 0 . IL r 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Installer experienced in performing work of this section who has specialized in the installation of work similar to that required for this project. Specifier Note: Retain below paragraph to suit project requirements; otherwise delete paragraph below. ui 1. Certificate: When requested, submit certificate indicating qualification. W 2 D Specifier Note: Paragraph below should list obligations for compliance with specific code o' requirements. General statements to comply with a particular code are typically addressed co ' caul in Conditions of the Contract; repetitive Statement should be avoided. B. Regulatory Requirements: w O 2 Specifier Note: Article below should include special and unique requirements. og 11 U. Q Coordinate below article with Division 1 Product Requirements Section. ca m , 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING F' W A. General: Comply with Division 1 Product Requirements Sections. Z B. Ordering: Comply with manufacturer's ordering instructions and lead time requirements to avoid construction delays. w ac m C. Delivery: Deliver materials in manufacturer's original, unopened, undamaged containers v 0 with identification labels intact. O (n ; D. Storage and Protection: Store materials protected from exposure to harmful conditions ; 0 H and protected as recommended by manufacturer. i = w i. t) 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS . O • A. Field Measurements: Verify actual measurements /openings by field measurements ui before fabrication; show recorded measurements on shop drawings. Coordinate field c..) _ measurements, and fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid construction Z' delay. Specifier Note: Coordinate article below with Conditions of the Contract and with Division 1 Closeout Submittals (Warranty) Section. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Project Warranty: Refer to Conditions of the Contract for project warranty provisions. B. Manufacturer's Warranty: Submit, for Owner's acceptance, manufacturer's standard warranty document executed by authorized company official. Manufacturer's warranty is in addition to, and not a limitation of, other rights Owner may have under the Contract Documents. Specifier Note: Coordinate paragraph below with manufacturer's warranty requirements. 1. Warranty Period: 1 years commencing on Date of Substantial Completion. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents 2 of 4 Metal Support Assemblies 09100 PART 2 PRODUCTS Specifier Note: Retain article below for proprietary method specification. Add product attributes, performance characteristics, material standards, and descriptions as applicable. Verify use of phrase "or Equal" / "Or Approved Equal." or similar phrases. Use of such phrases may cause ambiguity in specifications. Such phrases require verification (procedural, legal, regulatory, and responsibility) for determine "Or Equal." 2.01 METAL SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES A. Manufacturer: RadiusTrack Corporation, a Division of Townsend Technologies. Specifier Note: Paragraph (Contact) below is an addition to CSI Section Format and a supplement to MANU -SPEC. Retain or delete paragraph below per project requirements and specifier's practice. 1. Contact: 6612 Lyndale Avenue South, Suite 2, Richfield, MN 55423; Telephone: 888 - 872 -3487, (612)866 -6859; Fax: (612)861 -4809. B. Proprietary System: RadiusTrack indentation component assembly system. 1. Track and Stud Components: Custom curved stud and track components: a. Size: 2 -1/2" (64 mm) through 8" (203 mm), as indicated on drawings. Specifier Note: Edit below to suit project requirements. Manufacturer offers 12 gauge and 14 gauge components depending on size and application. b. Gauge: 16 gauge through 25 gauge, as indicated. Specifier Note: Edit below to suit project requirements. Manufacturer offer other sizes and profiles upon request. c. Depth: 3" (76 mm) leg depth maxium, as indicated on drawings. d. Radius: As indicated on drawings. e. Tolerance: + 1/16" (1.6 mm) of arc. 2. Finish: G 60 hot -dip galvanized coating finish in accordance with ASTM A525. 3. Material standard: ASTM C645. Specifier Note: Edit paragraph below to suit project requirements. If substitutions are permitted, edit text below. Add text to refer to Division 1 Project Requirements (Product Substitutions Procedures) Section. C. Substitutions: No substitutions permitted. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. General: Provide manufacturer recommended anchors, fasteners, hanger wire and ties, hanger rods, hangers, and channels. 2.03 RELATED MATERIALS A. Gypsum Wall Board: Refer to Division 9 Gypsum Board Section for materials. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents 3 of 4 Metal Support Assemblies 09100 2.04 SOURCE QUALITY A. Source Quality: Obtain metal support assembly products from a single manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION Specifier Note: Article below is an addition to the CSI Section Format and a supplement to MANU -SPEC. Revise article below to suit project requirements and specifier's practice. 3.01 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. Compliance: Comply with manufacturer's product data, including product technical bulletins. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Site Verification of Conditions: Verify conditions are acceptable for product installation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Ceiling Anchorage: Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents Specifier Note: Coordinate article below with manufacturer's recommended installation details. 3.04 INSTALLATION Specifier Note: Edit paragraph below to suit project requirements. A. Metal Support Assembly: Install metal support assemblies as computed by manufacturer's automated documents based upon project requirements, including material sizes, gauges, and site conditions. 1. Curved Wall Applications: Install custom curved track and stud components. 2. Barrel Vault Applications: Install custom curved stud components spanning width of vault with studs spaced at 32" (813 mm) to 48" (1219 mm) apart as indicated on drawings. Install specified hat channel components longitudinally spaced at 12" to 24" (305 to 610 mm) as indicated on drawings. 3. Simple Vault Applications: Install custom curved track and stud components spanning width of vault with studs spaced at 16" (406 mm) to 24" (610 mm) on center as indicated on drawings. 4. Dome Applications: Install stud ribs and curved track headers for arch length as indicated on drawings. 5. Arch Applications: Install curved track components and straight studs assembled into curved load- bearing curved box beams and arches as indicated on drawings. B. Related Products Installation Requirements: 1. Gypsum Wallboard: Refer to Division 9 Gypsum Board Assembles for installation requirements. END OF SECTION 4 of 4 Metal Support Assemblies 09100 • N u ` 9 en u. wo J D �r Z 3 o; 'p y 0E-, ww Wi t? u. Z w N PART1: GENERAL PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS 1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Specifications: The more stringent requirement of this section or referenced specification applies. 1. GA- 201 -85, "Using Gypsum Board for Walls and Ceilings ". 2. GA -216, "Recommended Specifications for the Application and Finishing Gypsum Boards ". B. Fire Rated Assemblies: Provide materials and installations identical with applicable assemblies which have been tested and listed by recognized authorities, including UL, or tested in accordance with ASTM E119 for type of construction shown. 1.02 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01600 - Product Requirements. 1. Deliver fire rated material bearing testing agency label and fire classification numbers. 2. Storage a. Store materials inside under cover, stack flat, off floor. b. Stack wallboard so that long lengths are not over short lengths. c. Avoid overloading floor system. d. Store adhesives in dry area, provide protection against freezing. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Accessories (Use in locations per gypsum board manufacturer's recommendations) 1. Wallboard Sealant: Sheetrock Moisture Resistant sealant. 2. Metal Trim: -- a. Exposed Edges: USG Number 200 -A -J, J -trim. b. Outside Corner Reinforcement: USG Number 104, 1 -1/8 inch by 1 -1/8 inch corner A. Domtar. B. Flintkote. C. Georgia Pacific. D. National Gypsum Company. E. United States Gypsum Company. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Gypsum Board: ASTM C 36, long edges tapered; in lengths as long as practical to keep number of end joints to absolute minimum. 1. Regular Gypsum Board: 5/8 inch thick; tapered edges. 2. Fire Resistant "X" Gypsum Board: Tapered edges; a. 5/8 inch on fire rated walls. 3. Moisture Resistant Gypsum Board: ASTM C 630, 5/8 inch thick. 1 of 4 Gypsum Board Systems 09250 bead. 3. Expansion Joints: USG Number 093. 4. Drywall Screws for Metal Framing: 1 inch Type S -12 or Type S bugle head. B. Metal Studs 1. Use 25 gage for partitions up to 12 feet high, use 20 -gage for partitions over 12 feet high. 2. Use 20 gage studs at door jambs, head. C. Joint Compounds: 1. All purpose ready mixed type. 2. USG Sheetrock 90 Setting -type joint compound at moisture resistant gypsum board. 3. Approved substitute. D. Joint Reinforcement 1. USG Perf -A -Tape. 2. substitute. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements of Product manufacturer's, standards referenced in PART 2 above, and ASTM C 840 and GA 216. B Provide acoustical sealant at runner tracks, wall perimeters, openings, expansion, and control joints. C. Provide wood blocking, per Section 06100, for items requiring mounting to wall. D. Apply first to ceilings then to walls. E. Install joints over framing members. Butt- to -butt joints will not be allowed. F. Install gypsum board assemblies true, plumb, level, and in proper relation to adjacent wall surfaces. G. Moisture Resistant Wallboard Erection: 1. Use moisture resistant gypsum wallboard as backing for ceramic wall tile and fiberglass reinforced plastic panels, and at sink locations.. 2. Apply horizontally. Cut edges, utility holes, joints, angles. Treat with water resistant sealant prior to installation. H. Expansion Joints: 1. Ceilings: 50 feet on center each way maximum. 2. Walls: 30 feet on center maximum. 3. Continuous from each door jamb to top of partition. 4. At intersections with exposed masonry construction. I. Provide 3 coat joint treatment for non - visible finished joints. J. Sand and leave ready for finish painting and wall treatment. K. Seismic Bracing, Uniform Building Code provides a guide for the design, engineering and installation of seismic restrained systems. It is derived from the CISCA standard composed of elements from ASTM C -635; ATMC C -636; ASTM E -580; and engineering evaluations meet basic minimum seismic criteria, as applicable to Zone 4. Seismic zones 3,2,1, and 0 are commensurate with the characteristic damage potential. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents 2 of 4 Gypsum Board Systems 09250 ..ut.�l.J+.w....i `,u.id r:�auv<.J/v ri['..:isa11 Sf ;Sitf .n;L,u : }..t•.. ..:.al,+ .�J�:F�f: Enforcement of the code and interpretation of the local code agency. Adequate seismic restraint requirements for the excess Toads imposed on the ceiling system, leaves the interpretation to enforcement personnel. The above is the dominant current practice, as a guide to providing interpretation of the basic minimum as written in UBC 47.18. 1. All ceilings must be installed per this standard. 2. The 144 sq. ft. exception pertains to lateral Toad requirements only; i.e., a 12' x 12" - 4 way wire bracing is not required for ceilings less that 144 sq. ft., with partitions to structure, but all ceilings must have the perimeter wires and horizontal struts as noted below. 3. 12 gauge vertical hanger wires are to be installed a maximum of 4' o.c. along main runners and not more than one in size out of plumb and cannot bend around other items in the plenum. If the wire exceeds one in six, a counter wire must be installed. 4. It is very important that hanger wires be bent directly across the bulb of the main runner and tight against the connection device at the supporting construction: then three tight wraps at each connection. 5. All terminal ends of main runners and cross tees must have a vertical hanger wire within eight inches of each wall or ceiling discontinuity. 6. Lag screws or fasteners for diagonal brace wires should be embedded into the structure at least 1 7. Wires installed at recess light fixtures weighing between 20 and 52 pounds. a. If the grid system is "heavy duty ", only two vertical 12 gauge hanger wires, which can be slack, to the fixture housing at diagonal corners is required. b. If the grid system is "intermediate duty" vertical hanger wires must be attached to the main runner within three inches of each corner of Tight fixtures, plus the two slack wires mentioned in a. above. c. If the grid system is "light duty" all light fixtures must be independently supported regardless of weight. 8. Wires to pendent mounted fixtures must be 9 gauge and the fixtures must be independent supported to structure above ceiling. 9. Code does not make a specific provision for surfact- mounted fixtures, but says that "fixtures shall be positively attached to the suspended ceiling system. The attachment device shall have the capacity of 100% of the weight of the lighting fixtures in any direction." There are several good methods of attaching recessed fixtures to grid. There are not many good clips for attaching surface - mounted fixtures to the grid system. "Caddy" makes a good on in that their IDS group completely surrounds the main runner or cross tee and allows what the code requires as a minimum, which may not necessarily be adequate. 10. Fixtures weighing Tess that 20 pounds only have to be attached to the grid per statement in Paragraph 9; fixtures over 56 pounds must be independently supported. This also applies to other devices imposed on the ceiling. 11. The acoustical contractor may not be allowed to attach wires or clamps to the fixture, because of the union jurisdiction, but he may be required by specification or play detail to furnish them. Franklin Covey Project Manual Gypsum Board Systems Construction Documents 3 of 4 09250 12. Wall angles or channels are considered aesthetic closures only. Main runners and cross tees should be pop riveted to the wall angle on adjacent walls, but not on opposite walls. On the opposite wall horizontal spacer bars must be placed within eight inches of the wall and locked to the grid. This can be done with the vertical wires at the terminal ends of the tee or fastened with a nail, with the head of the nail between the notches of the strut and not at the end of the strut. No notches are to occur where there is no tee. 13. Lateral bracing wires are 12 gauge, and the four -way diagonal wire pattern starts in one corner of the room, 6' from each wall and then 12' spacing in each direction. The wires cannot be more than 45 degrees from the horizontal plane of the ceiling, including slanted ceilings, and the wires must be taut. 14. Partition attachments and loads must be installed according to their details and specifications. 15. The UBC specifies a vertical strut at each bracing point from the ceiling to the structure above, this requirement has not yet been adopted or accepted by all code agencies. 16. The code is a minimum requirement and the architect and engineers may require something different and more stringent and, if approved by the appropriate building department, then that detail and specification must be followed. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents END OF SECTION 4 of 4 Gypsum Board Systems 09250 PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. As indicated on drawings. B. Grout color: As selected by Architect and indicated on Drawingss Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents SECTION 09300 TILE 1 of 2 PART1: GENERAL 1.01 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. 1. Samples for colors on 12 inch by 12 inch panels in duplicate for each tile specified. 2. Samples in duplicate for each different trim piece required. 3. Grout samples in duplicate indicating anticipated texture and color range. 2.02 MATERIALS A. As indicated on drawings. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Provide mortars, grouts, additives, self - leveling compounds, and other products required for complete installation, by 1 manufacturer. B. Thin -Set Mortar (Medium Bed): Cementitious based medium bed dry set mortar. Shall have a compressive strength of 1700 PSI at 28 days. Shall meet or exceed ANSI A 118.1 and ANSI A 118.4. C. Grouts 1. Floor Grouts: Non - sagging, water cleanable, 100 percent solid epoxy meeting ANSI A 118.3. High strength and chemical resistant. 2. Color as indicated on Drawings. D. Additives: Acrylic latex grout additive meeting ANSI A 118.6 when mixed with wall grout. Additive shall be high strength. E. Cleaner: Manufactured or recommended by the grout manufacturer. F. Water: Clean and potable. G. Expansion Joints 1. Backup Strips: Flexible and compressible type of closed cell foam polyethylene, butyl rubber, or open and closed cell polyurethane, rounded at surface to contact sealant. No bonding to sealant. 2. Sealants: ASTM C 920, 2 component urethane, Type M and Class 25. a. Horizontal (self leveling) applications: Grade P; Use T. b. Vertical (non -sag) applications: Grade NS. Tile 09300.DOC H. Terrazzo Strip at tile floor to wood floor transition, finish 606 satin brass. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Installation recommendations and procedures shall be in accordance with TCA - "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation ", ANSI A108, and as specified herein. 1. Interior Floors: TCA F 113 - Thin Set Mortar. B. Layout tile in grid pattern, or as shown, to provide uniform joint width and to minimize cutting. C. Grout, cure, clean, and protect tile surfaces. D. Close off Work spaces to traffic during installation and a minimum of 48 hours after completion of tile Work. E. Cover floors with clean building paper before foot traffic is permitted on them. Place board walkways on floors that are to be continuously used as passageways by workers. F. Protect tiled vertical outside corners with board corner strips in areas used as passageways. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents END OF SECTION 2 of 2 Tile 09300.DOC .u- .N4.,b.....�, ) •uJ.s::ivS�mw J. aY..'S. aa4 Sa.a. .nan.. d'& 4...w+...a.0 ...t - , .. e.,..+..x.. PART1: GENERAL 1.01 PROJECT CONDITIONS SECTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS A. Do not install interior acoustical ceilings until space is enclosed and weatherproof. Complete installation of damp materials before beginning work. B. Maintain humidity of 65 to 75 percent in areas where acoustical materials are to be installed 24 hours before, during, and after installation. C. Maintain a uniform temperature in the range of 55 to 70 degrees F prior to and during installation of materials. 1.02 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements. 1. Furnish stock of extra materials to Tenant equal to 5 percent of each type, style, color, pattern, and size of material installed. 2. Furnish extra materials from same manufactured lot as materials installed. PART 2: PRODUCTS . 2.01 MATERIALS A. Wet- formed mineral fiber board lay -in ceiling panel, 1 hour fire rated when required by local code, UL listed, as indicated on Architectural Drawings meeting the following requirements: 1. Size: 24 inch by 24 inch by 3/4 inch thick. 2. Color: White. 3. Texture: Medium Coarse, non - directional fissured. 4. Edge: Square. 5. Manufacturer as indicated on Architectural Drawings. B. Metal Suspension Systems as indicated on Architectural Drawings. 1. Metal Suspension System Standard: ASTM C 635, manufacturer's standard metal suspension systems of types, structural classifications, and finishes as specified. 2. Exposed Tee System a. Fire Rated Systemif required by local code: Wide faced, double web steel tee and cap; intermediate duty; cross tees with override ends; color shall match ceiling panels. b. Manufacturers as indicated on Architectural Drawings. 3. Edge Molding: Material and color same as exposed tee system. 4. Provide clips, inserts, hanging wire, fasteners, and other components not specified herein but required for installation of light fixtures, grilles and diffusers, and decor items. a. Hold -down Clips: Corrosion resistant clips as recommended by system manufacturer to achieve 1 hour fire rating indicated. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions, governing regulations, and industry standards applicable to Work. B. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical units to balance border widths at Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents 1 of 2 Acoustical Ceilings 09510 ia opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid use of less- than -half width units at borders, and comply with reflected ceiling plans wherever possible. C. Symmetrically locate grid layout in each space. Coordinate Work with other trades so that lighting fixtures, grilles, and other ceiling fixtures work with grid layout. D. Support suspension system from structure above, not from ductwork, metal deck, equipment, or piping. E. Arrange acoustical units and orient directionally - patterned running 1 way. F. T -Grid Ceiling System: 1. Install materials per manufacturer's requirements and to CISCA Use and Practice recommendations. 2. Install suspension system to comply with ASTM C 636 with hangers supported by the building structure only. Do not suspend from roof deck. 3. Level system by laser during and after installation. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents END OF SECTION 2 of 2 Acoustical Ceilings 09510 1.02 PROJECT CONDITIONS PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS 2.02 ACCESSORIES SECTION 09550 WOOD FLOORING PART1: GENERAL 1.01 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. 1. Manufacturer's Product Data, Samples, and maintenance data. A. Environmental Requirements: 1. Maintain minimum temperature of 65 degrees F and maximum temperature of 85 degrees F in spaces to receive wood flooring for at least 72 hours prior to installation, during installation, and for not less than 48 hours after installation. Subsequently, maintain minimum temperature of 65 degrees F in areas where Work is completed. 2. Storewood flooring in spaces where they will be installed for at least 48 hours before beginning installation. 3. Install wood flooring and accessories after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. 4. Do not install wood flooring over concrete slabs until they have been cured and are sufficiently dry to achieve bond with adhesive as determined by resilient flooring manufacturer's recommended bond and moisture test. 5. Close areas to traffic and to other Work until flooring is firmly set, 72 hours with no traffic. 6. Where solvent based adhesives are used, provide safety sparkproof fans when natural ventilation is not adequate. 7. Comply with "Guide Specifications for Timeless Service II Flooring" A. Wood Plank Flooring: The following requirements and indicated in Architectural Drawings: 1. Material shall be classified by Underwriter Laboratories as to fire resistance and slip resistance. 2. 3/8" thick by 2 3/4" wid by rundown length (12 -46 "). 3. Designations as they appear on Architectural Drawings Finish Schedule Type. 4. Comply with "Guide Specifications for Timeless Service II Flooring ". A. Adhesives: Waterproof, stabilized type as recommended by flooring manufacturer to suit material and substrate conditions. B. Concrete Slab Primer: Non - staining type as recommended by flooring manufacturer. C. Mastic Latex Type Patching, Leveling, Underlayments, and Joint Filler: 1. Latex Underlayment by Armstrong World Industries, Lancaster, Pennsylvania. 2. Approved substitute. D. Edge Transition Strip Franklin Covey Project Manual Wood Flooring Construction Documents 1 of 7 09550 PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Sand or grind subfloors to remove mortar, paint, other surface irregularities and remove debris, sand, other materials which would result in lack of adhesion or star cracking. B. Fill concrete control joints with latex underlayment. Where filling, patching, leveling is required of thickness exceeding 1/8 inch apply underlayment in 2 or more applications. Apply compound in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. C. Install wood flooring and accessories using method indicated in strict compliance with manufacturer's printed instructions. D. Cut, and fit wood flooring to permanent fixtures, built in furniture and cabinets, pipes, outlets and permanent columns, walls and partitions. Extend wood flooring into toe spaces, door reveals, and into closets and similar openings. E Lay from marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets to avoid waste. Lay square to room axis, unless otherwise shown. F. Match seams for color and pattern. Cut flooring neatly around fixtures. Broken, cracked, chipped, or deformed joints are not acceptable. G. Apply wall base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and other permanent fixtures in rooms or areas where base is required. Install base in lengths as long as practicable, with preformed corner units, or fabricated from base materials with mitered or coped inside corners. Tightly bond base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with continuous contact at horizontal and vertical surfaces. On masonry surfaces, or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge of resilient wall base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material. H. Allow expansion space between flooring and vertical obstructions within a dimension (up to 1/2 ") which will be covered by base and/or molding. I. Surface roll entire floor with 150 pound weighted roller. J. Wood flooring area shall be closed to traffic and other work during installation anf for a minimum of 24 hours after completion of installation. K. Final clean and buff floor per manufacturers material and instructions. 3.02 SEALING A. Product: Ureseal clean as manufactured by The Brulin Corporation. B. Apply two thin coats as recommended by manufacture or enclosed Techinical Data. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents END OF SECTION 2 of 7 Wood Flooring 09550 c § " =tAW 9 N u. w 0 2 �f g J: 3; d � w Z O'• W W? . D. v 0 -a W_ . Z 0 E 0 Mar•-18 -99 04:O9P Floors Timeless Series 11 Installation /Maintenance P -68'" Adhesive ob ta n I n s tall in g random dist finish ib of the natural variation several h cartons s an inherent characteristic of genuinethardwoodmixed to obi a randonb Timeless Series 11 is acrylic impregnated 3 -ply laminate plank with micro -bevel or eased edges. Sizes include (1) random plank: 2W wide x %" thick x random length 12 "•46" (7.3 cm wide x 0.95 cm thick x random length 30,5 -116.8 cm); (2) plank: 2%" wide x %" thick x nominal 46" long (7.3 cm wide x 0.95 cm thick x nominal 116.8 cm long); (3) slats: 2W wide x %" thick x 171" long (7.3 cm wide x 0.95 cm thick x 43.8 cm long). Milling of all plank: full tongue and groove sides with square (butt) ends. Milling of slats: full tongue and groove sides with double end grooves (use splines if pattern requires them). Timeless Series II should be installed as a direct adhesive bond (non - floating) with P -68 Adhesive. When a floating floor is preferred, use SUPERGREEN" Adhesive and PermaGrain Products Underlayment Felt. Note: slab moisture meter reading should be 25% or less (Delmhorst J-3 or J -4 scale) in order to install floating floor. PREPARATION (Direct Bond Method) A. Concrete slab preparation • On -Grade Slab - minimum 6 mil (0.15 mm) polyethylene membrane over fill. • New slab cure minimum 60 days. • Suspended stab using steel deck construction has same drying characteristics as slab on- grade - water must come out through surface. • HVAC must operate for 2 weeks or more before beginning to install flooring. Temperature at jobsite should be 65" 85F (1 S'- 29'C). Finished flooring should equilibrate on the job a couple of days prior to installation. • Substrate must be clean and sound. Temperature of concrete should be above 50'F. Moisture meter reading should be less than 30 (Delmhorst J -3 or J -4 scale). • Levelness tolerance of slab is'W in 10' (6.4 mm in 3.0 m). All concrete /nust 4g "scoured" with 3f open grit paper to loosen dirt and remove weak concrete. If a sealer or curing compound or other surface coating has been applied, it must be "ground" off. All grinding dust must be completely removed by brushing and vacuuming. For below grade installations; check with meter. Do not install if 30 or more (Delmhorst J-3 or J-4 scale). 612 F - 1425 P. 02 PermaGrain Products Underlayment Felt should not be used with P-68 Adhesiveinstallations. Underlayments Certain compounds aro occasionally used to patch or level concrete; however, their use should be avoided as much as possible. Skim coats of underlay should NEVER be used. • It leveling underiayment compound is needed, use only high quality latex and aggregate type or self - leveling type. Scour, as above, when underlay is cured. PermaGrain Products, Inc. cannot be responsible for strength, adhesion or general performance of underiayments as proper compounding and preparation of subsurface are the responsibility of the installer. B. wood subfloors Must be sanded to remove vamish and other contaminants. New wood subfloors should also be sanded to remove high edges or chips. Particieboard /flakeboard/chipboard are not approved substrates. Use APA underlayment type plywood. Allow an expansion space be- tween plywood butt joints of 1 46"-',41" (1.6 -3.2 mm). C. renovations Existing synthetic flooring, old vinyl tile, etc., and old adhesive must be completely removed and structural subfloor prepared as described. Old vinyl tile and mastic containing asbestos must be handled properly. Do not sand. Important: Do not install plank over existing resilient flooring, unless floated. D. other subfloors Terrazzo, marble, ceramic tile, and clay tile provide a suitable surface if they are level and structurally firm. Any waxes or sealers present must be entirely removed before installing finished flooring. INSTALLATION (Direct Bond Method) 1. Strike a line 12" off the starting wall. This allows ;4" (1.3 cm) expansion space. Adjust line accordingly if wall is not square and straight In relation to the rest of the room. NOTE: using the spreading procedures it Is descri bed in Lay" usparagraphs ing 3,485. _ Pennearain Products, Inc. 4789 West Chester Pike, Newt9wn Square, PA 19073 USA (610) 353 -8801 (610) 353 -4822 (Fax) (cone evert rp•r. »7 Mar-18-99 04:O9P Flo s NW 2. Spread adhesive using a 'A" x W x ',6" (3.2 mm x 3,2 rnrn x 3.2 mm) square notched trowel. Hold trowel at 45 degree angle while spreading mastic. The proper trowel must be used. Open time is more than one hour 4 70"F (21C), however, it is best to spread P•68 and lay in flooring within an hour or less. Coverage will vary depending on substrate condition (smoothness, porosity, etc.) and jobsite temperature. With this in mind, you car; expect to cover 55 s.f. /gal. (1.3 sq. m./liter) based on these factors. EXACT P -614 % x x :e (3.2 mm x 3,2 rnrn x 32 mm) NOTCHING — USE ONLY THIS SIZE. 3. Aligning carefully along the strike line, lay 3 pieces of flooring lengthwise in the first course. Begin the second course by cutting off the first piece to an appropriate length to establish random butt joint location. 4. Complete four courses by placing all pieces in the fresh adhesive. When placing a piece, lower the flooring Into position as close to the adjacent plank as possible. Fit into place the remaining distance. l3egin the next course by offsetting the butt joints. As described above, fit the ends tightly without gaps. Again stagger the butt joint location when beginning the third and fourth course. 5. Take an 8 foot (2.5 m) straight edge and check the alignment along the whole lay just completed. Tap the straight edge lightly with a hammer to adjust. It Is not necessary to jam the flooring tightly. Use of wood wedges (remove later) at walls will prevent shifting. 6. Keep trowel clean when not in use. This will prevent cured adhesive from plugging trowel notches. If trowel notches become clogged with adhesive or become worn, clean to allow proper coverage or replace trowel blade. 7. Roll floor with a 150 pound (70 kg) roller within 2 hours of laying floor. Re•roll in the opposite direction at end of shift. 8. Do not kneel or walk on floor for at least 12 hours after rolling. It is suggested to hold Timeless Series II in place for this period (tack down strip or equiv.) to keep tight. 9. It is important to remove excess adhesive while still fresh (or within 4 hours), use mineral spirits and cloth or medium (red) pad. Cured adhesive is extremely difficult to remove. Use scraper or knife. If solvents are used to facilitate cured mastic removal they must be wiped off surface promptly when mastic softens. Approved solvents include xylol (Goof OfT ) or equiv. Do not use acetone, ketones, methylene chloride, etc., to remove mastic. MAINTENANCE (Job Clean -Up) (See "Special Instructions" for Bleached & Grey Floors below). Do not appy a surface finish. Only use Spray But/ CIEUIwN Super DM Dust Mop Treatment. or Spray Whitener Cleaner (Bleached/ Grey Floors) for routine maintenance. 'Goof Of la a registered trademark of Guardsman ProOUcts, Is ., Ciraxr Rapio9, P4. • Following completion of work by other trades, the protective covering placed atter installation should be removed, followed by sweeping, vacuuming and/or dust mopping to remove all loose debris. • Utilizing a regular speed (175 -200 rpm) floor buffer and a medium (red) polyester pad, buff the entire floor with PermaGrain Spray Buff Cleaner. If there is excessive dirt build -up, an aggressive (green) nylon scrubbing pad should be used, followed by a second pass with the red pad to restore lustre. • It desired, a high speed (1500-2000 rpm) burnisher may be used with a burnishing pad (usually off- white color) to develop a higher gloss level. However, the floor must be cleaned first, with a red or green pad, prior to polishing with a white pad (regular speed) or burnishing. • Routine maintenance should consist of daily sweeping, vacuuming or dust mopping. Spray buff as necessary with PermaGrain Spray Buff Cleaner and the appropriate pad: green - heavy dirt and spot removal; red - normal cleaning; white - higher . gloss level. Use PermaGrain Super DM Dust Mop Treatment with dust mop. • Never use water or water based cleaners on any wood floor, including Timeless Series 11 acrylic/wood floors. A damp cloth or sponge may be used to remove water soluble spots or to clean up spills when they occur. • When Timeless Series II begins to look "dry" or "worn" due to heavy traffic or exposure to spills or tracked -in water, an application of PermaGrain C -2 Conditioner is necessary. Follow label directions closely. Do not over apply C -2. CAUTION C -2 Conditioner is solvent free and stable. However, as good practice, 0 -2 butting pads, applicators, mops, rags should not be plied. Washing of these items Is recommended. Store In an airy location for proper drying. • For residential maintenance, when a commercial buffer is not available, a small home buffing machine can be successfully used to maintain your Timeless Series II flooring. Most equipment rental centers have small buffers available for a nominal fee. Check your yellow pages under "Rental Service Stores & Yards." Follow these steps for a beautiful floor: 1. Dust mop or vacuum regularly. Use PermaGrain Super DM Dust Mop Treatment with dust mop. 2. Occasionally apply a polishing aid. Acceptable products are: > PermaGrain C -2 ■ Scott's Liquid Gold > Cabinet Magic > Simoniz Wood Wax Kleen Guard > Johnson's Snapback 3. Buff with medium pad for full lustre. Use a scrubbing pad for heavy dirt or stains. SPECIAL MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS (Bleached S Grey Floors) If your flooring is "bleached" or "grey" Timeless Series II, the following special maintenance instructions must be followed closely to maintain its proper appearance: 591 -1425 P.03 Mar-18-99 04:09P Floors,..- As with standard Timeless Series 11, routine maintenance should consist of sweeping, vacuuming or dry mopping. CAUTION! Use en untreated mop. No oils! • Never apply water or petroleum -type products to a bleached or grey floor! (If used, it will be necessary to lightly screen the floor to restore its appearance.) • As necessary, clean the floor using only PermaQrain Spray Whitener Cleaner with a regular s peed buffer and a thick scrubbing (green) pad. The frequency of buffing required to maintain proper appearance wiN be greater with a bleached or grey floor simpty due to its lighter color. If desired, a higher degree of gloss may be obtained using a high speed (1500 -2000 rpm) burnisher and a burnishing (off- white, beige) pad, once the floor has been cleaned, • Tobacco bums and any stains not removed with a green pad can be rubbed out with fine sandpaper or, for larger areas, 100 grit screened with a floor buffer. Follow with an application of Spray Whitener Cleaner. • Never solvent strip, steel wool, want or overcoat a bleached or grey Timeless Series 11 floor. PermaGrain Spray Whitener Cleaner is the oe product required for a clean, elegant floor. • If a bleached or grey Timeless Series 11 floor is installed In a residence and the homeowner is experiencing difficulty maintaining the proper appearance, request a copy of PermaGrain Technical Bulletin 1 09, "Maintenance (Residential), Bleached and Grey Floors." • LIFETIME LIMITED WEAR WARRANTY UFET1ME LIMITED MANUFACTURER'S DEFECT WARRANTY PermaGrain Products, Inc. warrants that should its product, Timeless Series II acrylic/wood laminated flooring, wear out within the lifetime of the original installation, PermaGrain Products, Inc. will replace the flooring with new PermaGrain Products material without charge, providing; 1. Floor was installed according to recommended PermaGrain Products written procedures. 2. Floor was used under normal commercial or residential load and traffic conditions. 3. Floor has been maintained with recommended materials and according to specified procedures. THE WARRANTIES CONTAINED HEREIN ARE IN LIEU OF ANY EXPRESS WARRANTIES AND IMPLIED WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE WARRANTIES CONTAINED HEREIN ARE THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTIES PROVIDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. IN NO EVENT SHALL PERMAGRAIN PRODUCTS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, - SPECIAL CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, NO MATTER WHAT THE CAUSE. PERMAGRAIN PRODUCTS, INC. SHALL ONLY BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE OBLIGATIONS WE ASSUME UNDER THIS WARRANTY. SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW LIMITATIONS ON IMPLIED WARRANTIES, SO THE ABOVE • 612'~1 -1425 P.04 LIMITATIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. Please refer to Timeless Series II complete warranty sheet for detailed information with regard to these Limited Lifetime Warranties. PERMAGRAIN PRODUCTS, INC. 4789 WEST CHESTER PIKE NEWTOWN SQUARE, PA 19073 USA 610/353-8801 FAX 610/353 -4822 Guide Specifications for Timeless* Series II Flooring I. Scope A. Furnish materials, labor, equipment, accessories and related items required to complete wood flooring and related work indicated on drawings and /or specified herein. B. Work generally includes but is not limited to: 1. Preparation of surfaces. 2. Installation of Timeless Series 11 acrylic impregnated engineered hardwood flooring. 3. Protection. 4. Cleaning and buffing. 5. All items of related work reasonably inferred as needed to make work of this section complete. II. Materials A. Finished flooring to be Timeless Series 11 acrylic impregnated engineered hardwood flooring by PermaGrain Products, Inc. Each plank to have three -ply laminate construction meeting or exceeding Hardwood Manufacturers Association Type 11 Bond Test. B. The top wear layer thickness to be 1/8 ". C. All edges to be micro -bevel or eased. D. Milling to be full tongue and groove sides with square ends. Slats are to be double end grooved. (Specify splines if desired.) E. Size to be 3/8" thick by 2'/4" wide by random length (12 -46 "); or nominal 46" length; or 1 ' /2" length (slat). F. Adhesive shall be either P-68' or SUPERGREEN "as supplied by . PermaGrain Products, Inc., and is required for all installations, including PermaGrain "75" fire rated floors. Pattern installations require extra care, refer to instructions. G. PermaGrain Underlayment Felt is required for floating and below grade installations. H. All flooring accessories are as manufactured by PermaGrain Products, Inc. I. The Timeless Series Ii Laminated Plank flooring and accessory species and color to be specified by client. J. The manufacturer of the materials shall have been regularly engaged in producing the materials a minimum of ten (10) years and shall have made a minimum of three (3) successful installations of this type, each at least five (5) years old. K. Materials shall be Classified by Underwriters Laboratories as to fire resistance. • L. Materials shall be Classified by Underwriters Laboratories as to slip resistance. M. ''ranufacturer, PermaGrain Products, Inc. will provide a LIFETIME Fbi i4 eplacement Wear Warranty (see warranty for complete details). III. Preparation of Surfaces A. Surface to receive finished flooring shall be cleaned of all foreign material which would be detrimental to the adhesion of finished flooring. The Timeless Series 11 is suitable for below grade installations when PermaGrain Underlayment Felt is installed. B. Concrete substrates shall be furnished dry, clean, smooth and level, with a tolerance of 1/8" in 10', and are to contain no curing compounds or sealers. Concrete curing compounds and /or sealers must be completely removed. C. Should patching or leveling be required, use latex cement patching compound. DO NOT in any case use asphalt underlayment. DO NOT in any case use a latex leveler or skim coat over large or entire area. D. All concrete must be scoured (also after patching or leveling) with 3 '/2 open grit paper to loosen dirt and remove weak concrete. E. All subflooring shall be free of mortar, thoroughly dry and then brushed, cleaned and vacuumed to remove all dust particles. F. Slabs on ground shall be membrane waterproofed. IV. Installation of Flooring Note: Complete installation instructions in each carton of Timeless Series 11. A. Timeless Series 11 flooring and adhesive shall be stored a minimum of 72 hours in the Installation area. A temperature of no less than 65 °F nor more than 85 "F is to be maintained in this room for this period, during installation, and 72 hours thereafter. It is suggested that this temperature range be maintained thereafter for the life of the installation. B. Each plank must be firmly seated in the adhesive. Roll the floor with a 150 pound roller. C. Allow as much expansion space as practical between Timeless Series II flooring and vertical obstructions. Up to 1 /2" space is to be covered by an appropriate base or shoe molding or must be filled with a suitable material such as cork, silicone, or polyurethane expansion joint filler or equal. (Please specify choice of these options.) D. Area being surfaced shall be closed to traffic and other work during laying of flooring and for at least 24 hours after completion. V. Maintenance After flooring has been laid, it shall be thoroughly cleaned and buffed utilizing the PermaGrain Spray Buff method as recommended by PermaGrain Products, Inc. or equal. Request special maintenance material for bleached or Grey floors. JAN. - . 1 1 1 99 (MON) 13 : 58 THE BRUL CORP. DESCRIPTION: An acrylic /urethane seal and finish for concrete, mineral and wood floors. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS: Chemical Composition: acrylic and urethane polymers, plasticizers and preservatives Physical Form: color - odor - viscosity - weight - specific gravity Flash Point: Foaming Tendency: pH of Concentrate: Total Active: Dry Time: Coverage: METHOD OF APPLICATION: URESEAL CLEAR TEL -L 925 4596 P. 005 Technical Data Number: 142 -9088 Date: 06 -09.93 Replaces No.: 142 -905A Dated: 12 -01.92 Liquid Tan- opaque Mild Water -thin 8.39 lbs. /gal 1.006 None Low 8.3 8.4 25% Tack Free - 30 minutes Ready for traffic - 1 hour 1,200 - 1,500 sq, ft. per gallon Clean floor thoroughly and allow to dry. Apply one or two thin coats with a mop or applicator to the floor. For enhanced gloss and durability mix thoroughly the premeasured Ureseal Catalyst with the Ureseal prior to application. HOME OFFICE /PLANT: P.O. Box 270, Indienepolla, IN 4620E -0270 • (800) 776.7149 • (317) 923-3211 • FAX (317) 925 -4596 SIN= candlllunn or ua, very anti ara Iwyund uuf Cu(Uul, all Ncamnlendntlnn4 nnroln nrn good mllh mdomm•ndauana only. no warrunw al accuracy ur product parformanco. BMpro66o0 or 'monad. concurring tau Male ona rocontmengbuon6 cnntolnda hocoln, All nobility In confliction wan this data ra a,Pra„Iy chbalalnmd. eoo,o21H Health 1 Flammability 0 Reactivity 0 PPE , A JAN. -.1P 99 (MON) 13 ; 57 THE IRWIN CORPORATION • THE aRUL 1 N CORP, CLEAR BEFORE USE: All doors must be dam end dirt, \ ham wait, oil or any lodges sseJeter. Noon e:rubbed, rimed, and dry. It seel•d. sealer vad prior to application of Unaesl, your )Alrul�tadve will tcoaretterid the raw iippse. 9mopf��ooq doom should be said etched for bat results. NOTE: For Improved glass, water ranetfnos and durability, add the propscltagod Unsaid CaWyt to the container prior to sppiicadon, Hinge the catalyst container with Unseal to ensure that the entire contend are used. Stir for spptmdmately five minutes sad apply the catalysed product within 24 hours for bat r•sulte. PRECAUTION: DO NOT CATALYZE WHEN TEMPZRATUREH Ems]) 100°T. DIOtZCTIONS • Apply a thin coat of Theses! with clean mop or lambswool applicator. Allow 20-30 minutes drying time, longer if humidity is severe. Second aoet 'tumid be applied alter flirt ooat has completely dried. Future notating require. no pngnaration other than cleaning • Expected coverage: For concrete 800.1000 sq. ft; other surtitoas 1200-1500 sq. ft per gallon. • Maintain by daily sweeping and damp mopping as needed. Your Rmlin representative will recommend the proper floor we program. URESEAL WATER -BASED ACRYLIC/URETHANE FLOOR SEAL AND FINISH • FOR CONCRETE, MINERAL AND WOOD FLOORING • HEAVY-DUTY SEAL AND FINISH • NONFLAMMABLE • �, TEL317 925 4596 P. 004 CAUTI CONTAINS DIBUTYL P EYE t• +' ANT Read,rtncaution statement KEEP s} �CH OF CHILDREN �. U Label Release (0 Number: 142 -810D Dote: 10.16 -96 Replaces No.: 142 -810C Dated: 05.17 -94 Thin product meats CSMA Boor finish slip resistant requirements employing ASTM test method OD 2047. Mescal is s commercial product, not intended for home use. CAUTION Contains Dibutyl Phthalam and Ammonia. May cause eye irritation. Rubber or plastic gloves recommended. especially for prolonged handling. FIRST Am: Eye Goatee' —Ruth with large amounts of water for 15 minutes, lifting upper and lower Oda occasionally. Get medical attention. Inhalation — Remove to flash sir. Skin Contact — Wash with mild soap end water. Remove contaminated clothing and launder before ruse. Ingestion — Keep warm, quiet. Get immediate medial attention. KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN HMIs HAZARD RATING Rcorder Product Na. 141006 (Clear) Reorder Product No. 141007 (Bleck) HOME OFFICE /PLANT: P.O. Box 270, Indianapolis, IN 46206.0270 • (800) 776 7;L49 • (317) 023.3211 • FAX (317) 9 :26.4596 thXM)2ti A JAN. -11' 99 (MON) 13:57 SWAPO BRUUN & COMPANY. INC. WEST COAST FACTORY Richmond, California 24 HOUR EMERGENCY NUMBER (317) 923 -3233 CHEMTREC 1- 600.424 -9300 Health: 1 HMIS HAZARD RATINGS: Flammability: 0 Reactivity: D IDENTITY (As listed an label): URESEAL THE BRULIN CORP. MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET Per 29 CFR 1910.1200 TEL; 3. 12, 925 4596 P. 002 PRODUCT NAME: URESEAL PRODUCT NUMBER: 141006 P.O. BOX 270, INDIANAPOLIS. IN 46206.0270 (317) 923 -3211 SOUTHEASTERN FACTORY Tampa, Florida PAGE 1 DATE PREPARED : 10/16/94 Hazardous Components (Specl&c Chemical Identity: Common Names) CM 0 • Plbutyl Phthalate Ammonia 04.74.2 7664.41.7 SECTION 313 SUPPLIER NOTIFICATION The toxic chi n listed above which are marked with an (*) are subject to the repotting requirements of Section 313 artha Emergency Planning and Community Right -To -Know Act of 1 008 and of 40 CFR 372. Boiling Point: Vapor Pressure (1nm Hg): Vapor Density (Air -1): Solubility in Water. Appearance and Odor. 212 F Approx. 17111)66F Approx. 0.6 Complete Tan opaque liquid, mild odor Flash Point (Method Used): None Flammable Limits LEL NA Extinguishing Media: NA Special Fire Fighting Procedures: None Unusual Fire and Explosion Hazards: None UEL NA VON ACGIH OTHER LIMITS OSHA PEL TLV -TWA RECOMMENDED PERCENT 5 mp/m3 5 mg/m3 50 PPM 25 PPM Specific Gravity (H2o =1): Melling Point: Evaporation Rate (water - 1): STEL 10 mg /m3 2.0 STEL 35 PPM 0.1-1.0 1.006 Approx. 90 F 1.0 JAN. -11' 99 (MON) 13:57 THE ARUL I N CORP. Stability Unstable Stable _X_ Incompatibility (Materials to Avoid): Hazardous Decomposition or Byproducts: Hazardous Polymerization: May Occur Conditions to Avoid: Route(s) of Entry: Ingestion? Yes Skin? No Inhalation? Yes Eyes? Health Hazards (Acute and Chronic): Direct eye contact may cause irritation, pain, redness. Inhalation of mists may irritate the respiratory tract, nasal passages. Carcinogenicity: NTP? No IARC Monographs? No OSHA Regulated? No Signs and Symptoms of Exposure: Irritation as noted above. Medical Conditions Generally Aggravated by Exposure: None Known Emergency & First Ald Procedures: Eye Contact: Flush with large amounts of water for 15 minutes lifting upper & lower lids occasionally. Get medical attention. Inhalation: Remove to fresh air. Skin Contact: Wash with mildsoap and water. Remove contaminated clothing and launder before reuse. W. Ingestion: Keep warm, quiet. Get immediate medical attention. Steps to be Taken in Case Material is Released or Spilled: Absorb on solid absorbent and shovel into containers for disposal. Waste Disposal Method: Dispose accottiing to Federal, State and Local Laws and 40 CFR. Precautions to be Taken In Handling and Storing: Store between 40 and 100 F. Respiratory Protection (Specify Type): None Ventilation: Mechanical (General): Sufficient Protective Gloves: Optional Eye Protection: Recommended if splashing is likely to occur. Other Protective Clothing or Equipment: None Work/Hygienic Practices: No special precautions. Conditions to Avoid: Freezing Acids, Oxidizers Carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide May Not Occur X_ None TE,k317 925 4596 P. 003 PRODUCT NAME: URESEAI!` PRODUCT NUMBER: 141006 PAGE 2 2 =c) ca 0, N w (0 LL w 0 `. g=e u_< z I- 0 �<< UJ 3 CI ON w w . v ; H = z PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SUBMITTALS SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. 1. Manufacturer's Product Data, Samples, and maintenance data. 1.02 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: 1. Maintain minimum temperature of 65 degrees F and maximum temperature of 90 degrees F in spaces to receive resilient materials for at least 48 hours prior to installation, during installation, and for not less than 48 hours after installation. Subsequently, maintain minimum temperature of 55 degrees F in areas where Work is completed. 2. Store resilient materials in spaces where they will be installed for at least 48 hours before beginning installation. 3. Install resilient materials and accessories after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. 4. Do not install resilient flooring over concrete slabs until they have been cured and are sufficiently dry to achieve bond with adhesive as determined by resilient flooring manufacturer's recommended bond and moisture test. 5. Close areas to traffic and to other Work until flooring is firmly set, 72 hours with no traffic. 6. Where solvent based adhesives are used, provide safety sparkproof fans when natural ventilation is not adequate. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Resilient Flooring: Provide Vinyl Composition Tile (VCT) meeting the following requirements and indicated in Architectural Drawings:: 1. ASTM F 1066; FS SS- T -312b; Composition 1 (Asbestos Free); Type IV; Classes 1, 2, and 3. 2. Gage: 1/8 inch. 3. Designations as they appear on Drawing Finish Schedule Type. B. Resilient Base: Provide Vinyl Wall Base (VB) meeting the following requirements and indicated in Architectural Drawings: 1. FS SS -W-40; Type II; Style B. 2. Gage: 1/8 inch. 3. Size: 4 inches high by manufacturer's maximum length roll (coil), unless otherwise indicated. 4. Straight base (toeless) at carpet flooring.. 5. Top set cove base (with toe) at other locations. 6. Provide preformed exterior corners. 7. Designations as they appear on Drawing Finish Schedule Type. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesives: Waterproof, stabilized type as recommended by flooring manufacturer to suit material and substrate conditions. B. Concrete Slab Primer: Non - staining type as recommended by flooring manufacturer. Franklin Covey Project Manual Resilient Flooring Construction Documents 1 of 2 09650 C. Mastic Latex Type Patching, Leveling, Underlayments, and Joint Filler: 1. Latex Underlayment by Armstrong World Industries, Lancaster, Pennsylvania. 2. Approved substitute. D. Edge Transition Strip PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Sand or grind subfloors to remove mortar, paint, other surface irregularities and remove debris, sand, other materials which would result in lack of adhesion or star cracking. Fill concrete control joints with latex underlayment. Where filling, patching, leveling is required of thickness exceeding 1/8 inch apply underlayment in 2 or more applications. Apply compound in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. C. Install resilient materials and accessories using method indicated in strict compliance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Scribe, cut, and fit resilient flooring to permanent fixtures, built in furniture and cabinets, pipes, outlets and permanent columns, walls and partitions. Extend resilient flooring into toe spaces, door reveals, and into closets and similar openings. Lay from marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets to avoid use of waste cut widths. Lay square to room axis, unless otherwise shown. F. Match seams for color and pattem. Cut flooring neatly around fixtures. Broken, cracked, chipped, or deformed joints are not acceptable. G. Apply wall base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and other permanent fixtures in rooms or areas where base is required. Install base in lengths as long as practicable, with preformed corner units, or fabricated from base materials with mitered or coped inside corners. Tightly bond base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with continuous contact at horizontal and vertical surfaces. On masonry surfaces, or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge of resilient wall base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material. H. Apply butt type metal edge strips where shown on the Drawings, and before installation of resilient flooring. Secure units to substrate with countersunk stainless steel anchors, complying with manufacturer's recommendations. I. Surface roll entire floor with 100# weighted roller. J. Final clean and finish prepare floor per manufacturers instructions. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents END OF SECTION 2 of 2 Resilient Flooring 09650 w 2 u a. cn w Z o Z F O N+ O F- w w Z Ca) ...� iw•aYG�a.w.li.: +eF.i iud.Aa�::'..1i 3•. ,..s. t.�tb.:]t�': ii�uaa..s:';i.- ).v �.a +.:cal; ka.iUsi.x :e 4 ; PART1: GENERAL 1.01 SUBMITTALS SECTION 09680 CARPETING A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. 1. Manufacturer's Product Data, Samples, and maintenance data. 1.02 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: 1. Maintain minimum temperature of 65 degrees F and maximum temperature of 90 degrees F in spaces to receive carpet materials for at least 48 hours prior to installation, during installation, and for not less than 48 hours after installation. Subsequently, maintain minimum temperature of 55 degrees F in areas where Work is completed. 2. Store carpet materials in spaces where they will be installed for at least 48 hours before beginning installation. 3. Install carpet materials and accessories after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. 4. Do not install carpet over concrete slabs until they have been cured and are sufficiently dry to achieve bond with adhesive as determined by resilient flooring manufacturer's recommended bond and moisture test. 5. Close areas to traffic and to other Work until flooring is firmly set, 72 hours with no traffic. 6. Where solvent based adhesives are used, provide safety sparkproof fans when natural ventilation is not adequate. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Carpet as indicated in Architectural Drawings. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesives: Direct glue down waterproof, stabilized type as recommended by carpet manufacturer to suit material and substrate conditions. B. Concrete Slab Primer: Non - staining type as recommended by flooring manufacturer. C. Mastic Latex Type Patching, Leveling, Underlayments, and Joint Filler: 1. Latex Underlayment by Armstrong World Industries, Lancaster, Pennsylvania, 2. Approved substitute. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Sand or grind subfloors to remove mortar, paint, other surface irregularities and remove debris, sand, other materials which would result in lack of adhesion or star cracking. B. Fill concrete control joints with latex underlayment. Where filling, patching, leveling is required of thickness exceeding 1/8 inch apply underlayment in 2 or more applications. Apply compound in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. - Install carpet materials and accessories using method indicated in strict compliance with C. 4 4341.1ta.:.: ui�f... i.-„ 1. i..: :.uiiiv;cr,wi..ii�::2`:W«�:n.+: Franklin Covey Project Manual Carpeting Construction Documents 1 of 2 09680 F. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents END OF SECTION 2 of 2 manufacturer's printed instructions. D. Scribe, cut, and fit carpt to permanent fixtures, built in furniture and cabinets, pipes, outlets and permanent columns, walls and partitions. Extend carpet into toe spaces, door reveals, and into closets and similar openings. E. Lay from marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets to avoid use of waste cut widths. Lay square to room axis, unless otherwise shown. Match seams for color, grain, and pattern. Cut and seam neatly around fixtures. Deformed joints are not acceptable. G. Apply wall base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and other permanent fixtures in rooms or areas where base is required. Install base in lengths as long as practicable, with preformed comer units, or fabricated from base materials with mitered or coped inside corners. Tightly bond base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with continuous contact at horizontal and vertical surfaces. On masonry surfaces, or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge of resilient wall base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material. H. Apply butt type metal edge strips where shown on the Drawings, and before installation of carpet. Secure units to substrate with countersunk stainless steel anchors, complying with manufacturer's recommendations. Surface roll entire floor with 100 #weighted roller. Final clean and finish prepare carpet per manufacturers instructions. Carpeting 09680 PART1: GENERAL 1.01 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. General information SECTION 09700 SPECIAL FLOORING 1. Manufacturer's instructions must be followed when using proprietary materials for floor preparation. 2. Amtico can be installed on concrete, timber, stone and many other sub -floors which have beensuitablyy prepared. 3. Amtico must not be installed externally or in unheated locations. Amtico issuitablee for use with underfloor heating which should be switched off for 48 hours before and after installation. 4. It is preferable to protect the floor from heavy traffic for 24 hours after installation. Floors must not be washed for 48 hours. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Amtico as indicated in Architectural Drawings. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Amtico SF8 adhesive is an off-white solvent free adhesive that can be used to install all Amtico vinyl floor coverings. However, when floors are subjected to high temperatures or excessive surface moisture, Amtico Epoxy Resin Adhesive should be used. B. Amtico Epoxy Resin Adhesive: A light colored two -part Epoxy for use with all Amtico products. When installing Amtico in sun lounges,gardenn rooms and other areas where the floor temperature is likely to rise to a high level,commerciall installations close to plate glass windows and areas where excessive surface moisture is anticipated, Amtico Epoxy Resin Adhesive must be used. C. Always comply with and follow all relevant health and safety regulations relating to the use of adhesives. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 SUB -FLOOR PREPARATION A. To ensure good quality appearance and adhesion, the sub -floor must be hard, smooth, clean, dry and free from defects. Use of a suitable leveling compound in accordance with manufacturer's instructions will ensure that no irregularities show through to the surface of the finished floor. B. Direct to concrete and stone sub -floors must incorporate an effective damp proof membrane to ensure that they are sufficiently dry. C. It is the responsibility of the flooring contractor to ensure the floor is fit to receive a resilient floor covering. D. Concrete (new): can contain a high percentage of residual moisture and should be allowed sufficient time to dry thoroughly. The sub -floor must have a smooth and level surface, and it necessary should be leveled using a suitable leveling compound, used in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents Special Flooring 1 of 2 09700 E. Concrete (old): must be cleaned of all paint, grease, wax and any other foreign matter. A suitable leveling compound should then be used to produce a smooth and level surface with good bonding between concrete and leveling compound. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Tile adhesive and sub -floor should be allowed to stabilize to constant temperature conditions 70- 85°F (21 -30 °C) for a period of 24 hours before and after installation. Tiles must be stored flat. Ensure that adhesive has been protected from frost during storage. B. Follow the instructions on the packaging and roll with a 100Ibs (45kg) roller before the adhesive has completely set to ensure a good bond between tile, adhesive and sub -floor. In areas subject to excessive heat or moisture, for example adjacent to glass plate windows exposed to sunlight, Amtico Epoxy Adhesive should be used. Follow the instructions on the packaging, but do not roll and do not walk on tiles freshly installed with epoxy adhesive for 5 -6 hours. Use trowel notch size as recommended and do not use worn trowels. C. Clean away excess adhesive before it is allowed to dry. Use a soft cloth and cold water for removing solvent -free adhesive and Amtico Epoxy Resin Cleaner to remove epoxy adhesive. 3.03 MAINTENANCE A. Appropriate maintenance procedures will help preserve the appearance and extend the service life of an Amtico floor. The frequency of maintenance will depend on the amount and type of traffic, degree of soiling and the floor color and type. B. The policy of Amtico International Inc. is to only recommend maintenance systems which are underwritten by the manufacturer and which are easy to use. C. Further details on the maintenance products can be found in our Technical Manual. D. Sweep the floor to remove any dirt or residue. Remove wet adhesive on the surface using a clean, damp cloth. Clean the floor thoroughly using a proprietary cleaner /maintainer in accordance with the instructions on the packaging. For floors requiring the application of a dressing, initial cleaning should be carried out using a suitable floor dressing remover. When dressings are used, we would recommend that at least two coats are applied of a sateen or low -gloss product. E. Maintenance in commercial installations: For details of our general recommendations for regular maintenance please refer to The Amtico Technical Manual. F. For areas where greasy spills are possible, a mildly alkaline product may be required. For larger areas, a scrubber drier (or rotary buffing machine fitted with a wet vacuum) with a blue 3M pad is recommended. G. Floors without dressing should be regularly cleaned by either mopping or spray buffing using a red pad. H. If dressing has been applied, dry buff using a tan pad. Periodically the floor will have to be stripped and re- coated with dressing. I. Failure to implement an effective regular maintenance program will not only detract from the appearance of the floor but may shorten its useful life. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents END OF SECTION 2 of 2 Special Flooring 09700 .4!uL: {34 4.4 41' r ..t. i: •..! . +.i4.,e5 'u^: PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SUBMITTALS SECTION 09900 PAINTING A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. 1. Submit manufacturer's technical Information for each product to be used. 2. Submit manufacturer's application instructions including special surface preparation procedures and substrate conditions requiring special attention. 3. Samples: a. Submit 2 of each color in each gloss on 8 1/2 inch by 11 inch brush -out cards. b. Submit 2 of each stain and varnish finish on wood samples of species to be covered. 1.02 FIELD SAMPLES A. Approved Samples of each color, gloss, stain, and varnish shall be available and maintained at the Project site. Accepted Samples shall remain as part of the Work and shall be used to judge the remainder of the Work. 1.03 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Schedule dry fall painting for off -hours or at such times that do not impede the Work of other trades. B. Coordinate the dry fall painting with other trades to minimize touch -up Work required of mechanical, plumbing, refrigeration, and electrical items. C. Schedule cleaning and painting so that contaminants from cleaning processes will not fall onto newly painted surfaces. 1.04 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements. 1. Provide 1 gallon of field color and 1 quart of each accent color to the Tenant. 2. Label each container with color, type, texture, and room locations, in addition to the manufacturer's label. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Coatings: Ready mixed, except field catalyzed coatings. ..t.°y.......w..w fix.. <. ,1,✓.'.4 .+, ..+/......... e.._St'w. i:z.a , 44.Q1 t ,.4 B. Undercoat paints shall be produced by the same manufacturer as the finish coats. C. Paint system numbers based on Sherwin Williams Company. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine, paint thinners and other materials not specifically indicated but required to achieve the finishes specified, shall be approved by the coating manufacturer. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents 1 of 4 Painting 09900.DOC B. Thinners and Other Material: Use within coating manufacturer's recommended limits and in compliance with state and local VOCNOS restrictions. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes unless moisture content of surfaces are below the following maximums: 1. Gypsum Wallboard: 12 percent. 2. Concrete and Concrete Unit Masonry: 12 percent. 3. Concrete Floors: 8 percent. 4. Interior Wood: 15 percent, per ASTM D4442. 5. Exterior Wood: 15 percent, per ASTM D4442. 3.02 PREPARATION OF NEW SURFACES A. Mildew Removal: Scrub with approved cleaning/bleaching solution, then rinse with potable water; let thoroughly dry. B. Concrete: Remove dirt, scale, powder, Iaitance, parting compounds, oil and grease. For cast -in- place Work, allow at least 14 days (after forms are removed) before starting Work. 1. Removal of stains caused by weathering or corroding metals: Wash with sodium metasilicate solution after thoroughly wetting with potable water. Let thoroughly dry. 2. Filling surface pock marks and air holes: Fill with an approved exterior latex base prime and fill material. Thoroughly brush or rub over surface. Let dry for not less than 24 hours before painting. holes. C. Concrete Floors: Remove contamination, dirt, dust.and foreign matter. Apply acid etch solution. Rinse with clean water. Let thoroughly dry. After surface treatment keep all traffic off surfaces until painted. D. Concrete Masonry Units: Remove dirt, loose mortar, scale, efflorescence or powder. For surfaces to receive solvent base paints, wash surfaces with an acid - detergent treatment. Rinse thoroughly with clean water, then let thoroughly dry. 1. Thoroughly brush or rub specified block filler over concrete masonry units to fill all pock marks, air holes and other surface imperfections. Rub excess filler off surfaces and allow filler to dry for not less than 24 hours before painting. E. Steel and Iron: Put in proper condition to receive paint. Use only prime paints compatible with finish coats. 1. Shop primed surfaces: At field welded or abraded spots, remove loose rust, immediately apply prime coat. Clean previously primed surfaces free of oil and grease. 2. Surfaces not previously shop primed: Remove rust and scale by wire brushing, sandblasting, or other methods. Remove dust, dirt, oil and grease. Clean surfaces using solvent wash. Immediately apply prime coat. F. Galvanized Steel: Remove surface contamination and prepare surfaces in accordance with product manufacturer's instructions for priming. G. Aluminum: Remove surface contamination by steam, high pressure water, or solvent washing. Apply specified primer. -. H. Copper to be painted: Prepare as specified above for "Aluminum ", including etching type primer. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents 2 of 4 Painting • 09900.DOC I. Wood Products to Receive Paint Finish: Wipe off dust and minor grit prior to prime and subsequent coats. Spot coat knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. Prior to its installation, apply backprime to exterior and interior woodwork as specified. Fill nail holes and fine cracks after primer has dried, then apply sand filler smooth, level with surface, ready for finish coats. Wood moldings to be factory finished. J. Wood Products to Receive Stain Finish: Remove dust and grit prior to starting Work. After stain is applied, fill over exposed set finish and casing nailheads with matching color filler. Wood moldings to be factory finished. K. Cement Plaster and Stucco: Wait at least 14 days to pass after final plaster coat has been applied, before starting Work. Remove dirt, loose material, scale, powder and other foreign matter. Remove oil and grease by washing with T.S.P. solution, then rinse with potable water and let thoroughly dry. For solvent base paints, wash surfaces with a 4 percent zinc sulphate solution, rinse with potable water, then let dry. Fill minor isolated hairline cracks with patching plaster and smooth off to match adjacent surfaces. L. Gypsum Plaster: Allow at least 14 days from installation of final plaster coat, before starting Work. Remove dust, dirt, loose material and other foreign matter. Fill minor isolated hairline cracks with patching plaster and smooth off to match adjacent surfaces. For solvent base paints, wash and neutralize high alkali surfaces. M. Gypsum Wallboard: Remove minor subsequent contamination, dust ,and dirt. N. Mechanical and Electrical Work: Prepare metal surfaces as specified for "Steel, iron, aluminum, copper as applicable to type of material scheduled to be painted. Remove dirt, grease and oil from canvas and cotton insulating covering. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Provide field applied mock -ups of each color and finish selected on actual surfaces to be painted. B. Test sample area for adhesion for each type of paint. C. Remove and protect hardware, hardware accessories, light fixtures, switch plates, outlet covers, and similar items in place and not required to be finish painted. D. Reinstall removed items following completion of painting Work. E. Sand prior to painting until smooth and flat and sand between coats. F. Apply paint to achieve manufacturer's recommended dry film thickness. G. Paint entire surface where patch painting is required. H. Recoat areas which show bleed- through or defects. I. Omit primer coat on metal surfaces which have been shop primed. J. Spot prime metal surface areas where shop priming has not been applied, where shop primer has been breached by scratches, dents, or similar damage, field welded joints, or where noted otherwise. K. Paint exposed mechanical and electrical Work in areas scheduled to be finished. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents 3 of 4 Painting 09900.DOC M. Clean paint spatter from adjacent surfaces and glass. N. Touch -up damaged surfaces at completion of construction. 3.04 SCHEDULES A. Paint Color Schedule: Designations as indicated on Finish Schedule Types. 3.07 PAINT SYSTEMS FOR INTERIOR EXPOSED WOOD A. Exterior /Interior Alkyd Primer for paint grade wood: wood primer applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not Tess than 1.5 mils. PT -23: Interior Alkyd Satin as indicated on Architectural Drawings: 1. Primer: 1 coat primer, unless shop primed under other Sections. 2. Finish Coats: 2 coats required unless shop painted under other Sections. 3.08 PAINT SYSTEMS FOR GYPSUM BOARD A. Interior Latex Primer - Sealer (for gypsum board) (MDFT 1.0 mils): 1. Moore; Moore's Latex Quick -Dry Prime Seal 201. PT -33: Interior Gypsum Board Ceilings: 1. Interior Latex (MDFT 1.0 mils) as indicated on Architectural Drawings: a. Primer: 1 coat. b. Finish coats: 2 required. C. PT -34: Interior Gypsum Board Walls: 1. Interior Latex as indicated on Architecural Drawings; a. Primer: 1 coat. b. Finish coats: 2 required. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents END OF SECTION 4 of 4 Painting 09900.DOC PART 1: GENERAL SECTION 09950 WALL COVERING 1.01 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. 1. Submit manufacturer's technical information for each product to be used. 2. Submit manufacturer's application instructions including special surface preparation procedures and substrate conditions requiring special attention. 3. Samples: Submit 1 of each type. 1.02 FIELD SAMPLES A. Approved Samples of each type shall be available and maintained at the Project site. B. Accepted Samples shall remain as part of the Work and shall be used to judge the remainder of the Work. 1.03 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Schedule wall covering for off -hours or at such times that do not impede the Work of other trades. B. Coordinate the wall covering with other trades to minimize touch -up Work required of mechanical, plumbing, refrigeration, and electrical items. C Schedule cleaning and wall covering so that contaminants from cleaning processes will not fall onto newly covered surfaces. 1.04 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements. 1. Provide 1 roll to the Tenant. 2. Label each roll with color, type, texture, and room location, in addition to the manufacturer's label. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. As indicated on Architectural Drawings. B. Undercoat shall be as recommeded by the wall covering manufacturer. C. Water based adhesive shall be as recommended by wall covering manufacturer. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Brushes, rollers, knives as necessary to execute work. 25 February 1998 PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes unless moisture content of surfaces are below the following maximums: Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents 1 of 3 Wall Covering 09950.DOC 1. Gypsum Wallboard: 12 percent. 2. Concrete and Concrete Unit Masonry: 12 percent. 3. Concrete Floors: 8 percent. 4. Interior Wood: 15 percent, per ASTM D4442. 3.02 PREPARATION OF NEW SURFACES z A. Mildew Removal: Scrub with approved cleaning/bleaching solution, then rinse with potable water; let thoroughly dry. ce 2 B. Concrete: Remove dirt, scale, powder, laitance, parting compounds, oil and grease. For cast -in- place Work, allow at least 14 days (after forms are removed) before starting Work. N §' 1. Removal of stains caused by weathering or corroding metals: Wash with sodium metasilicate . co ut solution after thoroughly wetting with potable water. Let thoroughly dry. 2. Filling surface pock marks and air holes: Fill with an approved exterior latex base prime and co u_ fill material. Thoroughly brush or rub over surface. Let dry for not less than 24 hours before w 0 painting. holes. g C. Concrete Floors: Remove contamination, dirt, dust and foreign matter. Apply acid etch solution. Rinse with clean water. Let thoroughly dry. After surface treatment keep all traffic off surfaces w ' until painted. Z D. Concrete Masonry Units: Remove dirt, loose mortar, scale, efflorescence or powder. For Z 0 0. surfaces to receive solvent base paints, wash surfaces with an acid - detergent treatment. Rinse thoroughly with clean water, then let thoroughly dry. p 1. Thoroughly brush or rub specified block filler over concrete masonry units to fill all pock :V 0 marks, air holes and other surface imperfections. Rub excess filler off surfaces and allow ;0 -; filler to dry for not less than 24 hours before painting. E. Steel and Iron: Put in proper condition to receive paint. Use only prime paints compatible with u . 0 ! finish coats. z 1. Shop primed surfaces: At field welded or abraded spots, remove loose rust, immediately — apply prime coat. Clean previously primed surfaces free of oil and grease. 2. Surfaces not previously shop primed: Remove rust and scale by wire brushing, sandblasting, Z or other methods. Remove dust, dirt, oil and grease. Clean surfaces using solvent wash. Immediately apply prime coat. F. Galvanized Steel: Remove surface contamination and prepare surfaces in accordance with product manufacturer's instructions for priming. G. Aluminum: Remove surface contamination by steam, high pressure water, or solvent washing. Apply specified primer. H. Copper to be painted: Prepare as specified above for "Aluminum ", including etching type primer. I. Wood Products to Receive Paint Finish: Wipe off dust and minor grit prior' to prime and subsequent coats. Spot coat knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. Prior to its installation, apply backprime to exterior and interior woodwork as specified. Fill nail holes and fine cracks after primer has dried, then apply sand filler smooth, level with surface, ready for finish coats. Wood moldings to be factory finished. J. Wood Products to Receive Stain Finish: Remove dust and grit prior to starting Work. After stain is applied, fill over exposed set finish and casing nailheads with matching color filler. Wood moldings to be factory finished. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents 2 of 3 25 February 1998 Wall Covering 09950.DOC K. Cement Plaster and Stucco: Wait at least 14 days to pass after final plaster coat has been applied, before starting Work. Remove dirt, loose material, scale, powder and other foreign matter. Remove oil and grease by washing with T.S.P. solution, then rinse with potable water and let thoroughly dry. For solvent base paints, wash surfaces with a 4 percent zinc sulphate solution, rinse with potable water, then let dry. Fill minor isolated hairline cracks with patching plaster and smooth off to match adjacent surfaces. L. Gypsum Plaster: Allow at least 14 days from installation of final plaster coat, before starting Work. Remove dust, dirt, loose material and other foreign matter. Fill minor isolated hairline cracks with patching plaster and smooth off to match adjacent surfaces. For solvent base paints, wash and neutralize high alkali surfaces. M. Gypsum Wallboard: Remove minor subsequent contamination, dust ,and dirt. N. Mechanical and Electrical Work: Prepare metal surfaces as specified for "Steel, iron, aluminum, copper as applicable to type of material scheduled to be painted. Remove dirt, grease and oil from canvas and cotton insulating covering. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Tight vertical seams, match pattern and color at each adjacent seam. B. Test sample area for adhesion for each type of condition. C. Remove and protect hardware, hardware accessories, light fixtures, switch plates, outlet covers, and similar items in place and not required to be covered. D. Reinstall removed items following completion of wall covering Work. E. Sand and prepare per wall covering manufacturer instructions prior to installation. F. Apply wall covering to achieve manufacturer's recommended roll yield with minimum waste. G. Wall cover entire surface indicated on plans, tight to adjacent finishes. H. Pressure roll seams and areas which show bubbles or defects. M. Clean adhesive spatter from adjacent surfaces and glass. N. Touch -up damaged surfaces at completion of construction. 3.04 SCHEDULES A. Wall covering: Designations as indicated on Finish Schedule Types. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents END OF SECTION 3 of 3 25 February 1998 Wall Covering 09950.DOC PART1: GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Labor and materials to complete Work of this section. Refer to Architectural Drawings for location and references. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. 1. Manufacturer's Literature: Materials description, colors, and application instructions. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Section 01600 - Product Requirements. 1. Provide protective coverings for identifying devices prior to shipping. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 ROOM AND DOOR IDENTIFICATION SIGNAGE A. 1/8 inch thick laminated plastic sign. B. 1/32 inch raised white 1 inch high letters on 2 inch high blue background. C. Helvetica Medium upper case letters. D. Grade I1 Braille on sign. E. 1/16 inch thick foam double stick tape. 2.02 INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY SIGN A. Size: 6 inches by 6 inches. B. Color: 1/32 inch raised white on blue background. C. Material: 1/8 inch thick laminated plastic. D. 1/16 inch thick foam double stick tape. 2.03 BUILDING ADDRESS NUMERALS A. Provide and install per Owner's criteria and direction. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's specifications and recommendations for the installation of identification devices. B. Install devices plumb, level, and true to line. C. Install room and door identification signs at 5' -6" from centerline of signs to finished floor. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents SECTION 10400 IDENTIFYING DEVICES 1 of 2 Identifying Devices 10400.DOC. . PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fire extinguishers, and brackets. 1.02 CERTIFICATES A. Fire extinguishers shall bear the UL label for type. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Section 01600 - Product Requirements 1. Follow special storage and handling requirements of the manufacturer. B. Accept the materials at the site, examine for damage, and store materials until incorporated into the Work. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. J.L. Industries, 4450 West 78th Street Circle, Bloomington, MN B. Larsen's Manufacturing company, 7421 Commerce Lane NE, Minneapolis, MN. C. Approved substitute. 2.02 PRODUCTS A. Fire Extinguisher: 1. General: Multi- purpose 5 pound dry chemical (ABC) unit containing fluidized and siliconized mono ammonium phosphate powder. 2. Features: Heavy duty steel cylinder with corrosion and impact resistant epoxy finish. Visual pressure gage, Pull pin. Upright squeeze grip operation. B. Brackets: Compatible with and sized for specified fire extinguishers. C. Fire Extinguisher Cabinet: 1. Larsen's Manufacturing company, 7421 Commerce Lane NE, Minneapolis, MN. 55432 Phone 1 -800- 527 -7367 (Mark Narkryvall) Cameo Series #B C- 2409 -6R 2. Features: Partially recessed with grey bubble and satin chrome (US26D) trim and door. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in quantity and locations as required by local fire authority. B. Install level and plumb, recessed into wall, true to line, and in accordance with approved manufacturer's installation details. Mounting height: per direction of Architect and Fire Marshall. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents SECTION 10520 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES END OF SECTION Fire Protection Specialties 1 of 1 10520.DOCSECTION 10520 PART 1: GENERAL Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents SECTION 10670 STORAGE SHELVING PART2: PRODUCTS A. Sliding storage shelving system by Pipp Mobile Systems Inc. 616 - 530 -8828. 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. As indicated in Architectural Documents 1. Pre- Finished materials. 2. Shelving units, tracks, hardware provided with unit. PART 3: EXECUTION A. Per manufacturers written instructions. 1. Provide anchores, leveling, and shims per manufactures instructions 2. Units to slide freely, with mimimum effort. 3. Protect until installation has been completed. 4. Coordinate with electrical Drawings. 5. Provide blocking as required for installation of system 300 pound concentrated Toad and tension force of 700 pounds. Refer to Finish Carpentry Section these specifications. END OF SECTION 1 of 1 Storage Shelving 10670 F. Mirror Bobrick #B -165 1830 SECTION 10800 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. 1. Manufacturer's Product Data and installation instructions. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. B. Approved substitute. 2.02 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. General: Toilet Accessories shall meet local accessibility and ADA requirements. B. Paper Towel Dispenser (Surface Mounted) Bobrick #B -262 1. Capacity: Minimum 400 single fold paper towels. 2. Door: Construction and finish shall match cabinet with full stainless steel piano hinge. 3. Miscellaneous: Welded construction, equipped with tumbler lock. Keyed like manufacturer's other equipment, integral towel level and refill indicator slot. C. Toilet Tissue Dispenser (Recessed) Bobrick #B -667 1. Spindles: Chrome - plated plastic. Equip with heavy duty internal springs. 2. Miscellaneous: Unit shall have capacity for minimum of 5 -1/2 inch standard core toilet paper rolls. D. Grab Bars (One 42 Inch and One 36 Inch horizontals and one 18 inch vertical concealed mounting) Bobrick #B -6202 1. Materials: a. Grab Bar: 18 gage stainless steel tubing with satin finish. 1 -1/4 inch outside diameter. Ends shall pass through and be heliarc welded to flanges. Clearance between mounted grab bar and wall shall be 1 -1/2 inches. b. Flanges: 1/8 inch thick stainless steel plate with satin finish. 3 inch diameter with 3 countersunk screw holes for attachment. Exposed mounting. c. Accessories: Mounting hardware as necessary to mount grab bar to surfaces as indicated. d. Requirements: Install grab bars to meet ADAAG criteria clearances, mounting heights, supported Toads, and gripping surface. E. Soap Dispensers (Surface Mounted) Bobrick #B -2111 1. Container a. Body: 20 gage, 1 piece, seamless construction. b. Back: 22 gage with attached 20 gage stainless steel mounting bracket. c. Concealed Wall Plate: 20 gage. d. Miscellaneous: Equip with unbreakable polycarbonate refill- indicator window; locked, stainless steel hinged lid for top filling; and 40 fluid ounce capacity. Toilet and Bath Accessories Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents 1 of 2 10800 1. Frame: Heavy duty stainless steel channels (minimum 1/2 Inch by 1/2 inch by 12 inch) with satin finish; 90 degree mitered comers; 1 -piece frame. Back: Galvanized steel with formed edges and integral horizontal hanging brackets near top. Fasten frame to wall hanger by concealed Phillips head locking screws. 2. Size: 24 inches by 36 inches. 3. Mirror: Number 1 quality, 1/4 inch float glass, silvered, electro- copper plated. Fully protected backing, edge protection by friction absorbing filler strips. 10 year guarantee against silver spoilage. 4. Concealed Wall Hanger: Minimum 20 gage galvanized steel. G. Sanitary Napkin/Tampon Disposal (Surface Mounted) 1. Container: Welded construction. Capacity of 1 -1/2 gallons. 2. Cover and Bottom: 1 piece seamless construction. Mount to container with full length stainless steel piano hinges. 3. Miscellaneous: Container or cover shall have integral finger depression or lip. H. , Mop /Broom Holder 1. Mounting Base and Shelf: 18 gage, welded construction, shelf shall be 8 inches deep with 3/4 inch return on sides and front. Hemmed front edge. 2. Shelf Support Brackets: 16 gage, weld to mounting base and shelf. Shelf mounting shall provide clear access to hooks and holders. 3. Mop /Broom Holders: Spring loaded rubber cams with anti -slip coating. 4. Hooks: 14 gage, weld to mounting base. 5. Capacity: 4 hooks and 3 holders. 2.03 FASTENERS A. Provide fastening devices, including screws, bolts, anchors, and backplates, which are not provided with the accessories. B. Exposed fasteners shall match finish of accessories. 2.04 FABRICATION A. Fabricate toilet and bath accessories with Type 304, 22 gage, stainless steel with satin finish, unless noted otherwise. B. Accessories shall be by 1 manufacturer and matching design and finish unless otherwise specified or approved in writing by the Architect. C: Manufacturer's labels or imprinted name shall not be visible. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces and recesses to receive toilet and bath accessories for dimensions, plumbness, blocking, and other conditions that affect installation. B. Do not proceed until conditions are acceptable. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents END OF SECTION 2 of 2 Toilet and Bath Accessories 10800 .- .ue....X.u:•4...0..i.1444Ar. 1.4 d. PART1: GENERAL A. Quality Standards shall be: "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Guide Specification" as published by the Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI), current edition. Cabinets and casework shall be "Custom" grade, as defined by the above reference. (Material and construction). Items supplied by Tenant installed by General Contractor. PART 2: PRODUCTS 1.01 DESCRIPTION SECTION 12300 MANUFACTURED CABINETS AND CASEWORK A. As indicated in Architectural Drawings and details following this section. 1. Pre - Finished materials, casework and cabinets shall be brought into installation area and allowed to precondition for 24 hours or more. Do not subject materials to direct sunlight, rain or wide variations in ambient conditions. 2. Moldings to receive stain and /or transparent finish in factory environment (not in field) and shall be selected for compatibility of grain and color as indicated on Drawings. 3. Factory finished wood moldings and trim shall be back primed. 4. Surfaces clean and free of discernable marks and ready for touch up finishes. 5. Warped or twisted molding shall not be allowed. Molding to be set plumb, level and true. Moldings shall be installed in maximum possible lengths to minimize joints. 6. For interior trim, frames, etc. to be painted, species shall be Paint Grade birch stock (or approved equivalent) in sizes and shapes indicated. 7. Wood molding shall be Custom Grade where indicated. PART 3: EXECUTION A. As described in Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI), current edition. Architectural millwork shall be "Custom" grade, as defined by the above reference. Refer to Architectural Drawings for details, installations and work required under this section. 1. General Contractor responsible for arrangin the unloading of fixtures and delivery to job site. Immediatly file report of any materials, cabinets and casework damaged in shipment. 2. General Contractor shall be responsible for installation per details, drawings, and dimensions controlled by job conditions. General Contractor and Subcontracators shall cooperate to establish and maintain field dimensions. 3. Securely attach work to adjoining construction with approved anchoring devices. Install items Franklin Covey Project Manual Manufactured Cabinets and Casework Construction Documents 1 of 2 12300 closely fitted and accurately set to required lines and levels. 4. Install and secure materials plumb, level and true to line, variations in line or plane in excess of 1:240 shall be removed and reinstalled at Contractor's expense. Field joints to be tightly fitted and flush. Field joints in running trim to be diagonal ( "scarfed ") joints. Exposed ends of running trim shall have profiled or self mitered returns. 6. Exposed fastening (nails or trim head screws) shall be deep set. Blind nailing and concealed type fasteners to be used when possible. 7. Large one piece or multi - membered cabinets to be installed with back blocking to suit. 8. Cope or miter inside corners where applicable, to produce tight fitting joints. 9. Install hardware and electrical devices in accordance with drawings. 10. Install finish hardware fumished under other sections in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 11. Protect until installation has been completed. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents END OF SECTION Manufactured Cabinets and Casework 2 of 2 12300 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SUBMITTALS SECTION 15050 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS DESIGN NARRATIVE A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. 1. Shop Drawings and Product data describing designs, systems, equipment, and materials required of this Section. 1.02 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with the rules and regulations of the local utility companies. Verify utility companies' requirements regarding incoming service to this Project. B. Arrange with each utility company and pay service charges associated with new services or modifications to existing services. C. Products, materials, equipment, systems, and accessories to comply with UPC and state and local regulations. 1.03 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to the attached Mechanical Drawings and Specifications for scope of work. PART 2: PRODUCTS A. Refer to the attached Mechanical Drawings and Specifications for scope of work. 2.05 FIRE PROTECTION A. System Requirements: 1. Retain qualified fire sprinkler contractor to design and install system within premises. 2. Design interior, ordinary hazard pipe schedule fire protection sprinkler system main stubbed above premises at a point to be determined by Architect. 3. Design valves and alarm as required by regulations. 4. Design dry chemical fire protection as required by regulations. B. Sprinkler Heads: 1. Concealed heads in sales areas accessable to public. Semi - recessed type heads other areas unless required otherwise by local fire authority. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Supply and installation of mechanical systems, equipment, materials, accessories, and other required items in accordance with generally accepted practices for each system, equipment, material, accessory, and other required item as indicated on Drawings. Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents END OF SECTION 1 of 1 Mechanical Narrative 15050.DOC. r Z" for W O u) 0: 0i uj W 0; u. �F W, U C) ' O W W Z` V y! O ' PART 3: EXECUTION Franklin Covey Project Manual Construction Documents SECTION 16050 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS DESIGN NARRATIVE PART1: GENERAL 1.01 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. 1. Shop Drawings and Product data describing designs, systems, equipment, and materials required of this Section. B. Division 0 - Submittal Procecures 1. Add Alternate - Light Fixtures and Lamps 1.02 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with the rules and regulations of the local utility companies. Verify utility companies' requirements regarding incoming service to this Project. B. Arrange with each utility company and pay service charges associate d with new services or modifications to existing services. C. Products, materials, equipment, systems, and accessories to comply with NEC and state and local regulations. 1.03 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to attached Electrical Drawings and Specifications for scope of work. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 ELECTRICAL MATERIALS A. Specified products, materials, equipment, systems, and accessories shall bear UL listing labels per attached Electrical Drawings and Specifications. 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Provide and installation of electrical systems, equipment, materials, accessories, and other required items in accordance with generally accepted practices for each system, equipment, material, accessory, and other required item. END OF SECTION 1 of 1 Electrical Narrative 16050.DOC. _ ,a.....a.:.tai.J <..k�.�.,.i.:..l;:.,..r., •.6:.... 1X1∎44∎11∎V •:: .J].:. * J.w,u t. ti ti i^i. ,6 .0 +..iiv.Y.v:.�r....,t.ur.� fis) FC FM Fl GC fxttl -4.vwf TITLE TITLE SHEET MERCHANDISE GENERAL NOTES: 1. ELECTRICAL DEVICES MUST HAVE "UL" CERTIFIED LABEL ON EACH. 2. LIGHTING,TRANSFORMERS,AND ELECTRICAL DEVICES SHALL BE PRE- INSTALLED IN "UL" RATED AND LABELED CABINET 3. SEE POWER & SIGNAL PLAN FOR FIXTURES WITH ELECTRICAL DEVICES. 4. COORDINATE ELECTRICAL LOCATIONS WITH FIELD CONDITIONS 5. FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AND LIGHT FIXTURE LAMPS (LAMPS PROVIDED BY FM) TO BE INSTALLED IN FIELD BY G.C. 6. FURNISH T8 3500K FLUORESCENT LAMPS WITH ELECTRONIC BALASTS FOR FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES. 7. PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS AND FINISH SAMPLES FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION. 8. FIXTURES WITH AN 'S' LAST LETTER DESIGNATION ARE SPECIAL UNITS MODIFIED FOR JOB SPECIFIC CONDITIONS. 9. FIXTURE FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION TO CONFORM TO AWI CUSTOM GRADE STANDARDS, CURRENT EDITION. 10. DRAWERS TO BE EQUIPPED WITH ONE PAIR /EA. HEAVY DUTY, FULL EXTENSION ACCURIDE SLIDES. 11. PROVIDE FLAME RATINGS AND RATING DATA PER CODE REQUIREMENTS,FOR THE APPLICABLE JURISDICTION. 12. PROVIDE ADJUSTABLE SHELVES AND SHELF SUPPORT HARDWARE, SHELF SUPPORT HOLES 1 "O.C. VERTICALLAY (TYPICAL) 13. EXPOSED HARWARE TO HAVE SATIN CHROME FINISH. 14. SEE MERCHANDISE FIXTURE PLAN FOR UNIT QUANTITIES. 15. DIMENSIONS TO FINISHED SURFACES. 16. SUBSTRATE TO BE 48 -50// MOF. 17. GLASS TO BE TEMPERED. 18. NO EXPOSED FASTENERS PERMITTED AFTER INSTALLATION IS COMPLETE. 19. PROVIDE PLUGS TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISH OF FASTENERS (EG.CHERRY,VARIOUS LAMINATES) 20. PROVIDE TOUCH UP KIT CONTAINING FINISHES USED (EG.PAINT,LAMINATES,VENEERS) 21. FURNITURE (FIXTURE TYPES WITH PREFIX 'FN') ITEMS PURCHASED BY FC, STORED AND SHIPPED TO INDIVIDUAL 22. PUCKS, BARS AND PUCK BAR ACCESORIES ARE TO BE PURCHASED FROM PAM INTERNATIONAL IN RAW FINISH AND POWDER COATED BY FM. CONTACT DAVE LOCKER 1- 800 -524 -1294 23. CASTER TO BE HOL NJH3 S(SWIVEL) OR fJH3 SB(SWIVEL /LOCKING AS INDICATED ON PLANS) 2- 3 /4 "DIA. PHONE 320 - 255 -1009 24. LEVELERS TO BE 3 /8 "HD SWIVEL WITH T -NUT 25. FM TO LABLE FIXTURES (AND APPLICABLE FIXTURE COMPONENTS) IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE UNIT TYPES SHOWN HEREIN ADDITIONALLY, PERIMETER UNITS ARE TO BE NUMBERED AS SHOWN IN FIXTURE FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT PLAN FOR EACH PROJECT. LABELS ARE NOT TO BE VISIBLE AFTER INSTALLATION IS COMPLETE. ABBREVIATIONS FRANKLIN COVEY FIXTURE MANUFACTURER FIXTURE INSTALLER GENERAL CONTRACTOR FIXTURE TYPE CODE DESIGNATIONS A PREFIX INDICATES ACCESSORY PIECE AB PREFIX INDICATES A BAR ACCESSORY AS PREFIX INDICATES SHELF FN PREFIX INDICATES FURNITURE W PREFIX INDICATES WALL UNIT -0 SUFFIX INDICATES A DIMENSION OF THE UNIT IN INCHES L R SUFFIX INDICATES UNIT ORIENTAION SIDE TO BE FINISHED (L FOR LEFT, R FOR RIGHT) S SUFFIX INDICATES SPECIAL CUSTOM UNIT .o DDC.DATE 15 DECEMBER 1 DRAWN BY R.MAZOROL MULTI ITT NO. REVISION DATE A A SECTION 12302 MERCHANDISE FIXTURE MANUAL 998 BY 1 FIXTURE PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES PROJECT NO. 9807.000 OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH MANUAL INDEX OF SHEET SERIES F1.0 TITLE & SCHEDULES F2.0 FIXTURE ACCESSORIES F3.0 DISPLAY TABLES F4.0 CONSULTATION TABLE F5.0 CEILING PANEL F6.0 CASH WRAP F7.0 FEATURE DISPLAYS F8.0 GONDOLA F9.0 MONITOR UNIT F10.0 INFORMATION UNIT F11.0 WALL UNITS AND END PANELS F12.0 ATTRACT UNIT F13.0 WALL PANELS F14.0 TECHNOLOGY FIXTURES F15.0 FEATURE UNITS F16.0 BACK WRAP UNIT F17.0 STORAGE ROOM UNITS F18.0 NOT USED F19.0 NOT USED F20.0 ELLIPTICAL CASH WRAP I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN REPORT SPECIFICATION WAS PREPARED BY NE OR UNDER NY DIRECT UPERVISION AND THAI 1 AN A DULY REGISTERED ARCHITECT UNDER THE LAWS IN THE STATE OF SHEETS COVERED BY T115 SEAL: OAIE 11(0.140. ASSEMBLIES. PROJECT BY FM ASSOCIATES LTD 1151 METRO BOULEVARD SUITE 111 EDINA. MINNESOTA 55439.2119 EAR $l2- I44.75IS NENE 111.141.757/ m W /swain 1 W Ito Mail INNN IIIIWN MERCHANDISE FIXTURE SCHEDULE TYPE DESCRIPTION REMARKS SHEET ASG ASR-6/AV--9 ASW-6 TON-9/ISW57 1.707A AblABBANY GLASS SHELVES 6"/9"DEEP GLASS SHELVES 6"DEEP WOOD SHELVES - 3 - DEPTHS WOOD SHELVES - -- BAR ACCESSORIES TEMPERED FROSTED TEMPERED FROSTED - G - LASS ----------------------- LAMINATED LAMINATED PUCKS, SHELF PEGS, BARS, GLASS WOOD WITH SUPPORT PINS REINFORCED CA,doliiNTfIrtiF16Finiii■It F2.0 r" -- FT - G ---i F2.0 F2.6 ------ F2.1.1 BRACKETS, PEGS, BARS, FAcffourt FACEOUTS ES ENTRY SIGN HOLDER ENTRY SIGN HOLDER WITH PUCKS F2.2 AP/AG/ACC SIGN HOLDERS ALTERNATE MATERIALS FOR VARIOUS FIXTURES F2.3 B NESTING TABLES THREE SIZES,THREE PER SET F3.0 ' CC --- - CO MOBILE TABLE WVELEC. F4.0 CP CEILING PANEL SUSPENDED WITH LIGHTS F5.0 61 ------- CASH WRAP UNIT SHELVES,ELECTRICAL,PHONE F6:0/F6.1 CWM MOBIL CASH WRAP UNIT SHELVES,ELECTRICAL,PHONE F6.2 F FEATURE DISPLAY MOBILE WITH BACK TO BACK PUCKS F7.0 FT---- ___ SIGN MOBILE WITH ACYLIC HOLDER FEATURE ENTRY F7.1 G GONDOLA MOBILE WITH PUCKS SHELVES AND SIGN HOLDER 676 M MONITOR CABINET ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS _ f9.0 P INFORMATION GONDOLA SHELVES AND SIGN HOLDER F10.0 W13.5 TO PIECE WALL UNIT 13.5"DEEP REINFORCED SHELVES AND SIGN HOLDER F11.0 W9 TWO PIECE WALL UNIT 9"DEEP REINFORCED SHELVES AND SIGN HOLDER F11.1 ) WS TWO PIECE WALL UNIT 6"DEEP SHELVES AND SIGN HOLDER F11.2 WFU FORMS WALL UNIT 21 BINS WITH SIGN HOLDER,ACRYLIC DIVIDERS AND DRS F11.3/.1 WN WALL UNIT CORNER FILLER PRE-ASSEMBLED 90° AND 45°SCRIBE TO FIT IN FIELD F11.4 :. MP WALL UNIT END PANEL FINISHED END PANEL,LEFT AND RIGHT OWL AND MFR) F11.5 -,. WX FILLER PANEL PRE-ASSEMBLED FILLER PNL SCRIBE TO FIT IN FIELD F11.6 AW SIGN HOLDER PROVIDE ALTERNATE MATERIAL BIDS F11.7 WA ATTRACT UNIT PUCKS,GLASS SHELVES,FLUORESCENT LTS,GRAPHIC PNL. F12.0 AS WALL FEATURE PANEL TOUNGE AND GROOVE EDGE VENEERED PANEL F13.0 PP PUCK FEATURE PANEL VENEERED PANEL WITH PUCKS F13.1 WC WALL COMPUTER UNIT END PANELS,SHELVES,SIGN HOLDER F14.0 %F WALL FEATURE UNIT DOOR, PUCKS,SHELVES, LOCK F15.0 WFG WALL SHOWCASE UNIT DOOR, PUCKS,WOODSHELVES,GLASS SHELVES, ELECTRICAL F15.1 WFM • WALL INTERACTIVE UNIT DOOR, PUCKS,SHELVES,ELECTRICAL F15.2 WW • BACK 'MAP UNIT PUCKS,SHELVES,FLUORESCENT LIGHTS,GRAPHIC PANLEL F16.0 TS STORAGE CABINET TOILET ROOM STORAGE F17.0 MC STORAGE CABINET MANAGER'S OVERHEAD STORAGE F17.1 ML MANAGERS WORK SURFACE WORK SURFACE ON FILE CABINETS F17.1 SF STORAGE CABINET FIXED BACKROOM STORAGE --- F17.2 MS STORAGE CABINET MANAGER'S STORAGE CABINET F17.2 MW UNIT MICRONAVE REFRIGERATOR AND STEREO CABINET F17.3 CR COAT RACK COAT RACK 17.3 RT RECEIVING TABLE WORK SURFACE AND SHELVING F17.3 SHEET 00C.OATC 15 DECEMBER 1998 PROJECT OWNER I HE T CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN, REOR SPECIFICATION WAs DRAWN sr FLMAZOROL PROTOTYPE FIXTURES FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY VIVAAAVADIVIAL F 1 . 2 1:1CCXED NO ay REVISION DATE BY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH A DULY REGISTERED ARCHITECT UNDER THE LAWS IN THE STATE OF AL ATES LTD 01 SHEETS COVERED BY THIS SEAL: ASSOCI fx111-4.vwf FA 7151 NITRO liOULIVARD SUITE 171 TITLE FIXTURE SCHEDULE 11 MACT NO. 9807,000 DATE REG.NO. EDINA, PAIIWESOTA FAX 617•1114•75115 a) la mom 55439-2119 MN A171444574 low we Au It mono •'' • ' • 1.3 m//w.*m TITLE FINISHES wCZATE DRAWN 0 CHECKED RV 1 NOVEMBER 1998 R.MAZOROL �A�J|��U SCHEDULE v v |� / ~�| | ~���| |u~����u-u~ CODE IPT4I kPL11 k ISF21 ISF3I ISP9I LP (F1\ � F2I 1pKl SPECIFICATION PAINT: PRISM POWDER COAT 'CHAMPAGNE' #H1-112-G (PHONE 1-800-PRISM-11) HIGH PRESSURE LAMINATE: 'ALMOND' TO MATCH MELLAMINE MATTE FINISH LON PRESSURE LAMINATE: MELLAMINE 'ALMOND' FUSED LAMINATE MATTE FINISH PLASTIC LAMINATE: ABET LAMINATI #1672 SOFT VENEER: VENTEC 'PLAIN SLICED BLUE' #C-201 SOLID SURFACING: CORIAN 'MATTERHORN' TEMPERED GLASS: RUDY ART GLAS FROSTED #T05270 ANALYN DYE STAIN VENEER: MATCH FORMICA LIGNA 'PLUM' #4422-ALP3 YCOD AND VENEER: PLAIN SLICED CHERRY VENEER AND TRIM SEALER PLUS 2-COATS CONVERSION VARN|SF VENEER: VENTEC BIRDSEYE MAPLE SBE-077 FINISHED METAL: SATIN FINISH CHROME STEEL US26D POWDER COAT FINISH: MATCH SATIN CHROME FINISH SF9 COMPOSITE METALS: SATIN PEWTER FINISH COMPOSITE MATERIAL FABRIC: KNOLL NORTH AMERICA FABRIC 187-6 COLOR;BURGUNDY SLIDING SCALE FABRIC: KNOLL NORTH AMERICA FABRIC #K135-10 COLOR;BOYSENBERRY PROTOCOL PUCK ACCESSORIES: PAM INTERNATIONAL WALL BASE: ARMSTRONG VINYL BASE JET BLACK #60 6"H|CH REMARKS POWDER COAT FINISH ON METAL __ LON PRESSURE LAMINATE PERMITTED ON CABINET INTERIORS AND NON-NEAR SURFACES LON PRESSURE LAMINATE CABINET INTERIORS AND STORAGE ROOM CABINETS ABET INCORPORATED 201-541-0700 800-228_AB[T VENTEC TECHNOLOGIES VENEER ON FEATURE AREA DUPONT CORIAN COUNTER TOPS, TABLE TOPS, AND SHELVES RUDY ART GLASS OR EQUIVALENT TEMPERED,FROSTED,EASED POLISHED EDGES FORMICA DECORATIVE LAMINATE ON BUNKER FACES FIXTURE EDGE BANDING AND EXPOSED AREAS OF CHERRY WOOD. #9G INTERIOR SHOWCASE EXPOSED HARDWARE AND METAL SURFACES EXPOSED HARDWARE AND METAL SURFACES H.B. FULLER 1F4007 AMBER AGENT LOGO PLAQUE, FM TO PURCHASE FROM QUESTECH METALS PHONE 212-744-3091 1-800-343-3480 LINDA D0NN[Y UPHOLSTERY MATERIAL FOR LOUNGE CHAIRS 1 LINDA DONN[Y UPHOLSTERY MATERIAL FOR ARM CHAIRS VINYL BASE PROVIDE AND INSTALLED BY G.C. BASE TO FLOOR DAVE LOCKER 800-524-1294 RNN WETAL. SP9 FINISH BY FM PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES PROJECT 110. 9807.000 OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAK CITY, UTAH I HEREBY CERTIFY PLAN, � REPORT, SPECIFICATION � PREPARED "`=OR UNDER = DIRECT SUPERVISION AND THAT I ALI ^ DULY REGISTERED ARCHITECT 11110(11 1110 LAWO 11 1110 SIATC OF SHEETS COVERED BY*a SEAL; ASSOCIATES LTD ,m` NITRO BOULEVARD SUM 111 EDow. wmmmm,mr4-,`w PAX w=w436,m011w1.111145= (1) mamma 'Natio not al 11als mum CHAMFERED AND POLISHED EDGES QUANTITY: 15- SHELVES,40 -6" BRACKETS WITH RUBBER CUSHIONS PAM PART #LSB6 SEE SHEET F2.1 ASG TEMPERED GLASS DISPLAY SHELF SCALE 1- 1/2 " =1'0" 1/4" RADIUS CORNERS, CHAMFERED AND POLISHED EDGES QUANTITY: 20- 6 "SHELVES,50 BRACKETS WITH RUBBER CUSHIONS PAM PART #LSB6 25- 9 "SHELVES,60 BRACKETS WITH RUBBER CUSHIONS PAM PART #LSB9 SEE SHEET F2.1 ,.sut�1•s�. SHELF QUANTITIES BY UNIT TYPE: FIXTURE SHELF SHELF QUANTITY UNIT TYPE AND SIZE W13.5 ASW -13.5 5 AT 13 -1/2 "X40- 3 /8 "X1" W9 ASW-9 6 AT 9 "X40- 3 /8 "X1" W6 ASW-6 7 AT 6 "X40- 3 /8 "X1" G ASW-6 4 AT 6"X40-3/8"X1" ASW-9 4 AT 9 "X40- 3 /8 "X1" P ASW-14 6 AT 14 "X56- 7 /8 "X1" NOTES: SHEET 9 ",13 -1/2" AND 14" DEEP SHELVES ARE REINFORCED WITH METAL ANGLE PER THE DETAIL AT RIGHT. SHELF SUPPORT HOLES 1 "O.C.VERTICALLY,1" IN FROM LEADING AND BACK EDGES OF SHELF SHELVES 1 "MDF PL2 FINISH BOTH SIDES PVC TAPE TO MATCH FOUR EDGES SHELF QUANTITIES FOR UNITS NOT INDICATED ABOVE ARE SHOWN ON UNIT DRAWINGS. ASW WOOD SHELF F2.0 TITLE DISPLAY SHELVES DDCMMTC 15 DECEMBER 1998 MAIM MC= SY Rr R.MAZOROL A A A A NO REVISION DATE BY PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES DISPLAY ACCESSORIES PRIM= 110. 9807.000 CENTER LINE OF SHELL, PIN SUPPORT HOLES, 1 "O.C.VERTICALLY Ein 1 " OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAN 7 "/11- 1/2 "/12" 4 SCREWS 12" O.C.PER ANGLE 5/8X5/8X3/3 STEEL ANGLE FIN PT4 1 "MDF FIN PL2 MATCHING PVC EDGE BAND ASW REINFORCED SHELF SCALE 1- I/2 " =1'0" 1 HCRCRY CEREIIEY THAT THIS PLAN REPORT SPECIEICATION WA; PREPARED BY ME OR ONOCR WV AN A OUuCLY NE SUPERVISION ON A THATICT ONOCR E LAW IN THL SLATE Of HECIS COVERED BY CRS SEAL: OATE RLONa 1" ASSOCIATES LTD 7151 MTIO S0111E11An 51I1I I71 EDINA. MIIWIWTA 55471 -2111 MI 6114444MS PION 111414 -7V11 L PUCK DETAIL NO SCALE AF-6 6 "FACEOUT NO SCALE `- .TQEET F2. SPECIAL LINX SCREW LINX BACKPLATE ROUND LINX ORDER DIRECT FROM PAM INTERNATIONAL PART NUMBER LINX -R -00 POADERCOAT FINISH SP9 BY F.M. ORDER DIRECT FROM PAM INTERNATIONAL PART NUMBER P -LF06 POWDERCOAT FINISH SP9 BY F.M. QUANTITY: 30 ORDER DIRECT FROM PAM INTERNATIONAL PART NUMBER LSB -6 AND LSB -9 POADERCOAT FINISH SP9 BY F.M. QUANTITY: 90 -6" BRACKETS WITH CUSHIONS 60 -9" BRACKETS WITH CUSHIONS TITLE PUCK ACCESSORIES NO REVISION DATE BY 9807.000 REC110. ASB-6 ASB-9 SHELF BRACKETS i 1 SCALE DoC.O ML 15 DECEMBER 1998 DRAWN 11V R.MAZCROL PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES PUCK ACCESSORIES STANDARD ROUND LINX LINX BACKPLATE ROUND LINX ORDER DIRECT FROM PAM INTERNATIONAL PART NUMBER L -R2 -00 POWDERCOAT FINISH SP9 BY F.M. L2 CALE BACK TO BACK PUCK DETAIL NO S ORDER DIRECT FROM PAM INTERNATIONAL PART NUMBER L- F02 -R -00 POWDERCOAT FINISH SP9 BY F.M. QUANTITY: 30 AF -2 2 "FACEOUT NO SCALE / - 5/16-18NC FLAT HEAD SCREW LENGTH =TBD ORDER DIRECT FROM PAM INTERNATIONAL PART NUMBER LH3 -6(X) POWDERCOAT FINISH SP9 BY F.M. QUANTITY: 30 AP PEG HOOK NO SCALE OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH PC T C SP PREPARLO BY YE OR UNOER YY DIRECT SUPERVISION AMO NAT I AN UNOCM THC IN %X VII/ 0r SHEETS COVERED BY THIS SEAL DATE ASSOCIATES LTO 7151 MID IIOAEVMD SUITE 171 WINA. M11WESOTA 53431-2119 MR 611•0444MS fled U2•f11.7R» ORDER DIRECT FROM PAM INTERNATIONAL POYVDERCOAT FINISH SP9 BY F.M. QUANTITY: 60 ABB BAR SUPPORT BRACKET NO SCALE ORDER DIRECT POVYDERCOAT F I QUANTITY: 30 ABP PUCK NO SCALE SHEET F2.1.1 TITLE PUCK ACCESSORIES FROM PAM INTERNATIONAL NISH SP9 BY F.M. AND BAR PEG HOOK (6 ") A J A DOGOATE MIME n NO. REVISION 15 DECEMBER 1998 DIAWN ET R.MAZOROL DATE BY PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES PUCK ACCESSORIES MOT 10. 9807.000 1/2 "X1 -1/2 "TUBING (CAP ENDS), 18 "AND 40" LONG ORDER DIRECT FROM PAM INTERNATIONAL POWDERCOAT FINISH SP9 BY F.M. QUANTITY: 20 AT 18 ", 10 AT 40" AB18 AB40 BAR NO SCALE OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 1 HEREBY CERTIFY THAT TNIS PLAN REPORT SPECIFICATION WAs PREPARED NY NC ON UNDER MY DIRECT SUPERVI ON ARO THAT I AM A DULY AEGIS ARCHITECT UNDER THE LA IN THE STATE OF SHEETS COVERED 8Y TNIS SEAL? OATS ULT.1lO. ASSOCIATES LTD 7151 11111SO IOULIVAID MITE I71 EDINL, MINNESOTA 58425 -2115 FAR 111.144•IM$ PION E11.1614171 WHITE VINYL LOGO AND - INSERT 57 "X10 "H AND TEXT ON SF6 EXPOSED GRAPHIC AREA M BACKGROUND 57 "X9- 13/16 "H o I 18- 13/16" 1- 5/16" I F2.3 'TITLE SIGN HOLDER u A cow AP AP SIGN HOLDER ELEVATION SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" CHERRY ARCHED TOP, AND PERIMETER FRAME AG SIGN HOLDER ELEVATION SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" oocwtt 15 OECEMBER 1998 DUA■M 5 C lECEED SY 20" 20" R.MAZOROL NO REVISION CHERRY ARCHED TOP, AND PERIMETER FRAME ,( 11 TRACK FOR 10 "HX 1/16 "THK. SIGN DATE IBY 18- 13/16" A 11 -5/16" 1 -1/4" THICK SIGN HOLDER WITH END CAPS FOR SIGN INSERT 3/8 "DIA ROD METAL SLEAVE AP /ACC S GN HOLDER DETAIL 'ALE 3 " =1 ` --04E7 PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES SIGN HOLDER 0710.17.CT I10. 9807.000 co 0 14 -1/2" I 1SIGN INSERT SIGN INSERT 14 -1/2 "X10 "H .EXPOSED GRAPHIC AREA 14- 1/2 "X9- 13/16 "H "— CHERRY ARCHED TOP, AND PERIMETER FRAME U 7- 1/2"I.7 -1/2" ACC SIGN HOLDER ELEVATION SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" SIGN HOLDERS TO BE SHOP ASSEMBLED AND INSTALLED ON APPROPRIATE UNITS PRIOR TO SHIPMENT TO INSURE FIT. SHIP LOOSE FOR FIELD ASSEMBLY. TEST OWNER PROVIDED SIGN INSERTS IN EACH HOLDER PRIOR TO PRODUCTION RUN FIXTURE MANUFACTURER TO PROVIDE ALTERNATE PROPOSAL FOR PRODUCTION OF SIGN HOLDER CHANNELS IN POWDER COATED FINISH PT4 AND EXTRUDED STYRENE TO MATCH FINISH PT4 OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH IPT4I1 -1/4" THICK SIGN HOLDER WITH END CAPS FOR SIGN INSERT TRACK FOR 4 "HX 1/16 "THK. SIGN ISF9I AG SIGN HOLDER DETAIL SCALE 3 " =1'0" SHEETS COVERED BY THIS SEALI ASSOCIATES LTD 7171 NATIO IGINIVAID SUITE 111 EDAM. MINIESOTA 55431-Z111 1 HEREBY C[RTtry CHAT THIS P LAM R EPORT SPCCI ICATION WAS PRCPAR(0 IT ME 01 MOCR MY 01 O N[ STEPED� YECT ENOEN THE I,AK IM TNZ STATE Or ATC R[ORO. 3/8 "DIA ROD IAi 112•144•1$U 1101E 611.1144-7171 FABRIC FINISH F2 LOEWENSTEIN MURANO ARM CHAIR , #366 CLEAR CHERRY FINISH CONTACT: SHANNON 1 -800- 327 -2548 QUANTITY: FOUR PER STORE FN1 ARM CHAIR FABRIC FINISH F1 LOEWENSTEIN MORGAN LOUNGE CHAIR CLEAR CHERRY FINISH CONTACT: SHANNON 1- 800 - 327 -2548 QUANTITY: TWO PER STORE FN3 LOUNGE CHAIR SHEET F2.4 TITLE ::AIRS DOC.DATC .5 DECEMBER 998 DMRM CHECKED BT BY R.MAZOROL N04 REVISION !DATE BY /\\ I \ I 1 ; � .� ; lls.ir:'r•:. %w. a o�i/ PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES CHAIRS PROJECT NO. 9807 000 FABRIC FINISH F2 LOEWENSTEIN MURANO STOOL #371 CLEAR CHERRY FINISH CONTACT: SHANNON 1- 800 - 327 -2548 QUANTITY: ONE PER STORE FN2 STOOL OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 1 HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN REPORT SPECIFICATION HAS BY WE OR UNDER WY A O REGISICRED UNDER THE LAWS 01 THE STATE OF 1 SHEETS COVERED BY THIS SEAL: ASSOCIATES LTD 7151 METRO 10ULEVAEO SUITE 171 EDITH. MINNESOTA 5543i-211S OAIE AEONO. FAX 311.111431! PION E17•i44• 117E MIES Z W ce J U v O rJ7 J H U) IL, W 92 cy LL I- w Z � F- O Z UC) o - o r~ w w u' O w z, — I O z ISF6I 7F. 1 -1/2" B36 PLAN SCALE 1/2 " =1'O" 40" ISF6I 1 -1/2"- 1X4 STRETCHER LEVELER TYP OF 4 836 ELEVATION SCALE 1/2 " =1'0" N i M LEVELER TYP OF 4 ISF6I 1 /4 "HOWD.EDGE BANDING TO MATCH TYPICAL EDGES INSET PLAQUE FRANKLIN COVEY COMPASS LOGO BOTH ENDS rl.P1 48 "RADIUS 41 ISF6I 1 836 ELEVATION SCALE 1/2 " =1'0" 36" 832 PLAN SCALE 1/2 " =1'0" ISF6I 1X4 STRETCHER LEVELER TYP OF 4 B32 ELEVATION SCALE 1/2 " =t'0" LEVELER TYP OF 4 ISF61 1 /4 "HOWD.EDGE BANDING TO MATCH TYPICAL EDGES INSET PLAQUE FRANKLIN COVEY COMPASS LOGO BOTH ENDSILP _48 "RADIUS 4t•ii 1, Erg j 832 ELEVATION SCALE 1/2 " =1'0" '828 PLAN SCALE 1/2 " =I'0" F3.0 b -2.vwf 32" [SF6I 1X4 STRETCHER LEVELER TYP OF 4 828 ELEVATION 'LE 1/2 " =1'0" REVISION XCAAIC 15 DECEMBER TITLE NESTING TABLES B LEVELER TYP OF 4 ISF6 1 /4 "HOWD.EDGE BANDING TO MATCH TYPICAL EDGES INSET PLAQUE FRANKLIN COVEY COMPASS LOGO BOTH ENDS 48 "RADIUS 1998 ISF6I ti IL PI PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES NESTING TABLES B Nq[CT NCI 9807.000 828 ELEVATION SCALE 1/2 " =1'0" OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN REPORT SPECIFICATION WAE PREPARED OY WE OR UNDER MY DIRECT SUPERVISION H E O ND R T Tc T H A I T TE O T I A UMOLR THE AWS IN TC SAF SHEETS COVERED OY TW5 SEAL: DATE RCO.ND. ASSOCIATES LTD 7151 WETD MAIM SUITE 171 EDINA, MINNI3OTA Si435 -71111 EAR 615444.7M5 NOM 111444.1$711 ISF6I 2" STL. PIPE THD. 1 END W/ FLR. FLANGE PAINT BLACK TYP. OF 4 PROVIDE GROMMET AT ONE LEG. PLAN SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" 48" 3 /8 "DIA. HOLE ACC SIGN HOLDER SEE F2.3 ELEVATION SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" ACC SIGN HOLDER. SEE F2.3 14 -1/2" 2" STL. PIPE THD. 1 END W/ FLR. FLANGE PAINT BLACK TYP. OF 4 PROVIDE GROMMET AT ONE LEG. N CO ACC SIGN HOLDER SEE F2.3 ELEVATION SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" SHEET F4.0 cc-3.vwf TITLE EDUCATE TABLE CC REVISION DATE DOC.OATE 15 DECEMBER 98 DRAWN BY R.MAZOROL CHECKED BY GENERAL BY 07/19/9 JF PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES. EDUCATE TABLE CC PROJECT NO. 9807,000 OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN REPORT, PECIFICATION WAD PREPAR BY ME OR UNDER. IAY DIRECT SUPERVISION AND THAT I AM A DU`Y REGISTERED ARCHITECT UNDER THE TAWS IN THE STATE or SHEETS COVERED BY THIS SEAL: DATE REO.ND. ASSOCIATES LTD 7151 METRO BOULEVARD SUM 171 EDINA, MIMIESOTA 55430.2119 FAX 117.111.7515 PROM I17.144•7571 PLAN SCALE 3/4 " =1'0 12" 24" MID SPAN CONDITION 5'10 -1/2" f (EIN'''''N ` l j_ADJUSTABLE LIGHT Ls FIXTURE, PROVIDED BY F.C. INSTALLED BY G.C. 24" / 12" END CONDITION 1 PROVIDE THREADED ROD, FIN SF9 SLEEVES, AND HARDWARE TO SUSPEND PANELS FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE. SEE DETAIL ELEVATION SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" r \ ISF 1 I 1/8" W X 1/4 "D QUIRK AT 36" ENDS ONLY ISF11 ELEVATION SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" 5.0 cp -5.vwf TITLE SUSPENDED PANELCP mum 15 OCTOBER 1998 OIAWN W R.MAZOROL CHECKED BY NO. REVISION DATE BY ISF1I A\ IS 1 I PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES CEILING PANEL OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN REPORT SPECIFICATION WAS PREPARED BY WE OR UNDER 4Y DIRECT SUPERVISION AND THAT I A4 A DULY REGISTERED ARCHITECT UNDER THE LAWS IN THE STATE OF CP PROJECT 110. 9807.000 SHEETS COVERED BY THIS SEAL' OATS 010.00. ASSOCIATES LTD 7151 BETIO BOULEVARD SUITE 171 EDIfN, AUIMESOTA 2115 F14X 11l- 141 -71U 1101E 011. 011 -7110 tD ErmmHg LEE-1O no All EIRE 1111110 SHEET F5. CPE— 1.vwf TITLE REVISION Doc.ATE 10 FEBRUARY 00 DRAWN BY R.MAZOROL CHECKED BY wiNq i f� CWE ELEVATION SCALE 1/2 " =P0" CWE ELEVATION SCALE 1/2 " =VO" Too For Highly 5ffective LIV!NG PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES ELLIPSE CEILING PANEL CPE PROJECT NO. 9907.999 OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY. UTAH I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN PREPARED S BY S Y 5 I CC o N OR UNDER I A DULY UNOCR THE LAWS IN THE STATE OE SHEETS COVERED BY THIS SEAL: DATE RCGNO. Alb. ASSOCIATES LTD 7151 ME1R0 BOULEVARD SUI1E 171 EDINA, MINNESOTA 549.2119 • FAX 512.9144505 PRONE 111144.7S75 1 I I ADJUSTABLE LIGHT FIXTURE, PROVIDED BY F.C. INSTALLED BY G.C. 3/8" FLEX CONDUIT 1 SECTION SCALE 1- 1/2 " =1'0 ". INDICATES 'GRID CORE' SUBSTRATE F5.2 PE -1.vwf TITLE PROVIDE 1/2" DIA. io THREAD ROD IN 1 "DIA FIN SF9 SLEAVES HI I2- 1/4'Ijl 2 -1/4" , t .$ . . .w I 3 „_ - r , A INTERMEDIATE JOINTS 2 PENDANT DETAIL 1 CHECKED 171(51 REVISION iIIIII iIllill DATE BY 1" DIA. X 1 3/4” DEEP BORE AT THREAD ROD PROVIDE DBL NUT DOC.OATCO FEBRUARY 00 PROJECT DR AWN i Br PROTOTYPE FIXTURES R.MA OROL— ELLIPSE CEILING PANEL :PE PROJECT N0. 9907.999 THRU —BOLT TYP. OF 4 0 0 ISF1ION 3 /4 " 3 PENDANT DETAIL SCALE: 3 " =1'0" OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH CEILING PER PLAN (ACT OR GYP —BD) PROVIDE 1/2" DIA. THREAD ROD, 24" X 1" DIA. FIN SF9 SLEEVES, ANCHORING HDWR. TO SUSPEND PANELS FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE. PROVIDE 1 -1/4 "DIA WASHERS AT CEILING PENETRATION \ SF1 ON 3/4" MDF DATC REQNO. NOTE: CONCEAL FLEX CONDUIT FOR LIGHTS IN CP PANELS WITHIN METAL SLEEVES AS PROVIDED BY FM. fi 1IIEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN R[[ RE PAR L ' D S BYY E I 1(( E OR UN D SUPERVISION ANO THAT 1 AY A DULY REGISTERED ARCHITECT UNDER THE LAWS IN THE STATE or I L _ J • END CONDITION IIIIIIIIII EIIIIIIIII 511EE15 COVERED BY TH15 SEAL: A S S O C I A T E S L T D 7151 METRO BOUEEVARD SUITE 171 EDINA, MINNESOTA 55439 -2119 FAX 617.9114515 PRONE 617.911.7576 SHEET REVISION DOC.O*TE 6 OCTOBER 99 DRAWN BY R.MAZOROL CHECKED BY 3-1/4"/ ON PLAN SCALE 1/2 " =1'0" ISF5I ISF6I SF9 1 CW ELEVATION SCALE 1/2 " =1'0" CW ELEVATION SCALE 1/2 " =1'0" TEMPERED FROSTED GLASS, #T05270 ISF3I ISF4I 132" OPTIONAL HC LEDGE LOCATION PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES CASHNRAP /BACKWRAP cw PROJECT NO. 9907.999 11 111 y2 II. h 1 �1 i� 6'0 "RADIUS OLID SURFACE TOh _ - E - Q--- - - - --- 6 101._ 35 -3/4" / 18" / /3 1/4" ELCETRICAL DEVICES PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. IN FIELD WITHIN CABINET RACEWAY 1 /8 "X1 /8 "VERT. CURVED ISF5I 40 "RADIUS CW ELEVATION SCALE 1/2 " =1'0" OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH ISF2I 1 ISF2I 1 HEREBY CERT FY THAT THIS PLAN REPORT SPICIFICATTIOM WAD PREPARED BYYE OR UMDER MY A I D E ULY SUPERV I SION M COAR C TLC UNDER THE LAWS IN THE STATE OF SHEETS COVERED BY THIS SEAL: DATE RE0J10. ENGRAVED AND FILLED LOGO TEMPERED FROSTED GLASS, #T05270 IS ISF4I 1 v ASSOCIATES LTD 1151 1411RO BOULEVARD SUITE 171 EDINA. MIMIESOTA 59429-2119 FAX 111.111.7515 P1011 111444.7576 iE Ca IL. W 0 IL Q W Z C) W W r ON : W W` Z ILI 0, 0 'i. Z 3" 1'6 -1/2" U Li Li L J J LIL1 ISF4I CW ELEVATION SCALE 1/2 " =1'0" CW LONGITUDINAL SECTION SCALE 1/2 " =1'0" ON SECTION SCALE 1/2 " =1'0" cw -5.vwf TITLE CASHARAP CW • r.1 rAti REVISION MOOTAP DATE OOC.DATE 6 OCTOBER 1998 D*AWW BT R.MAZOROL CHECKED BT BY c'sISET • F 6.1 2'11 -1/4" ( 1'6 -1/2" ISF3I SIGN HOLDER SEE DETAIL JF ELCETRICAL DEVICES PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. IN FIELD WITHIN CABINET RACEWAY ELECTRICAL RACEWAY ELEC. & DATA 'J' BOXES BY ELEC. CONTR. ACCESS PANELS !6 . If I L LIL I 'J' BOXES BY ELECT. CONTR. 2'11 -1/4" , 1'6 -1/2" 12$ L J L IL I ISOLATED /DEDICATED FOURPLEX RECEPTACLE, DATA CONNECTING BLOCK AND PHONE JACK, WITH RACEWAY BEYOND, SEE LONGITUDINAL SECTION PROVIDED BY G.C. AND INSTALLED BY G.C. THREE LOCATIONS PROJECT PROTOTYPE ON PROJECT M0. 9907.999 PROVIDE TWO HAFELE #287.51.724 FOLDING BRACKETS. OPTIONAL HANDICAP SEVICE LEDGE NO SCALE OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH I H ERCB Y CCRT CY THAT THIS PLAN e C PO RT SP CICICAT WA PREPAR� I OR U N HI O N CR NY A UULY RT S RCCH UNOCR THC LAWS IN INC TC STATE OC HUTS COVERED BY THIS SEAL: ME RCOJIO. ASSOCIATES LTD 7151 ME1R0 BWLEVARD 5511E 171 EDINA. MINNESOTA 55439 - 2119 FAX 617.111.7515 151051 611.144.757i CASH DRAWER MODULE SCALE 1/2 " =1'0" SUPPLI MODULE SCALE 1/2 " =1 ELEVATION k ELEVATION WHIM. KEYBbNO NO PRINTER � CASH MIER OR0IT GNO MINTER NO EON WITH ROE CAODY TRASH BIN 11NIOXI1H LNI TED RECEPTACLE PT OK RAMEY ACCESS PANEL APPLIES DRAPER PLASTIC BAGS ID"v15" POST 10 BE l_1/2 "Al_1/2 "iI /4 PAPER m /� IOIIRWW.T kV-P3A -10 LARGE 1 PAPER BAGS M l ■16 " 14-1 ILV-P 5-I/2 RACEWAY _ AOESS PANEL PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES CW PROJECT NO. 9907.999 OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH SECTION 17 SECTION I HERCBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN REPORT, PECIFICATION WAS 01 E YI0 00 WIDER WY DIRECT SUPERVNI UNOER /H O �MAI ARCHITECT OF SHEETS COVERED BY THIS SEAL: ATE RE0N0. ._.-, ASSOCIATES LTD 7151 AIE1RO BOULEVARD SUIEE 171 EDINA. MIPNESOTA 55439.2119 FAX 112.141.1115 FROM 112.144.7511 I 11 3dr1 7f13 U37dYIS CLIPS BANDS : k O EELOPE NV I ORDER V BUS.CDS ' REFUIO FOfil !MIL LIST ti PHONE AND RECEIPT TRAY TRASH BIN CASH DRAWER MODULE PLAN SECTIONS SCALE 1" =1'0" X6 4 , I 9- 5/8 "0- 147' -1/8" 4 , PHONE PRINTER CC VERIFY SUPPLI DRAWER SUPPLIES MODULE PLAN SECTIONS SCALEI " =1'0 TITLE FA FA IJQ REVISION DATE DDC.DATC DRAWN CHECKED BY 6 OCTOBER 99 BYR.MAZOROL BY TRASH BIN 1� 15H UNITED URIEPT BK PLASTIC BAGS BAG SHELF PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES CW PROJECT NO. FA 9907.999 OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN REPORT SPECIFICATION WAS PAEPARO BY RC OR UNOCR 55 D RCCT SUPERVISION ANO THAT I AY A DAILY REGISTERED ARCHITECT UNDER THE LAIRS IN THE STATE OF SHEETS COVERED BY THIS SEAL: ASSOCIATES LTD 7151 NIRO BOULEVARD SUITE 171 EDINA, MINNESOTA•55419 -2119 DATE RCOJ10. FAX 117 - 111.7515 5141E 117.114.757/ ENVELOPE FORMS PENS CASH DRAWER MODULE SUPPLIES MODULE BUSINESS CARDS RECIEPTS STAPLER /TAPE BAGS CASH DRAWER PHONE, RECEIPT PRINTER, AND ZON (SEPARATE SLIDE FOR PRINTER ACCESS BELOW. TRASH BIN PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES ON • PROJECT NO. 9907.999 RC H PORT T C STTF }C I FICAT rH OH WAS PRCPARLO BT YC OR IJN DCR YY Dl OUyLYS11(0 5 1(11(0 A RTCHITE(CT GYDCR THE LAWB IR THE STACE OT OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH SHEETS COVCRED BY TH15 SEAR DAZE RECHO. ASSOCIATES LTD 7151 METRO SOUEEVARD SUITE 171 EDINA. MINNESOTA 55419.2119 FAX 512.111.7515 PHONE 111.111.757E 9 -3/8" OA 4 -1/2 "C CW PLAN SCALE 1/2 " =1'0" 0 M 1 PLAN DETAIL SCALE 1- 1/2 " =1'0" ^VEST BOOK 4- 1/4 "HX9 -1/2 "W ., ..�FER F FR I END CARDS 4- 3 /8 "WX6 "H COACH US CARDS 4- 3 /8 "WX6 "H PREFERRED MAILING LIST CARDS 4- 3/8 "WX5 -1/2 "H OPEN SLOT N O 0 REGISTER SCREEN PREFERRED MAILING OPEN SLOT talk REFER A FRIEND OIII'1 GIVE US FEEDBACK I '/ CATALOGCATALOG lir iI . g 3- DETAIL SECTION SCALE I- 1/2 " =1'0" PREFERRED MAILING REFER A FRIEND OPEN SLOT GIVE US FEEDBACK CATALOG GUEST BOOK 2 -1/8 F6.5 TITLE "A' CASFMRAP 1arV /401 REVISION MODTAP DATE EWE DOC.DATE DRAWN BY CHECKED BY 5 OCTOBER 1998 R.MAZOROL BY 9 JF GUEST BOOK ACRYLIC INSERT AT 5 FROM VERT. PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES CASHARAP DETAILS CW PROJECT ND. 9907.999 OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH DATE 4 DETAIL ELEVATION SCALE 1- 1/2 " =1'0" REONO. 0 O -_ / /2 1/2" 2 PEN CUP DETAIL SECTION SCALE 1- 1/2 " =1'0" Mailing List Refer a Friend Coach Us Catlog III L PEN /PENCIL CUP TYPICAL OF FOUR PRCPANID SBY Ca1t qA UNOCRwMY 01 OIJLYSRCCG YSTC At ONORCHI TFCT QNOER THE L�WS IN THZ STATE OC SHEETS COVERED BY THIS BEMs A S S O C I A T E S L T D 7151 METRO BOULEVARD 5U111 171 EDINA. MINNESOTA 55479 -2119 FAX 512.1114515 PANE {17.144.75711 PLAN SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" ELEVATION SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" SHEET F7.0 f -2.vwf TITLE FEATURE DISPLAY 30" 21 -5/8" 9NAw alIGOD UY N REVISION XCMTL 15 DECEASER 1998 9v R.MAZOROL DATE SY 1 /4 "HDAD.EDGE BANDING TO MATC 5F6, TYP.EDGES 111 "RADIUS PROVIDE 'PUCKS' 32 TOTAL, BACK TO BACK INSTALLATION SEE DETAIL SHEET F2.1 N me CASTERS, SWIVEL 4 TOTAL SUPPORT STRUCTURE NO SCALE n I II II II 11 11 II II 11 II 11 11 11 II 11 II II 11 II I II II 11 11 II II ELEVATION SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES FEATURE DISPLAY F-66 PNIIDECT la 9807,000 OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 48 "L X 3 /4 "SQ X .125 TUBE STEEL CONTINUOUS WELD TO 12 -3/4" X6 -3/4 "X.1875 STEEL PLATE W/ 9 — 1 /4 "DIA. MOUNTING HOLES REPORT, MUFF SPECIFICATION PREPARED RY MC OR UNDER NY DIRECT SUPERVISION ANO THAT 1 w UNDCN IH[T LAWSEI NE IHEI STATC Of SHEETS COVERED BY THIS SEAR DATE REWIO. 1 /4 "HDAO. EDGE BANDING TO MATCH SF6, TYP.EDGES 1 ASSOCIATES LTD 7151 ATM SOLKIVAN3 SUITE 171 EDAM. M1PA1E9DTA 53439 -1119 fall Nl•IN•71MI PION 111- I44•7$7I PLAN SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" CONCEALED REINFORCMENT PER DETAIL F7.0 1/4" MTL. PLATE FINISH SF9 ±1/8"SLOT FOR CARD INSERTS FROM TOP �SF9J ISF6I 8 -5/8" 10 -5/ BROCHURE RACK DETAIL NO SCALE 7- /2" 1/4" MTL. PLATE FINISH SF9. INSET 1/8 "ACRYLIC FACE FLAME POLISHED EDGES ELEVATION SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" 22 N ft -2.vwf TITLE MOBILE SIGN FT PIM REVISION GENERAL DATE DOC.OAIE DRAWN CHECKED BY 15 DECEMBER Br R.MAZOROL BY 1998JF 1998 SLOT 22 "WX30 -1/4 "H SEE DETAIL ABOVE tD N O LO PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES MOBILE SIGN FT PROJECT NO. 9807.000 ELEVATION SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH DAZE 2 -3/4" 1 HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN PREPARED SPECIFICATION Y OR UNDER DIRECT SUPERVISION AND THAT I AM A DULY REGISTERED ARCHITECT UNDER THE LAWS IN THE STATE OF REG.NO. 1/2" X 1/4" CHANEL FINISH TO MATCH SF9. BROCHURE HOLDER CLEAR ACRYLIC FACE,SIDES AND BOTTOM CHERRY SEE DETAIL 1/4" MTL. PLATE FINISH SF9 SHEETS COVERED BY THIS SEAL: A S S O C I A T E S L T D 7151 METRO BOULEVARD SUITE 171 EDINA, MIMIESOTA 55434 -2119 FAX 112114.7515 71041 115.144.7571 • 'AG 3/8 . SEE IS SIGN HOLDER "DIA HOLES SHEET F2.3 10 I 10" L 10' 1, i p-1/4'L �(( �SF6� 1 , 12 BACK TO BACK PUCKS (24 TOTAL) DETAIL SHEET F2.1 a 1 "THICK SHELVES 30" EXPOSED SURFACES FINISH PI 1 PLAN SCALE 3/4"=1'0" 72 "R SECTION SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" SHEET F8. g -2.vw1 DXCOATN OUAII% WV R . MAZOROL CIEC= n NO. REVISION 15 DECEMBER 1998 DATE 1 /4 "HDWD.EDGE BANDING TO MATCH SF6, TYP.EDGES --AG SIGN HOLDER 3/8 "DIA HOLES SEE SHEET F2.3 32 PUCKS INSTALLED ON END CAPS,PROVID 24 FOR INTERIOR SEE SHT. P2.1 BY 1 /4 "HDWD.EDGE BANDING TO MATCH SF6, TYP.EDGES CASTERS, SWIVEL AND LOCKING 4 TOTAL PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES GONDOLA G IMGA:CT I. 9807.000 SEE DETAIL AND NOTES SHEET F2.0 SHELVES NO SCALE HOLE PATTERN DETAIL SCALE 3 " =1'0" ELEVATION SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" SHELF HOLES I 1 "O.C. VERTICALLY OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 4 - 40- 3 /8 "WX6 "DX1 "H 4 - 40- 3 /8 "WX9 "DX1 "H PROVIDE 'CAPTURE' SLOTS FOR SHELF SUPPORTS BELOW ACH SHELF, TYP OF 4 4" 20" 7.5 -A rI� 1 I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN REPORT SPECIFICATION WAS PREPARED BY ME OR UNDER MY DIRECT SUPERVISION AND THAT I AN A DULY REGISTERED ARCHITECT UNDER INC LAMS IN THE STATE or SHEETS COVERED BY THIS SEALS DAIS REOUW. II ASSOCIATES LTD 7151 PITH IWIIYAID SLIM 171 IDINA. MIN ISOTA 554H-3119 IAN I1E -SN4M5 MOM •17144 -TOI IS I a ISF6i a „z /t -cr 4 ` T 1 "THICK SHELVES 30" EXPOSED SURFACES FINISH PI 1 PLAN SCALE 3/4"=1'0" 72 "R SECTION SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" SHEET F8. g -2.vw1 DXCOATN OUAII% WV R . MAZOROL CIEC= n NO. REVISION 15 DECEMBER 1998 DATE 1 /4 "HDWD.EDGE BANDING TO MATCH SF6, TYP.EDGES --AG SIGN HOLDER 3/8 "DIA HOLES SEE SHEET F2.3 32 PUCKS INSTALLED ON END CAPS,PROVID 24 FOR INTERIOR SEE SHT. P2.1 BY 1 /4 "HDWD.EDGE BANDING TO MATCH SF6, TYP.EDGES CASTERS, SWIVEL AND LOCKING 4 TOTAL PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES GONDOLA G IMGA:CT I. 9807.000 SEE DETAIL AND NOTES SHEET F2.0 SHELVES NO SCALE HOLE PATTERN DETAIL SCALE 3 " =1'0" ELEVATION SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" SHELF HOLES I 1 "O.C. VERTICALLY OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 4 - 40- 3 /8 "WX6 "DX1 "H 4 - 40- 3 /8 "WX9 "DX1 "H PROVIDE 'CAPTURE' SLOTS FOR SHELF SUPPORTS BELOW ACH SHELF, TYP OF 4 4" 20" 7.5 -A rI� 1 I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN REPORT SPECIFICATION WAS PREPARED BY ME OR UNDER MY DIRECT SUPERVISION AND THAT I AN A DULY REGISTERED ARCHITECT UNDER INC LAMS IN THE STATE or SHEETS COVERED BY THIS SEALS DAIS REOUW. II ASSOCIATES LTD 7151 PITH IWIIYAID SLIM 171 IDINA. MIN ISOTA 554H-3119 IAN I1E -SN4M5 MOM •17144 -TOI LOCKING DOOR 35 "WX31 "C.O. PLAN SCALE 1/2 " =1'0" ELEVATION SCALE 1/2 " =1'0" c 9.0 m -3,vwf TITLE MONITOR UNIT PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES MONITOR UNIT M PROJECT NO. 9807.000 SECTION SCALE 1/2 " =1'0" OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH i PERF. VENT MONITOR 1/4" SMOKED ACRYLIC DOOR, TOP PIN /PIVOT HINGES, CONCEALED MAGNETIC CATCH �--- _PROVIDE 2 "DIA HOLES TOWARD LEFT SIDE OF SHELVES FOR VCR AND TV VCR SHELF 24" X 30" ACCESS CUTOUT FOR ELECTRICAL LINES ENTIRE TONER UNI T L I' -----FASTENED THROUGH FLOOR STRUCTURE I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN AIPORT SPECIFICATION WA$ PORE BY N OR UNOER NY O AA I Y F U L Y S EO UNOER l liC LAWS IN THE STATE 1 OF HEFTS COVERED BY THIS SEAL: OAIE 4(0.40. WITH MECHANICAL FASTENERS, SEE DETAIL ASSOCIATES LTD 7151 METRO BOULEVARD SUM 111 EDINA, MIIWESOTA 55429.2119 FAX 611 1444515 P1011 113 1114574 D tam/auto lWINO MIFFNI I,om mono 1 SHEET P -2.vwf 57" 60" PLAN SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" [ SF 6 ' SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" F10.0 TITLE INFORMATION UNIT P AP SIGN HOLDER SEE SHT. F2.3 SF6 SECTION /ELEVATION 24 PUCKS ON END CAPS 0 CItCY[D ry NO REVISION OOC.M C 15 DECEMBER 98 °11Am1 IY R.MAZOROL DATE BY RM CASTERS,SWIVEL AND LOCKING 4 TOTAL ELEVATION SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES INFORMATION UNIT MQiCT Kt. 9807.000 Crl 1 /4 "HDWD.EDGE BANDING TO MATCH SF6, TYP.EDGES OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 'REINFORCED SHELF SEE DETAIL SHEET F2.0 6 - 56 7 /8 "WX14 "DX1 "H PROVIDE 'CAPTURE' SLOTS FOR SHELF SUPPORTS BELOW EACH SHELF, TYP OF 4 • SHELVES NO SCALE AP SIGN HOLDER LOGO ON ARCHED TOP PANEL SEE SHEET F2.3 I ( HP O E T CERTIFY SECI TICT PLAN N � PIIEPAReD RY NE OR UNDER Y DIRECT SUPERVISION AND THAT 1 AY A DULY REGISTERED ARCHITECT UNDER THC LAWS IN THC STATE OF SHEETS COVERED BY THIS SCALI GATE RCO110. ASSOCIATES LTD 7111 WIC 1EVIIYASD WIN 171 EDINA. MINNISDTA SS13I -2111 FAY 113•N4.1$N 1117/ Ru•MI.IVR I5F61 ISF6I AP SIGN HOLDER 1 /4 "HDWD.EDGE 3 /8 "DIA HOLES BANDING TO MATCH SFRi . TYP . FIInFS EQUAL 2/1- ISF611 1 1 "THICK SHELVES s. EXPOSED SURFACES FINISH pL1l SEE SHELF DETAILS AND NOTES SHEET F2.0 1 1 SHEET P -2.vwf 57" 60" PLAN SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" [ SF 6 ' SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" F10.0 TITLE INFORMATION UNIT P AP SIGN HOLDER SEE SHT. F2.3 SF6 SECTION /ELEVATION 24 PUCKS ON END CAPS 0 CItCY[D ry NO REVISION OOC.M C 15 DECEMBER 98 °11Am1 IY R.MAZOROL DATE BY RM CASTERS,SWIVEL AND LOCKING 4 TOTAL ELEVATION SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES INFORMATION UNIT MQiCT Kt. 9807.000 Crl 1 /4 "HDWD.EDGE BANDING TO MATCH SF6, TYP.EDGES OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 'REINFORCED SHELF SEE DETAIL SHEET F2.0 6 - 56 7 /8 "WX14 "DX1 "H PROVIDE 'CAPTURE' SLOTS FOR SHELF SUPPORTS BELOW EACH SHELF, TYP OF 4 • SHELVES NO SCALE AP SIGN HOLDER LOGO ON ARCHED TOP PANEL SEE SHEET F2.3 I ( HP O E T CERTIFY SECI TICT PLAN N � PIIEPAReD RY NE OR UNDER Y DIRECT SUPERVISION AND THAT 1 AY A DULY REGISTERED ARCHITECT UNDER THC LAWS IN THC STATE OF SHEETS COVERED BY THIS SCALI GATE RCO110. ASSOCIATES LTD 7111 WIC 1EVIIYASD WIN 171 EDINA. MINNISDTA SS13I -2111 FAY 113•N4.1$N 1117/ Ru•MI.IVR I5F61 EQUAL 20" / EQUAL 1� / F. 1 SHEET P -2.vwf 57" 60" PLAN SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" [ SF 6 ' SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" F10.0 TITLE INFORMATION UNIT P AP SIGN HOLDER SEE SHT. F2.3 SF6 SECTION /ELEVATION 24 PUCKS ON END CAPS 0 CItCY[D ry NO REVISION OOC.M C 15 DECEMBER 98 °11Am1 IY R.MAZOROL DATE BY RM CASTERS,SWIVEL AND LOCKING 4 TOTAL ELEVATION SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES INFORMATION UNIT MQiCT Kt. 9807.000 Crl 1 /4 "HDWD.EDGE BANDING TO MATCH SF6, TYP.EDGES OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 'REINFORCED SHELF SEE DETAIL SHEET F2.0 6 - 56 7 /8 "WX14 "DX1 "H PROVIDE 'CAPTURE' SLOTS FOR SHELF SUPPORTS BELOW EACH SHELF, TYP OF 4 • SHELVES NO SCALE AP SIGN HOLDER LOGO ON ARCHED TOP PANEL SEE SHEET F2.3 I ( HP O E T CERTIFY SECI TICT PLAN N � PIIEPAReD RY NE OR UNDER Y DIRECT SUPERVISION AND THAT 1 AY A DULY REGISTERED ARCHITECT UNDER THC LAWS IN THC STATE OF SHEETS COVERED BY THIS SCALI GATE RCO110. ASSOCIATES LTD 7111 WIC 1EVIIYASD WIN 171 EDINA. MINNISDTA SS13I -2111 FAY 113•N4.1$N 1117/ Ru•MI.IVR PLAN SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" CO 11 42" W9 ELEVATION SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" w -8.vwf TITLE ��/� WALL UNIT 1/16 "X1/8 "DEEP QUIRK,SEE DETAIL DOC.DATC 15 DRAWN CHCCDCD BY NO. R.MAZOROL REVISION DECEMBER 1999 DATE BY PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES PROJECT 110. 9807.000 SECTION SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" HOLE SPACING 1 "0.C.'' b a SECTION DETAIL SCALE 1- 1/2 " =1'0" OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH ISF6J 20 -1/2" 23 -1/4" SHEETS COVERED BY THIS SEAL, OAIE RCO.NO. SEE SHEET F2.0 FOR SHELF DETAILS AND NOTES 1 HER[[RY CCRTITY THAT THIS PLAN Y RCPORT SPCCIf ICATIO WA DIRECT SO BY NE OR UNDER 11Y DIRECT SUPERVISION AND THAT 1 AM A 0pL0 OISIERCD ARCHITC UNDER 1110 RE LAWS IN TH0 STATC OC SIGN ANCHOR CLEAT DETAIL SHEET 11.7 ADJUSTABLE SHELVES SEE SHEET F2:0 I CUT CONCEALED FINGER PULL SLOT BOTTOM OF DRAWER FACE 2 -3/4" ASSOCIATES LTD 7151 NITRO BOULEVARD SUITE 171 EDINA, MIMIESOTA 55479 - 2119 PAR il3- 144.75115 1 611144-7574 ID mamma IsAlD 1111 N11001 mono 41- 7 /8 "WX4 "H HOLDER, SEE DETAIL NOTE: WALL CASE AND DRAWER BUNKER UNIT TO BE BUILT . • AND INET SHIPPED AS ONE UNIT CAB. IPL2I 1/16 "X1/8 "DEEP QUIRK,SEE DETAI SHEET 11.7 7 IPL1 1SF51 ti 7' PLAN SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" CO 11 42" W9 ELEVATION SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" w -8.vwf TITLE ��/� WALL UNIT 1/16 "X1/8 "DEEP QUIRK,SEE DETAIL DOC.DATC 15 DRAWN CHCCDCD BY NO. R.MAZOROL REVISION DECEMBER 1999 DATE BY PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES PROJECT 110. 9807.000 SECTION SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" HOLE SPACING 1 "0.C.'' b a SECTION DETAIL SCALE 1- 1/2 " =1'0" OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH ISF6J 20 -1/2" 23 -1/4" SHEETS COVERED BY THIS SEAL, OAIE RCO.NO. SEE SHEET F2.0 FOR SHELF DETAILS AND NOTES 1 HER[[RY CCRTITY THAT THIS PLAN Y RCPORT SPCCIf ICATIO WA DIRECT SO BY NE OR UNDER 11Y DIRECT SUPERVISION AND THAT 1 AM A 0pL0 OISIERCD ARCHITC UNDER 1110 RE LAWS IN TH0 STATC OC SIGN ANCHOR CLEAT DETAIL SHEET 11.7 ADJUSTABLE SHELVES SEE SHEET F2:0 I CUT CONCEALED FINGER PULL SLOT BOTTOM OF DRAWER FACE 2 -3/4" ASSOCIATES LTD 7151 NITRO BOULEVARD SUITE 171 EDINA, MIMIESOTA 55479 - 2119 PAR il3- 144.75115 1 611144-7574 ID mamma IsAlD 1111 N11001 mono SHEET REVISION OOC.DATE 15 DECEMBER 1999 ORAWN BY R.MAZOROL CHECKED BY CV 11 PLAN SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" ELEVATION SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" 41 -7/8" W X 4" H HOLDER, SEE DETAIL PROJECT WFU FIXTURES �.f U PROJECT N0. 9807.000 NOTE: WALL CASE AND DRAWER BUNKER UNIT TO BE BUILT AND SHIPPED AS SEPARATE CABINETS. SHOP ASSEMBLE PRIOR TO SHIPMENT FOR COMPONENT COMPATIBILITY. DRAWER BUNKERS FOR WFU UNITS ARE TO HAVE BINNING STRIPS, (8) —1/4 "DIVIDERS PER DRAWER. BOTTOM OF DRAWER TO BE 1/2 "MATERIAL. SEE DETAILS ON FOLLOWING SHEET FOR BIN DIVIDERS AND INSERTS. SECTION SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH REPORT C S PEC I fICAT10N P WA N S DIRECT AND UNDER A INAY UNDER THE LAW E N THE STATE or SHEETS COVERED BY TNS SEALI DATE REDJ10. SIGN ANCHOR CLEAT DETAIL SHEET 11.7 SPRING ANCHOR CLEAT ANCHORED TO WALL BY G.C. PROVIDED BY F.M. SEE SHEET F11.7 1/16 "X 1/8 "DEEP C,a QUIRK,SEE DETAIL SHEET 11.7 HORIZONTAL DIVIBERS TO BE 1/2" MATE'.IAL 6 PER UNIT CUT CONCEALED FINGER PULL SLOT BOTTOM OF DRAWER FACE ASSOCIATES LTD 7151 METRO BOULEVARD SUITE 171 EDINA. MIMIES0TA 55139 -2119 TAR 612.114.7515 71041 112.111.737E 55 uN NBX *I11 INUIHI mow 110m 18000 13 "_W I , , 1 1 _ t 1 ISF5I 1 HORIZONTAL DIVIDERS TO BE 1/2" MATERIAL 6 PER UNIT T SHEET REVISION OOC.DATE 15 DECEMBER 1999 ORAWN BY R.MAZOROL CHECKED BY CV 11 PLAN SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" ELEVATION SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" 41 -7/8" W X 4" H HOLDER, SEE DETAIL PROJECT WFU FIXTURES �.f U PROJECT N0. 9807.000 NOTE: WALL CASE AND DRAWER BUNKER UNIT TO BE BUILT AND SHIPPED AS SEPARATE CABINETS. SHOP ASSEMBLE PRIOR TO SHIPMENT FOR COMPONENT COMPATIBILITY. DRAWER BUNKERS FOR WFU UNITS ARE TO HAVE BINNING STRIPS, (8) —1/4 "DIVIDERS PER DRAWER. BOTTOM OF DRAWER TO BE 1/2 "MATERIAL. SEE DETAILS ON FOLLOWING SHEET FOR BIN DIVIDERS AND INSERTS. SECTION SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH REPORT C S PEC I fICAT10N P WA N S DIRECT AND UNDER A INAY UNDER THE LAW E N THE STATE or SHEETS COVERED BY TNS SEALI DATE REDJ10. SIGN ANCHOR CLEAT DETAIL SHEET 11.7 SPRING ANCHOR CLEAT ANCHORED TO WALL BY G.C. PROVIDED BY F.M. SEE SHEET F11.7 1/16 "X 1/8 "DEEP C,a QUIRK,SEE DETAIL SHEET 11.7 HORIZONTAL DIVIBERS TO BE 1/2" MATE'.IAL 6 PER UNIT CUT CONCEALED FINGER PULL SLOT BOTTOM OF DRAWER FACE ASSOCIATES LTD 7151 METRO BOULEVARD SUITE 171 EDINA. MIMIES0TA 55139 -2119 TAR 612.114.7515 71041 112.111.737E 55 uN NBX *I11 INUIHI mow 110m 18000 I I ,v /L -oI 1 logs ,( , TTI BIN IMAGE NO SCALE FORM SIZES: MONARCH 8- 1/2HX11D) CLASSIC COMPACT (�- 1 3 POCKET (3- 1 /2HX6D) 5- 5/8 "WX8 -3/4 "H FLIP UP DOOR WITH SLEEVE FOR SAMPLE INSERT 5- 1/2 "WX8 -5/8 "H INSERT 'COMPACT' SLOT ACRYLIC SADDLE FOR POCKET /COMPACT BIN 'POCKET' SLOT 'CLASSIC' SLOT 'MONARCH' SLOT FORM DISPLAY AND BACK STOCK 1' 5 -5/8" X �f2 13/32" 1 1 / BIN PLAN DETAIL SCALE 1- 1/2 " =1'0" 10 -1/4" DIVIDER CONSTRUCTED OF .125 CLEAR ACRYLIC FRONT EDGE FLAME POLISHED ACRYLIC DIVIDER DETAIL SCALE 1- 1/2 " =1'0" -1/4" DEEP SLOTS AT TOP 1/8" DEEP SLOTS BOTTOM TO ACCEPT ACRYLIC DIVIDERS. BEND ACRYLIC TO SNAP IN PLACE CLEAR PLASTIC PIAN HINGE WELDED TO BACK OF FLIP DOOR SCREWED TO MDF FOLDED 1/16 "CLEAR ACRYLIC DOOR FOR FORM INSERT FLAME POLISHED EDGES ELEVATION 3/8 "X3 /8 "X1 "L STL. ANGLE STOP WITH MAGNETIC STRIP ON DOOR FOLDED 1/16 "CLEAR ACRYLIC DOOR FOR FORM INSERT FLAME POLISHED EDGES BIN DOOR DETAILS SCALE 1- 1/2 " =1'0' F 1 .2 w -8.vwf TITLE , U WALL UNIT r�r SECTI r•, r•� r.� REVISION DATE MIN DDC.DA1[ 15 DECEMBER 1999 DRAWN CHECKED IV BY R.MAZOROL BY --ACRYLIC PULL HALF DISC 1 -1/4" DIA. 1" X 3/16" PROJECT WFU FIXTURES ref U PROJECT ND. 9807.000 SADDLE CONSTRUCTED OF 3/16" CLEAR ACR EDGES FLAME POLISHED ACRYLIC SADDLE NO SCALE OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH DATE I HEREBY CCRT fY THAT THIS PLAN REPORT SP Clf (CATION WAS PREPARED B YE OR UNDER AY DIRECT SUPER ISION AND THAT I W O DULY RCOIST[RCO ARCHIE C1 NOCR THC LAWS 19 IHC STATE DE RECNO. SHEETS COVERED BY 1115 SEAL) A S S O C I A T E S LTD 1151 METRO BOULEVARD SUITE 171 EDINA. MIMIE5OTA 55439 -2119 FAX 112. 1114515 11011 S12-144-7371 (Dm AYSIAIO 1 WIN! 1111 MI MOOS mum 3/4 "f PLAN 90° FILLER WV -90 SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" ±11 -1/4" 1 CLEA T TYP. SHEET ELEVATION ewe SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" F11.3 w -8.vwf TITLE CORNER PANEL WV REVISION DATE DOC.OATC 15 DRAWN UY R.MAZOROL CHCCRCD BY BY DECEMBER 1999 PROVIDE 3" SCRIBE AT TOP OF PANELS CLEATS ANCHORED TO SIDE PANEL OF WALL UNITS 1/16 "X1/8 "DEEP OUIRK,INSIDE EDGE SEE DETAIL SHEET 11.7 TRIANGULAR SHAPED FILLER PANELS ANCHORED TO CLEAT PROVIDE 3" SCRIBE AT BOTTOM OF PANELS 0'0" DATUM ZERO PROJECT PROTOTYPE F IXTURES WV90/ WV45 PROJECT NO. 9807.000 3/4" PLAN 45° FILLER WV -45 SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" WV UNITS TO BE FULLY ASSEMBLED IN SHOP AND SHIPPED TO JOB SITE, PROVIDE SCRIBE AT BASE AND TOP (CLEATS TO BE SHIPPED LOOSE) OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH NEP C E I B TI CIF N PREPARSD BY O R UND ME ON UNDER MY DIRECT SUPERVISION MW THAT C T UNDER DULY REGISTERED THE STATE Of SHEETS COVERED BY THIS SEAL: DATE RCOJ10. rok) E ASSOCIATES LTD 7151 AUDIO BOULEVARD SUITE 111 EDINA. MINNESOTA15129•2119 FAR A1l•144.7345 1101E 111.144.1571 m uR /WWII 161110 NW 141 lam u0uro IU } O } ? Ilk :3 u.Q Nom : . Z 0 Z F WUJ U in 0— 0 I- W = VI W Z c)-- 0' PLAN SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" 7.5 ISF6 ELEVATION SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" SF5 TITLE ���/ FILLER PANEL �t/X DOC.DATE 15 DECEMBER 1999 DRAWN BY R.MAZOROL CHECKED BY SEE QUIRK DETAIL SHEET 11.6 CLEATS ANCHORED TO SIDE PANEL OF WALL UNITS 1/16 "X1/8 "DEEP QUIRK,WALL CASE SIDE OF FILLER SEE DETAIL SHEET 11.7 ANGLE SHAPED FILLER PANEL SCRIBED AND ANCHORED TO CLEATS BOTH SIDES 0'0" DATUM ZERO BY PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES PROJECT NO. 9807.000 ISF6 ISF5 pi I �W81 ELEVATION SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" AN FILLER PANEL FACE TO BE FULLY ASSEMBLED (CLEATS SHIPPED LOOSE) AND SCRIBED IN FIELD. AN UNIT IS 6 "WIDE TO BE SCRIBE CUT TO NO LESS THAN 3 "WIDE. I I 1 I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 1 I I I I I I 1 1 I 1 1 OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH NCPONTT C SPECI`ICAJIION WAS PREPARLD RYYYYYY NE OR UNDER NY DIRECT SUPERVISION AND THAT 1 A Y A DULY REGISTERED ARCHITECT UNDER THE LAWS 1N THE STATE OT SHEETS COVERED BY THIS SEAL: OATS REOJ10. 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1. 1 1 1 1 1 I I I 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 I I I I I ASSOCIATES LTD 7151 METRO BOULEVARD SUITE 171 EDINA. MINNESOTA 15439 -I119 FAX 112.111.7515 P101E 612. 1114571 ® :w =4Im I I1uH0 NN MI 110.1 IMMO SHEET REVISION DOC.DATE 15DECEMBER 1999 BY R.MAZOROL N i M N pis i ISF6I 'SFS' CHECKED BY PROJECTION COVERS END OF SIGN HOLDER 3/4 "THICK PANEL DOTTED LINE ' INDICATES SCRIBE EDGES IN FIELD BY G.C. QUIRK ON INSIDE EDGE OF PANEL PER DETAIL SHEET 11.6 1 /8X1 /8 "QUIRK FINISH TO MATCH SF5 0'0" DATUM ZERO PROVIDE SCRIBE THREE EDGES, VINYL BASE TO BE INSTALLED IN FIELD WPL SHOM1) ELEVATION WPR (OPPOSITE HAND) ELEVATION SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES WPL* PROJECT NO. 9807.000 OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH HEREBY CERi FY RYA PLA R EPORT SP CIFICA ON VAS PREPARID BY NE OR If OER NY 01 D NCO ST CNOER THE L *VS IN THE STATCCCCCC Of SHEETS COVERED BY T115 BEAU OATS REONO. ASSOCIATES LTD 7151 METRO /OJLEYARD SUITE 171 EDINA. MIf ESOTA 35419.2119 EAR 512.144.7315 PIKME 117.144.7576 OD Is swan/ 1 NHIO 1111 NI INNH /114/118 FIXTURE MANUFACTURER TO PROVIDE ALTERNATE PROPOSAL FOR PRODUCTION OF SIGN HOLDER CHANNELS IN POWDER COATED FINISH PT4 AND EXTRUDED STYRENE TO MATCH FINISH PT4 SCALE HALF SIZE T 11.6 SIGN HOLDER CLEAT DETAIL SIGN HOLDERS TO ACCEPT SIGN INSERT 1 /16 "THK X3- 7/8 "HX42 "L SIGN HOLDERS SCREWED TO CLEAT AT TOP EDGE OF WALL UNITS, LEVEL AND PLUMB. IPT4I SIGN HOLDER CONSTRUCTED OF POWDER COATED METAL OR EXTRUDED STYRENE REINFORCING RIBS AS SECTION INDICATES PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES PROJECT NO. 9807.000 TWICE SIZE FULL SIZE • OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 1/16" DATE REC.NO. 1/8" 1/16" WALL CASE END PANELS QUIRK 1/16 "4X1 /8 "D EACH PANEL, FINISH BLACK DIVIDER PANEL QUIRK DETAIL QUIRK DETAIL SIMILAR AT DRAWER BASE PLUG TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISH RECESSED ANCHOR CONNECTING DIVIDER PANELS. 24 "O.C. VERT. 1" IN FROM FRONT EDGE AND BACK PANEL WALL UNIT SIDE PANEL w -8.vwf TITLE DETAILS au r.� /4.1 r.1 PIO REVISION DATE DOCAATE 15 DECEMBER 1999 OIAWN BY R.MAZOROL NECKED .Y BY CONNECTION AT DIVIDER PANEL I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN REPORT SPECIFICATION WA5 PREPARED BY NE OR UNDER MY DIRECT SUPERVISION AND THAT I AN UNDER DULY LAWS E IN 1NE ARCHITECT OF SHEETS COVERED BY THIS SEAL: A S S O C I A T E S L T D 7151 METRO BOULEVARD SUITE 171 EOINA. MINNESOTA 55435 -2119 FAX 112.1114515 PKOM 112. 144.7171 WI WWII IWIM 1111 All 1011 IM MO SHEET W O -2.V W 1 REVISION DOC .OATE DRAWN BY CHECXEO BY 15 DECEMBER II 1 1 1 1 1 1 II I 1 1 II 1 o , FLUORESCENT LAMPS SPX35K 2 -1/4" [ WALL MOUNTED PLAN SCALE 1/2 " =1'0" ca N ELEVATION SCALE 1/2 " =1'0" TITLE WALL ATTRACT WA PERIMETER SLOT AT BACK OF UNIT TO ALLOW 'HALO' FROM FLUORESCENTS R.MAZOROL 78" 72" 99 LINE OF CONTINUOUS HINGE BELOW 1 26' 9 "RADIUS LINE OF BACK LIT GRAPHIC HIGH OUTPUT FLUORESCENT LAMPS, SPX35K, WALL MOUNTED 16 AT 36 "LONG 72 "X36 "BACKLIT SIGN, CLEAR ACRYLIC FACE, MILK WHITE ACRYLIC BACKER, 2" METAL FRAME REMOVABLE FOR FRONT ACCESS SEE DETAIL SHEET F12.1 ISF9I 30 PUCKS INSTALLED ON CABINET FACE PROVIDE SHELVES AND HARDWARE IS PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES WALL ATTRACT WA PROJECT NO. 9807.000 OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 2 -1/4" SHEETS THIS UNIT TO BE ANCHORED TO WB PANEL WHICH IS ATTACHED TO THE WALL. WA TO BE SCREWEY TO WALL FROM INSIDE THE LIGF( BOX, NO EXPOSED FASTENERS OR LIGHT LEAKS AROUND GRAPHIC PANEL FRAME PERMITTED. SEE DETAILS SHEET F12.1 FOR CLARIFICATION. PERIMETER SLOT AT BACK OF UNIT TO ALLOJV 'HALO' CONCEALED FLUORESCENT LIGHTS 9" SECTION SCALE 1/2 " =1'0" 1 HHpEORTTT CERTIFY fHAT THIS SPLAN, P REPAD D BYME OR UNOCq SY DIRECT SUPERVISION ANO THAT I AS A DULY RCOISTERED ARCHITECT USOER THE LAWWSS IN THC STATE OF COVERED BY THIS 5EAL1 DATE REONO. —SEE DETAILS SHEET F12.1 FOR GRAPHIC PANEL DOOR ACCESS PANEL FOR HOOKUP ASSOCIATES LTD 7151 METRO BOULEVARD SUITE 171 EDINA. MIMIESOTA•554)9 -2119 FAX 512.111.7555 7101E 612.111.7575 u11muu 11 IS,IID nu SI II 1S A,uIW0 : �l.. w�fr...s.r✓���:.i..+vW„4L�uta.. r_.w.n..�, ! .r.i, , ..�.3..'':.., I...S�: SF6 OPEN BACK PERIMETE FOR HALO LIGHT FLUORESCENT LAMPS SPX35K MOUNTED TO WALL ISF6� BACKLIT SIGN FRAME DETAIL SCALE 1- 1/2 " =1'0 SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET PERIMETER STRIP FLUORESCENT AIRLINE CABLE AT EACH END OF BACKLIT PANEL TO RESTRAIN PANEL AT HORIZONTAL POSITION SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET PANEL FACE COMPRISED 0 MILK ACRYL 3/1 CLEAR ACRYLIC,TRANLU• T GRAPHIC,1 /4 "CLEAR AC C EACH 36 "X72" I h r\ \ O f:///////// r/ r / / / i CONTINUOUS HINGE REMOVABL RETAINER ANGLE SI GN FRAME CONNECT SCALE 6 " =1'0" l wa -2.vwf X12.1 TITLE WALL ATTRACT WA RE FA REVISION DATE OOC.OATE 15 DECEMBER DRAWN BY R.MAZOROL CHECKED IV BY RUBBER GASKET THREE FLUSH BOLTS FOR FASTENING PANEL CLOSED b REMOVABLE RETAINER ANGLE 99 N LIGHT BOX METAL FRAME FIN SF9. NO LIGHT LEAKS AROUND FRAME PERIMETER IONS PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES WALL ATTRACT WA FA PROJECT N0. FA 9807.000 WA BACK PANEL 3/4 "WB PANEL ANCHO TO WALL BY G.C. WITH CONCEALED FASTENERS SEE NOTE ON SHEET F13.0 1 - WA ANCHORED TO WALL 1 FROM INSIDE CABINET LIGHT I BOX. SCREWS BY G.C. 24 "O.C., 6 "FROM PERIMETER EXISTING WALL AND FINISH BY G.C. ANCHOR DETAIL SCALE 6 " =1'0" OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH DATE REOJ10. 511EETS COVERED BY THIS SEAL: L H PP CNCBY C(RIII THA iT'H'ISN� P D I C CTgtUP EYVIS C N BEN TH[CO�NS EI THi STATE 0l J ASSOCIATES LTD 7151 METRO BOULEVARD SUITE 171 EDINA. MINNESOTA 55439-2119 MX 612.111.7515 1101E 612144.7576 D IessesCYl15IYHHD NN AH aim F1Nnw PLAN SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" ELEVATION SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" SHEET F13.0 wh -1.vwf TITLE FEATURE PANEL WS 48" 3 /4 "MDF WITH WOOD VENEER ONE SIDE AND BACKER LAMINATE ' FOR STABILITY ON BACK SIDE TONGUE AND GROOVE EDGES 120 "DIMENSION SEE DETAIL FOR STABILITY ON BACK SIDE DETAIL HALF SIZE PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES FEATURE DISPLAY WB IENOLCT NO. 9807.000 THESE PANELS TO BE INSTALLED BEHIND WA UNIT BY G.C. NO EXPOSED FASTENERS ARE PERMITTED. PANELS ARE TO BE GLUED AND PIN NAILED TO WALL ON G.C. PROVIDED FURRING STRIPS PROVIDE TOUCH UP KIT WITH FILLER AND FINISH OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH REP0RTT C SP(CIPNCATwWA{ PREPARI0 B A� Y Ss WE ON UNN 44 0110(0 THLELAWT EN11 Bit S Oi SHEETS COVERED BY NS SEAL: DATC REOh0. 1 /4 "HDWO.EDGE BANDING TO MATCH SF2, TYP. EDGES ASSOCIATES LTD 7111 NW° »AtVA1D SUITE 171 EDIW1, ANAHEIM 55411 -2111 IAA 11•11444.71111 ._ 115.144.785 PLAN SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" PP -1 .vwf O 0 0 O 0 o 0 o 0 O 0 0 ELEVATION SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" r ` ;T r h 13 . TITLE PUCK PANEL 0 10" TYP. 1 20" TO 48" 3 /4 "MOF WITH WOOD VENEER ONE SIDE AND BACKER LAMINATE FOR STABILITY ON BACK SIDE 3/4 "X1 -1/2" HARDWOOD FURING PAINTED BLACK TONGUE AND GROOVE EDGES 108 "DIMENSION SEE DETAIL FOR STABILITY ON BACK SIDE 52 PUCKS INSTALLED ON PANEL SEE SHEET F2.1 o O o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 DOQ.oATE 15 OBAXRI BY R CHECKED BY NO.I REVISION A 0 0 DECEMBER 9•PROJECT .MAZOROL PROTOTYPE FIXTURES FEATURE WALL DATE BY 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O O O O 0 0 PUCK PANEL PP PROJECT NO. 9807.000 _FL 4---- PROVIDE LOOSE 3 /4 "HDAD.EDGE BANDING TO MATCH SF6, TYP.EDGES END CAP DETAIL HALF SIZE THESE PANELS ARE SPECIAL INSTALLED PER PLANS, BY G.C. NO EXPOSED FASTENERS PERMITTED. PANELS ARE TO BE GLUED AND PIN NAILED TO WALL ON G.C. PROVIDED FURRING STRIPS FM TO PROVIDE TOUCH UP KIT WITH FILLER AND FINISH OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH I HEREBY CERTIFY THAI THIS PLAN REPORT SPCCITICAIION WAS PREPARED ay WE OR UNDER WY DIRECT SUPERVISION AND THAT I AM A DULY REGISTERED ARCHITECT UNDER THE LAWS IN THE STATE DT SHEETS COVERED BY 1NIS SEAL' ASSOCIATES LTD 1151 1111RO ODULEVARD SUITE 171 EDINA, MIM4ESOTA•55439 -2119 FAX 112.144.1767 ?TUl1 611.144.7716 m IA+MICSAIII IW'TNT TN4 W man M1I ATE RCO.NO. A R 0 Y Y I 0 1;1 0 0 sum IIVM 01 2IVI I I I S I3)1Nf18 S3INOSS333V ONV SNJIS JO A13I8VA V 2103 S183SN1 3A331S HEIM oS "L 13NVd 3!118 03800S 311781-13 NI1VS HSINIA 38f11 V 10..I sn I0VH SJFDI1 1N37S38OOld CAN NOV& 031V3ONOO H1IM 37NV1VA 031VN1Wl1l1 39ySS3511 ONV S39VMI 31HdVN9 O3IVNIlwill F S3180SS3IIV 031V138 CNV NOI1010S 31N0813313 1S31V1 3NVMaNVH CNV SNDI1fli0S 31N0N13313 .Z► ..Z S33IA30 31140810313 )IV3d 1SOd .Z► 3NVN11UOS N31Nf103 ONV NOIIVIS Od 0NV S31210SS3771 III - .Z► .Z1 1 1 I I i ii 1 I 1 ,NOTICE: IF THE DOCUMENT IN THIS FRAME IS LESS CLEAR THAN THIS NOTICE, IT IS DUE TO THE QUALITY OF THE DOCUMENT. .0-.1 = ..Z /l :31V0S NO 11YA313 0t13Z 11N11 ZO V ..0. 83INf18 JO dC ZOV.IJ1 -S. I` 1 3ONV1VA JO dC ZOV .0. 0N11130/1111C ZOV _0.0 ..0 -.1 = ..Z /l •31V0S 3 NVld" • i 1 I I � 1 1 I i ! � � I 1 I 1 1 i i ! i I 1 I i i ` 1 `, I t , .1 I` ,� . ,] i. ,t 1. j (•, I`. I 1` s i mo! ; i I ( 1 - ingot' �. —� �-- 1F i. I . 1 1 .` i T i � ,' , — ` MI S-_ 1 I _ 1 LH f I i I i ! f i 1 + A R 0 Y Y I 0 1;1 0 0 sum IIVM 01 2IVI I I I S I3)1Nf18 S3INOSS333V ONV SNJIS JO A13I8VA V 2103 S183SN1 3A331S HEIM oS "L 13NVd 3!118 03800S 311781-13 NI1VS HSINIA 38f11 V 10..I sn I0VH SJFDI1 1N37S38OOld CAN NOV& 031V3ONOO H1IM 37NV1VA 031VN1Wl1l1 39ySS3511 ONV S39VMI 31HdVN9 O3IVNIlwill F S3180SS3IIV 031V138 CNV NOI1010S 31N0813313 1S31V1 3NVMaNVH CNV SNDI1fli0S 31N0N13313 .Z► ..Z S33IA30 31140810313 )IV3d 1SOd .Z► 3NVN11UOS N31Nf103 ONV NOIIVIS Od 0NV S31210SS3771 III - .Z► .Z1 1 1 I I i ii 1 I 1 ,NOTICE: IF THE DOCUMENT IN THIS FRAME IS LESS CLEAR THAN THIS NOTICE, IT IS DUE TO THE QUALITY OF THE DOCUMENT. .0-.1 = ..Z /l :31V0S NO 11YA313 0t13Z 11N11 ZO V ..0. 83INf18 JO dC ZOV.IJ1 -S. I` 1 3ONV1VA JO dC ZOV .0. 0N11130/1111C ZOV _0.0 ..0 -.1 = ..Z /l •31V0S 3 NVld" i c 1'S -1/2 "ADZ TOP OF BUNKER ica 0'0" ADZ DATUM ZERO SO I CEILING FLUORESCENT UP LIGHT WI BLUE GEL 0 "AZ TOP OF VALANCE SECTION SCALE: 1/2" = 1 -0" KEYBOARD LINE LINE HOLLOW PINS WITH THREADED END TO SECURE TO PANEL 'M31 3141 1011111dfO 3H1 01 3110 91 11 30110N SIHl NVH121V31O 9931 SI 3INVelA SIH1 NI 1N3WI1000 3H1 11 _ :3OILON' ILLUMINATED GRAPHIC IMAGES AND MESSAGE ILLUMINATED VALANCE WITH CONCEALED TRACK AND FLUORESCENT LIGHTS RADIUS 1- 1 /2 "DIA TUBE FINISH SATIN CHROME SCORED BLUE PANEL CONCAVE WITH PUCK INSERT SLEEVES FOR A VARIETY OF SIGNS AND ACCESSORIES BUNKER SIMILAR TO WALL UNITS 10 I ly `f II; 3 '0" 1'6" ffq III PLAN SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" ILLUMINATED LOGO PLAGUE 2.5° FLAT SCREEN MONITOR FEATURE DISPLAY SHELF Ap 5 ADZ TOP OF UNIT e 0'O" ADZ "DATUM ZERO I 1 I CCIME END PANELS FLAT SCREEN MONITOR CPU CAVITY WITH ACCESS REVEALS WITH INSERTS CPU CAVITY WITH ACCESS 0 0 i SCALE: 1" = 1' -0" UNIT BACK PANEL AT 7.5 PLAN KEYBOARD TRA SECTION KEYBOARD /MOUSE BRACKET 97:5 ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" BLUE NOODGRAIN ALL SURFACES ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" 2.5 0 ev as 0 0 a a 2 Micro Com Systems Washington Ltd. ATTENTION Other: sTh �rP sard_ -+,- -� rrt me P i. www.microcomsys.com 12608 -B INTERURBAN AVENUE SOUTH TUKWILA, WA 98168 TEL (206) 248 -3191 FAX (206) 248 -3313 The next image may be a duplicate of the previous image. 1 1 i — 1 �; 1 1 i . � i . . � I .. I ,.. i ,_ I., `1.`• I I.. • 1 , i. I {.. • t I i ! 1 I o ' I —_ -•— I 1 . - -L- ! -b -4 1 I I r_ _ i 1 1 ? i 1 i I i 1 i i 1 i 1 i 1 i I 1 1 i .1 1 i [ P a 0 0 0 0 0 Slim 11VA 01 11V1IYIS H3»l18 S311J0SS300V ONV SNOIS 30 A1311JVA V 8O4 SIS3SNI 3A331S HIM oS "L 13NVd 3(118 O3NO3S 3MOSHO NIlVS HSINI3 38(11 VIO..! S110V11 S11i011 1N30S3E10014 ONV )13V�11 031V331103 HIM 33NV1VA 031VNIIYIIlI 30VSS31t ONV S30VNI 3IHdVNO 03IVNIY0ll1 53121055300V 031V1311 ONV NOI1ll0S OINO1113313 1S31V1 -! .21 3NVNO11VH ONV S1 lJJ110S OIN0810313 z S331A30 01140810313 XV3d 1SOd .z► ONV S3180SS333 3E1VM130S 1131NI/03 ONv NOIIVIS Od I .z► .z;`i 1 NOTICE: IF THE DOCUMENT IN THIS FRAME IS LESS CLEAR THAN THIS NOTICE IT IS DUE TO THE QUALITY OF THE DOCUMENT. .0—.1 = ..Z /1 :31V0S NO 11VA313 EI3NNl8 JO d( 33NV1VA JO d( ONI1133 /11JJC Z(IV .O.0 ..0 —.1 = ..Z /l :31V0S zOv.2 /t -S. NVld zov .o. F A 2 9 5 0 0 oS•1 .0-.1 = .,Z /l :31VOS NO 11VA313 537248115 112 NI280000M 3n10 .0-,1 = ..Z /t :31V3S NO1IVA313 oS_L6 .,0 -.1 = „l :31VOS 13NOV88 30011/a8v08A3N NOI103S A2a1 aa2oaA3H NVId 3 o0 12 13NVd )0Y8 11PY1 • MEI $ .. ►Z 13NVd 01 38t03S 01 0N3 030238H1 HUM SNId 801108 �S 3N11 3 5110M( — t? N =EE zEE o 553772 HUM A11A27 nd7 S1a3SNI H11M S1Y3A38 801INOn N3387S 1211 SS333v H1 I M AlIA27 nd7 083Z nniva 202 ..0.0 118n 40 401 Z02 ..9.5 413HS A21dS10 38111234 80111OW N3387S 1213 oS 3n0Vld 0001 0312NIYr11l1 .0-.1 = .2/1 :31VOS .0T Ndld 7 SllNfl 112M 01 8911191S 83)8118 53180SS3302 GNd SNOIS 40 A13182A 2 801 S3A331S 183SNI )Ond HUM 3A27NO3 13NVd 31118 038005 31V08H0 NIlYS HSIN14 38111 210..2/1 -1 Sn1020 S1HO11 1N37S380n14 ONV 37281 031237800 H11M 3ON212A 03128121 11 302SS3A ONV S3O2nI 7181280 0312NIN1111 >tf :NOTICE. IF THE DOCUMENT IN THIS FRAME IS LESS CLEAR THAN THIS NOTICE IT IS DUE TO THE QUALITY OF THE DOCUMENT. ..0 -.1 = ..Z /l :31V3S 833808 !0 401 Z02..Z /1 -0.1 v, NOIIO3S mumm 202 ..0.0 308212A 40 401 202 ..0.9 qr 130 31118 IM 18011 do 1113053801114 98111321LlaggLle 202 .0.01 e E 0 0 NO 11VA313 .8 /t -Lt .0—,t = .1 :31V3S (S3dAl OMl)Sd3a10H N O I S NOI103S 0 =EE N 0 oS'L 1V 13NVd )0V9 11Nfl SdOJS ON3 38IM VIO..9 /£ .0—,1 = ,.l :31y3 J13HS 11(13 I NOI103S � II�� - NO 11VA313 .0 /£ -►. £ II 11 II II 11 0 11 0 11 11 11 11 d u I .ttt NVId oS 1V 13NVd )13V8 l'Nfl 3WV3S GNV 03N801_1 X 3003 8f104oS'L HSINI4 1NIVd 1V13A 133HS 8(104 4O lViIdA1 008 V I0..9 /£ O'J. 4O 1V0IdAl 000 V I a..9 /£ 183SNI H..I IXM..LI 183SNI H..LIXM.I1 ..9/ -11 ,.0 —.l = ,.l :31y3S 313HS J1VH SdOlS ON3 301M V 10..0/£ 1.A 4z- M ' NO 11VA313 NO 11VA313 NOI103S oS'L 1V 13NVd )OVO 11NO SS33OV 0800 1N3Y118VdY03 0800 A118033S 319V183V8138 313HS 38f11d33 13NVd )OV9 0319NV'03A8f13 MAN 413HS 3111.3V 0315004 SS333V 0803 83010H N015 413HS ..Z /t -t 13NVd )OV9 0319NV'03A8113 111IM 413HS 311A3V 0315004 3903 17.1)84 0..IZ 413HS 1V )OVQ 1N084 0.2/1 -6 ONL 40 lV3IdAl '18VdY103 01 310H 0803 A1180035 319V1)CNH138 311A83V 84310 ..9 /1 oS'L 1V 13NVd NOV0 lINfl 008 V 10..9/£ .0—,L = ,.l :31y3 NOIIVA313 .01 .01 NVId NO1103S NVId NOTICE IF THE DOCUMENT IN THIS FRAME IS LESS CLEAR THAN THIS NOTICE IT IS DUE TO THE QUALITY OF THE DOCUMENT. N 0 M 27" PLAN SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" ■o LET F15. 1 0 1 0 0 ELEVATION -"ALE 3/4 " =1'0" w( -2.vwf TITLE WALL FEATURE W O 0 21" O 0 ,o 1 10" ISF I 0 0 0 O 0 INSET LOGO PLAQUE[L f PUCK SYSTEM COMPATIBLE 14 "X28 "ACRYLIC AND METAL SIGN HOLDER SPRING ROLLER TCH, CONCEALED HA'g ARE AND LOCK UNITS YED ALIKE ISF6I 21'6 "RADIUS 1 /4 "HIYWD.EDGE BANDING TO MATCH SF6, TYP.EDGES SPRING ROLLER LATCH, CONCEALED HARDWARE AND CAM LOCK UNITS KEYED ALIK CONCEALED HDWR. HEAVY DUTY SOSS SPRING HINGES. O 0 26 PUCKS INSTALLED ON CABINET FACE FINISH ISF9I ,A r DOC.DATE 15 DECEMBER 9 (MAIM BY R.MAZOROL CHEMED BY N0J REVISION DATE BY PROJECT NO. 9807.000 PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES WALL FEATURE vF CONCEALED DWR. HEAVY DUTY SS SPRING HINGES. EXTERIOR SIDE PANELS FIN SF6 SECTION SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 1 HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN REPORT SPECIFICATION WAf PREPARED BY WE OR UNDER BY DIRECT SUPERVISION ANO THAT I AY A DULY REGISTERED ARCHITECT UNDER THE LAWS IN THE STATE OF SHEETS COVERED BY DNS SEAL: DAIS RE0J10. 1 /4 "HDAD . EDGE BANDING TO MATCH SF6, TYP.EDGES SPRING ROLLER LATCH, CONCEALED HARDWARE AND CAM LOCK UNITS KEYED ALIKII ADJUSTABLE SHELVES [PL 1 I INTERIOR HOLES 1" O.C. DUPLEX RECPT. BY GC 0' DATUM ZERO ASSOCIATES LTD 7151 U01R0 BOUIEVARO SUUE 171 EDINA, MINNESOTA 55439.1119 FAX 1I7.144•7SIS tad 1411.1414.7571 I t 1 -1/2" 1 -1/2" 11 V( 0 1 1 1 I I ` t I N 0 M 27" PLAN SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" ■o LET F15. 1 0 1 0 0 ELEVATION -"ALE 3/4 " =1'0" w( -2.vwf TITLE WALL FEATURE W O 0 21" O 0 ,o 1 10" ISF I 0 0 0 O 0 INSET LOGO PLAQUE[L f PUCK SYSTEM COMPATIBLE 14 "X28 "ACRYLIC AND METAL SIGN HOLDER SPRING ROLLER TCH, CONCEALED HA'g ARE AND LOCK UNITS YED ALIKE ISF6I 21'6 "RADIUS 1 /4 "HIYWD.EDGE BANDING TO MATCH SF6, TYP.EDGES SPRING ROLLER LATCH, CONCEALED HARDWARE AND CAM LOCK UNITS KEYED ALIK CONCEALED HDWR. HEAVY DUTY SOSS SPRING HINGES. O 0 26 PUCKS INSTALLED ON CABINET FACE FINISH ISF9I ,A r DOC.DATE 15 DECEMBER 9 (MAIM BY R.MAZOROL CHEMED BY N0J REVISION DATE BY PROJECT NO. 9807.000 PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES WALL FEATURE vF CONCEALED DWR. HEAVY DUTY SS SPRING HINGES. EXTERIOR SIDE PANELS FIN SF6 SECTION SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 1 HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN REPORT SPECIFICATION WAf PREPARED BY WE OR UNDER BY DIRECT SUPERVISION ANO THAT I AY A DULY REGISTERED ARCHITECT UNDER THE LAWS IN THE STATE OF SHEETS COVERED BY DNS SEAL: DAIS RE0J10. 1 /4 "HDAD . EDGE BANDING TO MATCH SF6, TYP.EDGES SPRING ROLLER LATCH, CONCEALED HARDWARE AND CAM LOCK UNITS KEYED ALIKII ADJUSTABLE SHELVES [PL 1 I INTERIOR HOLES 1" O.C. DUPLEX RECPT. BY GC 0' DATUM ZERO ASSOCIATES LTD 7151 U01R0 BOUIEVARO SUUE 171 EDINA, MINNESOTA 55439.1119 FAX 1I7.144•7SIS tad 1411.1414.7571 PLAN SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" i0 0 SHEET 27" r - - - 0 ELEVATION SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" F15.1 wf-2.vwf TITLE WALL FEATURE WFG I SF7I 1 I SF6 I OOCJLTC IT 15 DECEA€ER 9 WuwN Br R.MAZOROL CHECKED OY NO REVISION DATE BY ACK AND LIGHTS S NORED PTO 1X6 CONE ALED HEAV DUTY SS SIR I H I NGES . IL EXTERIOR SIDE PANELS FIN SF6 INSET LOGO PLAQUE ILPI 16 "X66" SHADOW BOX SHOW CASE, LOCKING WITH PATCH FITTINGS GLASS DOOR I SF 9 I 21'6 "RADIUS 1/4 HDAO.EDGE BANDING TO MATCH SF6, TYP.EDGES SPRING ROLLER LATCH, CONCEALED HARDWARE AND CAM LOCK UNITS KEYED ALIK CAM LOCK CONCEALED HDWR. HEAVY DUTY SOSS SPRING HINGES. PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES WALL FEATURE WFG PROJECT N0. 9807.000 ISF9I 1 I PLAN SCALE 3 " =1'0" v TpANSFORMER 1 -1/2" SECT I ON SCALE 3/4 " =1'0" OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH !PL2I 1/4 "TEMP .GLAS ADJ.SHELVES PROVIDE 10 ON 4 PINS PER SH 2" PATCH FITTI 1/4 "TEMP.GLASS DOOR WITH LOCK KEYED ALIKE HOAR . ISF9I AMC RCCJO. DOOR PANEL NOTCHED 11 - FOR TRACK LIGHT CLEARANCE OPEN SLOT FOR LIGHTING SHADOW BO F7 REPORT CE P TI C Y IFICATION P WA N S PREPARED D BY YE OR UNOER NY DIRECT SUPERVISION AND THAT 1 AY A OULY REGISTERED ARCHITECT MLR THE LAWS IN INC STATE OF SHEETS COVERED BY THIS SCALI TRACK AND LIGHTS ANCHORED TO 1X6 STRETCHER ABOVE 1 /4 "HDWO.EDGE BANDING TO MATCH SF6, TYP.EDGES \_LOW VOLTAGE TRACK AND THREE HEADS SPRING ROLLER �.. ,. LATCH, CONCEALED HARDWARE AND CAM LOCK UNITS KEYED ALIK AD JUSTABLE SHELVES (PL 11 INTERIOR HOLES 1" O.C. 0'0" DATUM ZERO ASSOCIATES LTD 7151 METRO BOULEVARD SUITE 171 EDINA, MINNESOTA 55439.2119 FAX 611•111.7565 PIOI( 611.141•7576 uJ LL a � D W Z ' iE F- 11 LAJ � p C) N C W W iE Z U u O ` I I / I i , ` I \ I ON I T I , I 0 , o ■ t i O \ o I ` I I , O O I , 1 ` I O 0 1 ■ F 4 I 0 0 \ I I i ,� t *�- I /'' I , I / I / Z = = = = 1 I , ' I I , n I ISF6I UN I T � I , I I 0 , O I I. i I o o I 1 1 I I o, O I I I I 1 0 0 I I / I F.0 I I/O 0 I 4 I I I I I� I� I� I' I. I I' I' I I 1 I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I' I ' I ' I' 1 I 1 1 1 I I' II 11 1 , 1 1 II I I I I I 1 1 11 I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I' I I' I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I � ( IT 1 I I I I I I 1 I 1 1 I I 1 I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I 1 I I I 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 1 I 1 I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 1 I 1 1 I 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 I' I I I ' I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I 1 1 I I I 1 I I 1 1 , I I I I I I I ISF3I it ii I I II _ 1 1- II r�- J - - - - , I h"y ` T 4 -.1-_ -- G - - - - -- , � ' l$PSI ,' `. r - - -- �`, . ` •I ♦ / ♦ / I ♦ ,r - -- �`, • - - - .. r - - - I SF6I ' -- ;f== , - ' UNIT CI 1 0 0 0 0 0 � l 0 0 o O O o 1 UN, 14 vvyv UNIT 0 c" "qT ;in i0 M M WW PLAN SCALE 1/2 " =1'0" G.C. TO PROVIDE FIRE EXTINGUISHER WW ELEVATI SCALE 1/2 " =1'0" T16.O f 21" f 6" W i W UNIT I S A COMPOS FOUR SEPARATE CABINE FM TO SHOP ASSEMBLE TH UNITS FOR COMPATIBLITY AND SHIP THEM AS SEPARATE UNITS FOR FIELD INSTALLATION. NO EXPOSED FASTENERS PERMITTED 72" 7 6" , 21" ww -2.vwf TITLE CASMhRAPWW r.� r.� r.� r.\ REVISION DATE DOC.DATC DRAWN BY CHECKED BY IS DECEMBER 1999 BY LINE OF CONTIUOUS HINGE FIN SF9 FIRE EXTINGUISHER SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. 72 "X36 "BACKLIT SIGN, CLEAR ACRYLIC FACE, MILK AHITE ACRYLIC BACKER,METAL DETAILS SHEET F12.1 SPRING ROLLER \ LATCH CONCEALED HARDWARE (UNITS 1 & 2) 13E91 S53 53'0 "RADIUS 12 -36 "FLUORESCENT LAMPS SPX35K TOUCH LATCH ADJUSTABLE SHELVES \SPRING ROLLER CONCEALED HIM. IPL1IINETRIOR LATCH CONCEALED UNIT 4 HARDWARE (UNITS 1 & 2) PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES CASEMRAP /BACKWRAP WW PROJECT NO. 9807.000 72 "X36 "BACKLIT SIGN, CLEAR ACRYLIC FACE, MILD WHITE ACRYLIC BACKER, METAL DETAILS SHEET F12.1 53'0" RADIUS OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN REPORT SPECIFICATION IRO OR UNDER I w MY g' R OUT. S REGIS TER E DNARECHIT ECT UNDER THE LAWS IN THE STATE OF SHEETS COVERED BY THIS SEAL: DATE REOJ10. ISF9I FLUORESCENT LAMPS SPX35K MOUNTED TO WALL DATUM ZERO 0 ASSOCIATES LTD 7151 METRO BOULEVARD SUITE 171 EDINA. MINNESOTA 55479.2119 FAX 117.114.7515 PIONS 611.111.7571 m mamma IW1110 MO RI RDAs Ilium . . ` I f \II /11 F' // !I II ♦♦ • it II • / 1: II e .. . IPL2I ` I y ♦ ii r. \ H / / II 11 • • • �a ♦ I I U / ♦ / • li I / ♦ ♦ 1! IV I.; n+ 11 ♦ I. / It \? / II / • H / II ♦ • II II _ •♦ - T 0 M ML PLAN SCALE 1/2 " =1'0" Co ELEVATION SCALE 1/2 " =1'0" SHEET IPL2I I SF6 28" F17.1 FILE CABINET (FN4) 0 M 0 84" 88 84" RR -2 ;11 TITLE S OFFICE MC/ML as -_ 84" 28" REVISION DATE NMI DOC•2ATE 15 DECEMBER DRAWN SY CI[CRED IV R.MAZOROL BY . 1 1 1 I 1 FILE CABINETS PROVIDE BY F.C. TO F.M. AND CABINET I SHIPPED TO PROJECT WITH FIXTURES i (FN4) I I 1998 88 28" MC 88 0 0 PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES MC ,ML PROJECT NO, 9807,000 OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH ML DETAIL • FULL SIZE a CV CO SECT ION SCALE 1/2 " =1'0" MDF WITH PL2 TOPSIDE 3/4 "X1 -1/2" SF6 TRIM MDF WITH PL2 UNDERSIDE 3 -1/2" SF9 WIRE PULLS FILE CABINET (FN4) I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN REPORT SPECIFICATION WAS' PREPARED BY WE OR UNDER WY DIRECT SUPERVISION AND THAT I AN A DULY REGISTERED ARCHITECT UNGER THE LAWS IN THE STATE OF S HEETS COVERED NY THIS SEAL: ASSOCIATES LTD 7151 MEIRO BOULEVARD SUITE 171 DATE RCG.HO. EDINA. MIMIESOTA •55139.2119 FAX 412.9114515 PHONE 117.911.7571 1 I• it 11 /I 1 ■ II II / / I • II II / 1 I . \ I \ II 11 / I I \1 11/ I I I( (I I ,I___LL1 /Jl.__1 I `, 1 `, I I 1 (PL2) RR -2 K [PL21 L SF ELEVATION SCALE 1/2 " =1'0" TITLE TORAGE UNITS MS ELEVATION SCALE 1/2 " =1'0" ;T F 17.217.2 36" 36" NO REVISION DATE DDCDATE DRAWN CHECKED BY K 15 DECEMBER 1998 R.MAZOROL BY 3/4" H.D. PART. BD. ADJUTABLE SHELVES 3/4" N.D. PART. BD. VINYL "T" EDGING TYP. AT EXPOSED EDGES 3 -1/2" SF9 WIRE PULLS PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES SF,MS PROJECT NO. 9807.000 EC) r, 8" TEQ c � M LAIJ SF SECTION SCALE 1/2 " =1'0" SD N 12" MS SECTION SCALE 1/2 " =1'0" OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 2" M v 3/4" H.D. PART. BD. 5mm HOLES FOR ADJUSTABLE SHELF PEGS 0 32mm O.C. (TYP. BOTH SIDES -FRONT AND BACK) SHELF CLIPS KV #338 SCREW BACK -TO -BACK AND ADJACENT SHELF CASES TOGETHER M O W 3-1/2" SF9 WIRE PULLS IPL 1( I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN REPORT SPECIFICATION OA S PREPARED BY NE OR UNDER NY DIRECT SUPERVISION AND THAT I AN A 0I1LY RE OISTERCD ARCHITE UNDER THE LAWS IN THE STATE OF SHEETS COVERED BY THIS SEAL: DATE RCDJRI. PULL OUT WORK SURFACE ASSOCIATES LTD 7151 YEIRO BOULEVARD SUITE 171 EDINA, MIMESOTA 55439 -7119 FAX 4I7. 111 -0SBS PHONE 611-114•7571. CR ELEVATION SCALE 1/2 " =1'0" 1 -1/2" WOOD DOWEL COAT ROD THIS UNIT 24 "DEEP WITH FULL BACK PANEL 48" IPL2I IPL2J RT ELEVATION SCALE 1/2 " =1'0" SHEET F17.3 RR -2 TITLE STORAGE ROOM UNITS DOC.DATE 15 DECEMBER 1998 DRAWN BY R.MAZOROL CHECKED BY NO. REVISION DATE BY RT 2 PIECE9/2/99 JF PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES CR,MW,RT PROJECT NO. 9807.000 N N. M W/ 5MM CLIP - KV #338 2 ADJ. SHELVES MW ELEVATION SCALE 1/2 " =1'0" 3„ 2'4 -1/2" 3/„ STEREO 0 0 U IPL2I MICROWAVE 8 REFRIG. i t , 20" CLEAR d THIS UNIT 24 "DEEP WITH FULL BACK PANEL CUT OUT BACK PANEL AT ELECTRICAL DEVICES IN FIELD BY G.C. RT ELEVATION SCALE 1/2 " =1'0" OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH UNIT TO BE 2 PIECE CONSTRUCTION I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN REPORT SPECIFICATION WAs PREPARL'D BY YE OR UNDER BY DIRECT SUPERVISION AND THAT I AY UNDER DULY INC LAWS E I N E THE ARCHITECT DATE RE080, SHEETS COVERED BY THIS SEAL: ASSOCIATES LTD 7151 METRO BOULEVARD SUITE I71 EDINA, MINNESOTA 55479.2119 FAX 112.144.7505 PRONE 617.011.757$ 1 DOC OATE 1 NOVEMBER 99 DRAWN BY R.MAZOROL CHECKED BY DATE BY r. fD N LC) CWE PLAN AT BASE SCALE 1 /2 " =P0" F20.0 CAE -2. vw f TITLE ELLIPSE CASH WRAP 56 -1/2" PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES ELLIPSE CASHNRAP CWE PROJECT NO. 9907.999 44 -3/8" 2 -3/8" OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH , . ♦ • i ♦ ♦, I 1 I ; 1 I I 1 I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN REPORT SPECIFICATION WAs P BY ME OR UNDER MY A DUCLYS SUPERVISION AND ARCHITECT UNDER THE LAWS IN THE STATE OF SHEETS COVERED BY THIS SEAL: A S S O C I A T E S L T D 1151 METRO BOULEVARD SUITE 171 DATE MAO EDINA, MINNESOTA 55439 -2119 FAX 617.144.7515 PRONE 617.111.7576 SHEET CWE-2.vwf TIME ELLIPSE CASH %RAP REVISION OCMATE 1 NOVEMBER 99 Dfrl^ N BY NECKED BY `J�;' -' ����. , /« /^ . /« '// '« /" • - -- - =^--_'-�---- ^-_-�--_ 7 " 2 ^ 15-1/ / / ' --- SEE SHEETS F6.2 THROUGH F6.5 FOR MODULAR INSERT DETAILS AND DIMENSIONS [� ' � PLAN BELOW TOP �'`� ' �'` ����'' '�' 2-1/2" 13-5/8" 11" 11" 3-3/8" ( . 20-7/8" / PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES ELLIPSE CASHWRAP ONE 9907.999 OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY. UTAH / I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN, PREPARED BY NE OR uNDER NY DIRECT SUPERVISION AND THAT I AM "=TS COVERED mTHIS SEAL: ASSOCIATES LTD n,. METRO BOULEVARD SUITE v/ DATE MUM FAX 612.9444565 PHONE 612.144.7576 INLAID LOG COUNTER TO AT 36" ADZ 45 °FIELD JOINT 22.5 °FIELD JOINT HC SERVICE COUNTER AT 32" ADZ v M LED EV F20. CWE -2.vwf TITLE ELLIPSE CASH WRAP 21" 7 -3/8` 28" 28" 7 -3/8" 21 -3/8" / # / , / N ' / . , ./ 0 ./ / / . �... r r -./ / / / I 11 i it Ir // r � 'I / 1\_J .. II CV CWE PLAN SCALE OOC.DATE CHECKED BY NO A REVISION 1 NOVEMBER 99 DRAWN BY R.MAZOROL DATE BY 113 -1/4" PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES ELLIPSE CASIMRAP CWE PROJECT NO. 9907.999 OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 1 HER SY C ERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN RE T SPECIFICATION WAY PREPARED BY NE DR UNDER NY DIRECT SUPERVISION AND THAT AN A DULY REGISTERED ARCHITECT UNDER THE LAWS IN THE STALE OF DATE RE0.110. BASE LINE VERTICAL CABINET SURFACE BELOW COUNTER TOP 4 "H LEGS TYP. OF 9 SHEETS COVERED BY THIS SEAL, A S S O C I A T E S L T D 7151 AUiIRO BOULEVARD SUITE 171 EDINA, MINNESOTA 55439 -2119 FAX 617.911.7515 NORI 617.941.7576 SHEET CWE -2.vwf TITLE ELLIPSE CASH WRAP ISF6I REVISION ISF6I ISF51 ISF21 ISF6I I I J 1 CWE ELEVATION SCALE 1/2 " =1'O" 2 CWE ELEVATION SCALE 1/2 " =1'0" ISF21 3 CW ELEVATION SCALE 1/2 " =1'O" DQC.BATE 1 NOVEMBER 99 DRAWN BY R.MAZOROL NECKED BY ISF51 ISF31 [SF61 PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES ELLIPSE CASHARAP CWE PROJECT NO. 9907.999 OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH ISF6I ISF2I 1 n V DAZE RE0.NO. SF41 ISF6I I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN REPORT SPECIFICATION WAS' DIRECT BY ME CC OR UNDER MY UNOUN THEE LAW I CIA THC RSTATTE Orr ISF4I ISF6I ISF51 ISF41 ISF6I ISF91 1/8" QUIRK TYPICAL BETWEEN FINISHES HEFTS COVERED BY THIS SEAL: ASSOCIATES LTD 7151 WORD BOULEVARD SUITE Ill EDINA, MIMAESOTA 55439.21'19 FAX 611.144 7565 PHONE 617.111.7576 LO M ji 1 CWE LONGITUDINAL SECTION SCALE 1/2 " =1'0" l 1 t U I I F 4°) 1 J 2 CWE TRANSVERSE SECTION SCALE 1/2 " =1'0" SHEET ; .2 4 CYA£ -2. vwf TITLE ELLIPSE CASH WRAP u rn PROJECT PROTOTYPE FIXTURES ELLIPSE CASHARAP CWE PROJECT NO. 9907.999 OWNER FRANKLIN COVEY 2200 WEST PARKWAY SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH HCCTS COVERED BY THIS SEAL: DATE REGNO. r I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN REPORT SPECIFICATION WAS PREPARED BY NE OR UNDER NY DIRECT SUPERVISION AND THAT I AM A DULY REGISTERED ARCHITECT UNDER THE LAWS IN THE STATE OF ASSOCIATES LTD 7151 METRO BOULEVARD SUITE 171 EDINA, MINNESOTA 55439-2119 TAX 611.1114515 PRONE 6111444576 DEPARTMENTS: Building Division IP AID v 0 -tSeo Public 4 WI 11a 6,q41111 -_ 1 Ilia PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D2000 -266 DATE: 8 -10 -2000 PROJECT NAME: FRANKLIN COVEY SITE ADDRESS: 826 SOUTHCENTER MALL XX Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter #_ Response to Correction Letter # Revision # _ After Permit Is Issued 5tz- Fire Prevention b - IS••°° Structural DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete CORRECTION DETERMINATION: Approved I I Approved with Conditions REVIEWER'S INITIALS: \PRROUTE.DOC 5/99 Incomplete n TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) Approved n Approved with Conditions REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Planning qo ivision V b 5419D Permit Coordinator DUE DATE: 8- 15-2000 Not Applicable ❑ Comments: No further Review Required DATE: DUE DATE: 9 -12 -2000 Not Approved (attach comments) U DATE: DUE DATE Not Approved (attach comments) ❑ DATE: e- Dear Sir: City of Tukwila Fire Department Thomas P Keefe, Fire Chief Fire Department Review Control #D2000 -266 (512) Re: Franklin Covey - 826 Southcenter Mall . August 17, 2000 Steven M. Mullet, Mayor The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by The Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 1. Maintain fire extinguisher coverage throughout. Clear access to fire extinguishers is required at all times. They may not be hidden or obstructed. (NFPA 10, 1 -6.5) 2. Exit doors shall be openable from the inside without the use of a key or any special knowledge or effort. Exit doors shall not be locked, chained, bolted, barred, latched or otherwise rendered unusable. All locking devices shall be of an approved type. (UFC 1207.3) Install a sign in one inch high letters over the door stating: "This Door to Remain Unlocked During Business Hours ". (UFC 1207.3) Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (UFC 1207.3) Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the Uniform Fire Code. (UFC 1207 -1212) Internally illuminated exit signs shall have both bulbs working at all times. (UBC 1003.2.8.4) Aisles leading to required exits shall be provided Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206-575-4404 • Fax: 206-575-4439 city of Tukwila Fire Department Thomas R Keefe, Fire Chief Page number 2 from all portions of buildings. Aisles located within an accessible route of travel shall also comply with the Building Code requirements for accessibility. (UFC 1204.1) Steven M. Mullet, Mayor Combustible material shall not be stored in exits or exit enclosures. (UFC 1103.3.2.3) 3. Maintain sprinkler coverage per N.F.P.A. 13. Addition /relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and /or adding sprinkler heads. All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of the W.S.R.B., Factory Mutual, Industrial Risk Insurers, Kemper or any other representative designated and /or recognized by The City of Tukwila, prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance #1742) Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (UFC 10.503) (City Ordinance #1742) 4. All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #1900) (UFC 1001.3) Call the Tukwila Fire Department at 575 -4407 for approval of any system shut down. Have job site address, name and the Tukwila Fire Department Job Number available to confirm shut down approval. (City Ordinance #1900) Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 -575 -4404 • Fax: 206-575-4439 Page number 3 Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (UFC 10.503) (City Ordinance #1742) 5. All electrical work and equipment shall, conform strictly to the standards of The National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 6. Required fire resistive construction, including occupancy separations, area separation walls, exterior walls due to location on property, fire resistive requirements based on type of construction, draft stop partitions and roof coverings shall be maintained as specified in the Building Code and Fire Code and shall be properly repaired, restored or replaced when damaged, altered, breached, penetrated, removed or improperly installed. (UFC 1111.1) When walls and ceilings are required to be of fire resistive or noncombustible construction, interior finish materials shall meet the requirements of Uniform Building Code 803. This review limited to speculative tenant space only - special fire permits may be necessary depending on detailed description of intended use. Any overlooked hazardous condition and /or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. Yours truly, City of Tukwila Fire Department Thomas P. Keefe, Flre Chief The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau cc: TFD file ncd Steven M. Mullet, Mayor Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206.575 -4404 • Fax: 206 - 575.4439 • REGISTERED ; =AS %PROVIDED BY LAW A ., C$NS'i' tCONT ":; 'GENERAL tt REGI # EXP CCO1 ARCHIIC043C11 09/24/2000' EFFECTIVE DATE 02/21/1996 ARCHITECTURAL INT /CNST'SRV.:INC ' tc PO BOX 73397': • PITY - ' W 9837 GENERAL NOTES REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL DIVISIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS 1. THE FOLLOWING GENERAL NOTES SHALL APPLY TO DRAWINGS AND GOVERN UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR SPECIFIED, SHALL CONFORM TO CODES. WORK DELINEATED IN THESE DRAWINGS AND DESCRIBED ED I N THE SPECIFICATIONS S L 2. THE WOR ESE DR STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS HAVING JURISDICTION IN THE STATE OF WASHINGTON AND THE CITY OF TUKWILA. 3. REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS PERTAINING TO HANDICAPPED PERSONS MUST BE INCORPORATED IN THE WORK THOUGH THEY MAY NOT BE LISTED INDIVIDUALLY OR SEPARATELY IN EITHER THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS. 4. COMPARE FIELD CONDITIONS WITH ARCHITECTURAL AND ENGINEERING DRAWINGS. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE DIRECTED TO THE ARCHITECT FOR CLARIFICATION PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND /OR CONSTRUCTION. SUBMIT ALL NECESSARY SHOP DRAWINGS PRIOR TO FABRICATION FOR APPROVAL BY ARCHITECT. 5. THESE DRAWINGS ARE AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE, THE PROPERTY OF LAM ASSOCIATES, LTD. AND MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY PROJECT WITHOUT WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE LAM ASSOCIATES. 6. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. LARGE SCALE DRAWINGS TAKE PRIORITY OVER SMALL SCALE DRAWINGS. 7. UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN OR NOTED, TYPICAL DETAILS SHALL BE USED AT APPLICABLE SIMILAR CONDITIONS. 8. SAFETY MEASURES: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY AND COMPLETELY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CONDITIONS OF THE JOB SITE, INCLUDING SAFETY OF THE PERSONS AND PROPERTY AND FOR INDEPENDENT ENGINEERING REVIEWS OF THESE CONDITIONS. THE ARCHITECT'S OR ENGINEER'S JOB SITE REVIEW IS NOT INTENDED TO INCLUDE REVIEW OF THE ADEQUACY OF THE CONTRACTOR'S SAFETY MEASURES. 9. FIRE RATING REQUIREMENTS PER WASHINGTON STATE CODES. 10. CONSTRUCTION WORK SHALL NOT CREATE DUST, DIRT, OR OTHER SUCH INCONVENIENCES TO OTHER TENANTS. 11. CONSTRUCTION OPERATION SHALL NOT BLOCK HALLWAYS OR MEANS OF EGRESS. 12 INDICATED SHALL GENERAL CONTRACTOR {OP. THE 13. WITHIN THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, "TENANT" IMPLIES FRANKLIN COVEY CO., AND "LANDLORD" IMPLIES THE RICHARD E. JACOBS GROUP. 4. THE TERMS "CONTRACTOR" AND "GC" REFER TO THE TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S SUB - CONTRACTORS. IT IS THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO DETERMINE THE DIVISION OF WORK AMONG THE SUB- CONTRACTORS. 15. THE TERMS "FIXTURE MANUFACTURER" AND "FM" REFER TO THE TENANT'S FIXTURE MANUFACTURER(S). FIXTURE MANUFACTURERS ARE UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACT TO TENANT. OC'S BID SHOULD INCLUDE THE COST OF INSTALLATION OF FIXTURES, BUT EXCLUDE THE COST OF MANUFACTURE OF FIXTURES PROVIDED TENANT. i 6. DIMENSIONS ARE FROM FINISH TO FINISH OTHERWISE INDICATED. 1 7 SEEVDETAIL TAKEN ZERO. MEANS ABOVE DATUM ZER0(0.00). 18. COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS SHALL NOT BE USED ABOVE CEILING LINE. 19. MATERIALS WITH A FLAME SPREAD GREATER THAN 200 SHALL NOT BE USED. 20. WOOD STUDS, BLOCKING, PLYWOOD, MATERIALS SHALL BE "NON -CON ". 21. LANDLORD CONTACT: DEB ZIEL PHONE: 440 -808 -7547 LANDLORD COMPLIANCE NOTES 0. SHOULD DISCREPANCIES ARISE BETWEE TANT SPECIFICATIONS AND LANDLORD TTGOI, TTM, TTE, CONSTRUCTION MANUAL, AND EXHIBIT ' C EN ', LANDLORD CRITERIA SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE. SCOPE OF WORK /RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE LL: GC: FC: FM: EX: NA: RS: PS: DESCRIPTION SLAB STUDS - DEMISING WALLS GYP BD - DEMISING WALLS SERVICE DOOR INTERIOR PARTITIONS PAINTING WALL COVERING WOOD FLOOR MERCHANDISE FIXTURES STOREFRONT GLASS STOREFRONT SIGN INTERIOR SIGN SHELF SI GNAGE CARPET CERAMIC TILE MALL TILE ACOUSTIC CEILING DRYWALL CEILING TERRAllO ABBREVIATIONS FOR RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE LANDLORD NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR 1. FIXTURE MANUFACTURERS ARE UNDER SEPARATE FRANKLIN COVEY COMPANY CONTRACT WITH THE FRANKLIN COVEY COMPANY. FIXUTRE MANUFACTURER 2. SEE SHEET AS FOR DETAILED LISTING OF EXISTING CONDITION FIXTURES FOR LOCATION & MANUFACTURER. NOT APPLICABLE 3. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ROYAL SIGN COMPANY FIXTURES IN ACCORDANCE WITH SHEET A5. POBLOCKI & SONS FLOORS NORTHWEST ABBREVIATIONS AT HC ACT ACCOUSTICAL CEILING TILE IOWA AD ABOVE DATUM HM ADZ ABOVE DATUM ZERO (0.00 ") HOP. OFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR HR ALT ALTERNATE HT ALUM ALUMINUM HVAC APPROX APPROXIMATELY BD BOARD INT INTERIOR B/0 BOTTOM OF JT JOINT CLG CEILING COL COLUMN LAM LAMINATE CONC CONCRETE LT LIGHT CONT CONTINUOUS, CONTINUE LL LANDLORD CMU CONCRETE MASONARY UNIT MAX MAXIMUM D DEPTH (DIMENSION) MECH MECHANICAL DTL DETAIL MIN MINIMUM DIA DIAMETER MISC MISCELLANEOUS DIM DIMENSION MR MOISTURE RESISTANT DR DOOR MTD MOUNTED DWG DRAWING MTL METAL EL ELEVATION NIC ELEC ELECTRIC(AL) NO CO EQUAL /EQUIVALENT NTS EQUIP EOUIPMENT EX EXISTING OA OC FIN FINISH(ED) OD FLR FLOOR OPP FOF FACE OF FINISH GA GAGE, GAUGE GYP BD GYPSUM BOARD SUPPLY EX /GC EX EX EX GC GC NA NA fM GC RS NA FC FC NA NA EX EX /GC EX /GC INSTALL EX /GC EX EX GC GC GC NA NA GC GC GC NA FC GC NA NA EX EX /GC EX /GC NOT IN CONTRACT NUMBER NOT TO SCALE DESCRIPTION SUPPLY INSTALL MOVABLE STORAGE SYSTEM STORAGE SHELVING -FIXED SPRINKLER MAIN SPRINKLER DISTRIBUTION WATER & SEWER STUB IN PLUMBING FIXTURES HVAC VAV UNIT HVAC DISTRIBUTION ELEC SERVICE TO SPACE ELEC PANELS ELEC DISTRIBUTION LIGHT FI %TURFS & LAMPS INTERIOR DOORS & TRIM SECURITY SAFE REFRIGERATOR MICROWAVE WATER COOLER FLOOR PLAQUE HANDICAPPED HARDWARE HOLLOW METAL HORIZONTAL HOUR HEIGHT HEATING /VENTILATION AIR CONDITIONING OVER ALL ON CENTER(S) OUTSIDE DIAMETER /DIMENSION OPPOSITE PART PAR TBD PLAN PM PLYWD REO'D REF REV SCHD SHT SIM SPEC SO SS STD STL SYM TBD THK T/D T P UL VCT VERT VIE NA EX EX EX /GC GC /EX E% GC GC GC /EX EX GC� EX'/GC EX EX EX EX NA RADIUS REQUIRED REFERENCE) REVERSED NA GC EX EX / GC GC / EX EX GC GC GC /EX EX GC GC GC E% EX EX EX NA PARTIAL PARTICLE BOARD PLASTIC LAMINATE PROJECT MANUAL PLYWOOD SCHEDULE SHEET SIMILAR SPECIFICATIONS) SQUARE STAINLESS STEEL STANDARD STEEL SYMMETRICAL TO BE DETERMINED THICK TOP OF TYPICAL UNDERWRITER LABORATORIES VINYL COMPOSITION TILE VERTICAL VERIFY IN FIELD W WIDTH (DIMENSION) W WITH WWM WELDED WIRE MESH LOCATION MAP (5.7lloamkilli Covey COVEY 7028 SPACE S CO WALL SCHEDULE REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL DIVISION 9 FOR WALL CONSTRUCTION IMAGE TYPE f� CF2 IPT 1 - PT1 -0 IPT1 -H Ml Ml Ml Ml NORDSTROM CERAMIC TILE: I SEAS TYPE SPECIFICATION CERAMIC COVE BASE: 4 %4 WHITE SPECIFICATION 20 GA, 3 -S/8" MTL STUDS AT 16" OC WITH 5/8" TYPE X' GYP BD BOTH SIDES TO 10 NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED ACOUSTIC CEILING TILE: 2'X2' USG MARS CLIMA PLUS FLB EDGE (WHITE) AND USG FINELINE I/O" REVEAL GRID (WHITE) ACOUSTIC CEILING TILE: 2'04' USG AURATONE FISSURED, SQUARE EDGE 'WHITE' WITH USG DX 15/16" EXPOSED GRID 'WHITE' CARPET: SHAW CUSTOM 0597 "DETAILS" (GREEN) DIRECT GLUE DOWN CARPET CARPET: SHAW CUSTOM AJ271 SESAME DIRECT GLUE DOWN CARPET TERRAllO: MATCH EXISTING LL FLOORING FLOOR GRESS 12" X 12 ", 'ALP 10363 W HYDROMENT GROUT, ANTIQUE WHITE/ 370' ( 3/8" 5000 JOINTS) PAINT: SHERWIN WILLIAMS COLOR 1004 PURE WHITE ALKYD SATIN ENAMEL FINISH PROMAR 200 PAINT: SHERWIN WILLIAMS COLOR 1004 PURE WHITE LATEX SATIN ENAMEL FINISH PROMAR 400 PAINT: SHERWIN WILLIAMS COLOR 1004 PURE WHITE POWDER COAT FINISH PROMAR 400 PAINT: SHERWIN WILLIAMS COLOR 1826 PURPLE GRANDEUR MATTE FINISH PROMAR 400 PAINT: SHERWIN WILLIAMS COLOR MATCH PANTONE 653 C SATIN FINISH PROMAR 400 CONCRETE SEALER: TK PRODUCTS TRI -COAT CLEAR FINISH META S ANODIZED ALUMINUM VINYL COMPOSITION TILE: ARMSTRONG EXCELON IMPERIAL TEXTURE (51830 'COTTAGE TAN' VINYL WALL BASE: 6" RODE% CALCUTTA BLACK 52000 TEXTURE P -1 HAIRCELL ON 3/4" WOOD BACKER AND LOOSE H CORNERS VINYL WALL BASE: ARMSTRONG COLOR 68 PALE GRAY, 4" STRAIGHT BASE OFFICE, 4" COVE BASE STOCKROOM WOOD FLOORING: PERMAGRAIN - TIMELESS SERIES II COLOR TUPELO /BLEACHED CHERRY WOOD FLOORING: COLORGTUPELO /GREYSS SERIES II THE BON EXISTING WALL PATCH AND REPAIR TO MAINTAIN FIRE RATING AND ACCEPT NEW FINISH, AS REQUIRED. NOTES SALES AREA MANAGER'S OFFIC STOCKROOM SALES AREA SALES AREA, OFFICE ENTRY NOT USED NOT USED STOCKROOM, HALLWAY NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED MERVYN'S JC PENNEY NOTES MAINTAIN ONE HOUR FIRE RATING AS APPLICABLE. FINISH SCHEDULE REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL DIVISION 12FFORfMERCHANDISEFI XTURENFINISHES HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES SALES AREA WALLS,CEILING STOCKROOM WALLS TOILET ROOM WALLS,CEILING STOREFRONT BRAKE METAL PANEL STOREFRONT SIGN FACIA STOREFRONT EXPOSED GATE HARDWARE MISCELLANEOUS STORE HARDWARE STOCK ROOM, CORRIDOR SALES AREA SCRIBE TO FLOOR TOP OF BASE 4 "ADZ HALLWAY, STOCKROOM, OFFICE N0. 101 ETh 103 ENTRY SALES HALLWAY NEW GYP BD 202 ACT EXISTING GYP BD ONE HOUR 9'0' ADO PEN VINYL SMUG. VII An CORE ARCHITECTURAL TITLE, INDEX, & GENERAL NOTES DRAWING DEMOLTION PLAN MECHANICAL - . EMIMIELEMEMEWIIM O H1E10 MINION= MIIIIIIIIIII -- -- ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS SHEET A1.0 A2.0 A2.1 A3.0 A4.0 FLOOR FINISH PLAN A5.0 FIXTURE E QUIPMENT PLAN A6.0 A7.0 M1.0 M2.0 M3.0 N4.0 E1.0 E2.0 E3.0 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN ECHANICAL PLAN dRKS 2 ROOM SCHEDULE TOILET NEW 2:4 ACT 9'0" ADZ UZI NAME MANAGER'S NEW OFFICE 2:4 ACT 9'0' ADZ DOOR SCHEDULE REFER TO PROJECT 1041.041 DIVISION B FOR 0000 AND FRAME REQUIREMENTS NO. SIZE O1 SEE PLANS 0 3'0"X7'0" EXISTING GROUP 1 EXISTING GROUP 2 GROUP 3 EXISTING GROUP 4 3'0":7'0" EXIST INN A DOOR TYPES REFER TO PROJECT IMNLIAL DIVISION 8 FOR DEM AND FRANC REQUIREMENTS A ALUMINUM AND GLASS B HOLLOW METAL C REINFORCED HOLLOW METAL HARDWARE SCHEDULE REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL DIVISION 8 FOR HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS CURTAIN: MANUALLY OPERATED MILL FINISH. BOTTOM RAIL: FINISH SF9 GRILLE OJIOES: FINISH SF9 EXPOSED SURFACES LOCK: INTEGRAL WITH BOTTOM RAIL AND GRILLE GUIDES BUTTS: PASSAGESET: KICK PLATE: CLOSER: STOP: BUTTS: LOUSE, CLOSER: LOCK: STOP: CEILING TYPE HEIGHT FLOORING 0 BASE NOTES 8'8" ADZ 0'0' ADZ PAINTED CMILL SF9 FINISH ALUM_ EXISTING PT1-A REINFORCED PT1-A HOLLER! METAL HOLLOW WT. PT1 -A TERRAZZO I METAL CARPET CARPET VINYL COVE FRAME t FINISH GR(f FSDTES TRIM DOOR TRIM PT1-A PAINT WALLS A DOOR ROLL EP GATE. EXPOSED BOTTOM RAIL AND JAMB GUIDES TO MATCH FINISH SF9 CERTAIN TO BE MILL FINISH 20 MIN. B LABEL FIRE RATED NA 11FN AREA TO CORRIDOR 20 MIN_ B DEL FIRE RATED OFFICE REPLACE LATCH SET EXISTING PT1 -A 5 1 1/2 HOUR FIRE RATED EXISTING PT1 -A. 6 20 MIN_ B LABEL FIRE RATED CORRIOOR TO STOCK ROOM 1 1/2 PAIR, 3 -1/2 X 3-1/2 HAGER 881191. US 260 SCHLAGE ATHENS 105(!75 US 26D INES 8400532/0 1003448E, BEVELED 4 EDGES MOUNT SALES AREA SIDE ECM 4040 AL WITH 4040 CUSH ARM IVES 407 -1/2 53 1 1/2 PAIR, 3-1/ X 3 -1/2 HAGER 881191, US 2AD SCHLAGE ATHENS 0PD(F821 U 6D LCN 4040 AL WITH 4040 CUSH ARM 'BEST' BRAND SYSTEM CYLINDER AND CORE INSTALLED IN LOUSES IVES 407 -1/2 5320 BUTTS: 011510IKC PRIVACY SET: SCHLAGE ATHENS D40S(F76) 5320 CLOSER: EXISTING STOP: EXISTING NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 'BEST' BRAND, 5 PIN, LOCKING CYLINDERS WITH A CONSTRUCTION CORE. PERMANENT 5 PIN CORES PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY OWNER_ GC TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL REESE SMOKE SEAL F -8978 AT RATED DOORS. INSTALL SWEEPS ON EXTERIOR DOORS. DRAWING INDEX 00I d 1 ;,� REV I6 DAT �`'JJ'L'S N�'l,'LL'NNI RElf ', ma T�l �I amII ∎_ -- -- 15 TOTAL SHEETS ISSUED IN SE CODE INFORMATION APPLICABLE CODES:BUILDING: WASHINGTON STATE BUILDING COD , n q i U .B .0 PLUMBING: WASHINGTON STATE BUILDING COD MECHANICAL: WASHINGTON STATE BUILDING CODE ELECTRICAL: WASHINGTON STATE BUILDING CODE HANDICAPPED:WASHINGTON STATEREGULATIONS FOR BARRIER FREE FACILITIES ADA: 4; WASHINGTON STATE BUILDING CODE FIR,.: :X WASHINGTON STATE BUILDING CODE BUILDING TYPE: - EXITS REQUIRED: 2 EXITS PROVIDED: 2 CLASSIFICATION: MERCANTILE 'M' SEPARATIONS: 1 HOUR BETWEEN TENANTS ZONING B',SINESS /RETAIL NV-TRAVEL DISTANCE:200 FEET AREA CALCULATIONS: OCCUPANCY CALCULATIONS: SALES: 1466 S.F. SALES: 30 SF /OCCUPANT 50 STORAGE: 785 S.F. STORAGE: 300 SF /OCCUPANT 3 TOTAL AREA: 2271 S.F. TOTAL OCCUPANCY: 53 PROJECT PROJECT DIRECTOR: ARCHITECTURAL DIRECTOR: MECHANICAL ENGINEER: ELECTRICAL ENGINEER: LANDLORD CONTACT: MATERIAL SUPPL I ER C.C. TO CONTACT SUPPLIERS UPON AWARD OF CONTRACT AND SCHEDULE DELIVERIES. MERCHANDISE FIXTURES: HUMUS AMERICA, INC. ROBERT HILD 253/395 -0600 LIGHTING FIXTURES: CITILIGHTS ROGER KUERBS 612/333 -3168 CARPET: SHAW FLOORING MARCIE GILMER 612/475 -5209 SIGN MANUFACTURER: ROYAL SIGN RICHARD ALVORD 602/278 -6286 SYSTEM MUSIC SYSTEM: SECURITY SYSTEM: SYMBOLS x O - CW HW - S- TEAM LAM ASSOCIATES L&M ASSOCIATES W. J. SUTHERLAND W. J. SUTHERLAND RELTY HOLDINGS GROUP I u:Ydar< -.and ti;211iiz r: _,n �, -c DONALD W. LAUKKA RAY MAZOROL DENNIS HALL CALVIN CHHUOR KEITH BASSETT SUPPLIER /INSTALLER O.C. TO SCHEDULE DELIVERY A ARCHITECTURAL SYMBOLS ROOM NAME 10001 0 MECHANICAL SYMBOLS MUZAK JANICE WIGGANS HONEYWELL GREG KEELER ROOM DESIGNATION DOOR NUMBER FINISH NUMBER WALL TYPE KEYNOTE FIXTURE/ EQUIPMENT LEASE LINE EXISTING WALL OR DEMISING WALL NEW STUDS NEW DRYWALL REVISION MECHANICAL KEYNOTE SUPPLY AIR RETURN AIR THERMOSTAT MOTOR SPRINKLER HEAD CONCEALED SPRINKLER HEAD FLOOR DRAIN COLD WATER HOT WATER DRAIN LINE WASTE LINE ! E Copy ,II ®FF ., 000 "ADZ ' REFERENCE Lk ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS IN A Ak IA ©❑ 0 O a NORTH ARROW CENTER LINE GRID LINE ELEVATION 612/944 -7576 612/944 -7576 612/346 -4180 612/346 -4180 782/384 -4488 X210 D INSTALLATION WITH PROVIDER 801 6200 60:/576 -7143 DATUM /ELEVATION BUILDING SECTION DETAIL SECTION DETAIL REFERENCE ELECTRICAL KEYNOTE DUPLEX RECETICLE FOURPLEX RECEPTICLE RECESS FLOOR RECEPTICLE PHONE FAX DATA LINE JUNCTION BOX RECESSED FLOOR J -BOX FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE ADJUSTABLE RECESSED LIGHT FIXED RECESSED LIGHT TRACK LIGHT EXIT LIGHT ate' CC I 011r 2 N V 3 60O-. ‘ N' CO 3 = w � a-- U co « «< RECEIVED C TTV OF TOKWILA PERMIT CENTER DEMOLITION PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'0" EXISTING TOILET ROOM TO REMAIN AS IS �rr��irunr�avarr�airi� �� SOFFIILS ABOVE 10 BE EEMOVED P. SYM I FGFND TO BE REMOVED WALLS TO REMAIN DEMOLITION NOTES 1. SEE SECTION 02050 OF PROJECT MANUAL REGARDING DEMOLITION. 2. GC TO MEET WITH MALL MANAGEMENT PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. GC TO PROVIDE TEMPORARY BARRICADE, AS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD, FOR CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. BARRICADE TO PROVIDE DUST BARRIER TO MALL. 4. REMOVE FLOOR FINISHES, AND MASTICS COMPLETELY IN LEASED AREA. PATCH AND REPAIR SUB -FLOOR TO PROVIDE A SMOOTH LEVEL FINISH FOR NEW FLOORING MATERIALS, EXCEPT AS NOTED. 5. REMOVE DOORS, FRAMES COMPLETELY INCLUDING STOREFRONT GLASS GLAZING SUPPORT STRUCTURE, RAMPS, AND STEPS. B. REMOVE LIGHT FIXTURES AND WIRING DEVICES NOT TO BE RE -USED COMPLETELY, TERMINATE SERVICE RUNS AT PANEL. 7. REMOVE CEILING, SOFFITS AND WALLS COMPLETELY TO DECK ABOVE. EXCEPT AS NOTED. 8. REMOVE MECHANICAL DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, AND DUCTS COMPLETELY. 9. MERCHANDISE FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED COMPLETELY. 10. REMOVE STOREFRONT WORK FROM NEUTRAL PIER TO NEUTRAL PIER, FROM FLOOR TO LANDLORD'S BULKHEAD COMPLETELY. 11. SALVAGE RIGHTS BELONG TO GC. 12. LL TO INSURE SPACE IS FREE OF ASBESTOS. IN THE EVENT ASBESTOS IS FOUND IN THE LEASED PREMISES, THE GC IS TO CONTACT THE ARCHITECT AND MALL MANAGEMENT IMMEDIATELY. 13. REMOVE COMPLETELY ALL UNUSED EQUIPMENT, WIRING, ETC. FROM WITHIN THE LEASED PREMISES D2DOO-2Ldi* Cldt cf! N 2 VI CNI a rn zaaaaaa CO RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECTURAL PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'0" DATUM 0.00" IS HIGHEST POINT OF SLAB ( IN SALES AREA) PLUS i ". 4" ADZ BASE LINE 0'O" ADZ HIGHEST POINT -2" ADZ LOWEST POINT NO SCALE DOUBLED 3 -5/8" MTL. STUDS , TYPICAL. 5 /B" . BOTH SIDES SF GYP. WABDLL. SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" 6 "A, r/ /41(MPAPPINIEWZOMETABE I>f ' O r 7'1 -1/4" , 63'8 -1/2" EXISTING TOILET ROOM 17'8" HALLWAY 1031 STOCKROOM SERVICE CORRIDOR ' /LEASE LINE 24'0" ' R DEMISING WALL TO MATCH EXISTING • R DEMISING WALL TO MATCH EXISTING SALES CENTER LINE LINE FOE 50 LAIICVST L6 TO CENT - =R GLAZING SILL 31'6 -3/4" OF CAS AP GC TO OVORIFY EXISTING IN SLAB CONDUIT IS ADEOUATLY SII2EID & LOCATED TO BE RE -LSED TO PROVIDE POWER & SIGNAL AS SCAN CN ELEC71ICAL DRAWINGS. 30 6-3 � TO ' C 3'11" 70'10" RADIUS CF SIGN FASCIA RA p1U 5 FO R LM F TS ;� 'i I _ _ _ 30'3 -3 8 " -r _ I� L I CCNTI NJOUS SMOOTH ARCH BETWEEN DAT ONTRY BNTRY N I' v Y I = , SE / ii ., rrra�rar oorm oro omo� / G F rI E >i ..,. .. ,.. . SL%/r S AE . /��:�f':..:vi7� % 6 ` "�'L.." /f �� O� /f.;:.w 6 //�%G `�'/'/r,�/f....�.; , / O�`J ../'/G. // "f�./ .. �.. „ , . - _ .A ... e 18'2" 4'8 -3/4" 8'0" 10,5_1/4" 24.0• _ \ 1 24.0" 5„ 5 " 68•1D -7/8' 1'11" FACETED GLAZING SILL AND GLASS ON RADIUS. T150 EQUAL PIECES ROLL UP GRILLE GUIDE IT IS THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO ESTABLISH DATUM POINT. IF LOWEST POINT OF SLAB IS GREATER THAN 2" BELOW HIGHEST POINT OF SLAB, NOTIFY PROJECT DIRECTOR BEFORE STARTING WORK. LIMITS OF SALES AREA, (STOREFRONTS, DEMISING WALLS, SALES AREA REAR WALL) 4" ABOVE DATUM ZERO - BASE HT FOR WALL AND FIXTURE, SCRIBE BASE TO FLOOR NOTE: VINYL BASE TRIM SHOULD NOT BE LESS THAN 4" NOR GREATER THAN 6" IN OVERALL HEIGHT. ESTABLISHING DATUM ZERO (ADZ) HOLLOW METAL FRAME FIN. 4PT1 -A DOOR JAMB DETAIL - HEAD SIM. EXISTING DEMISING WALL 34'8" RAD. C L GLAZING 7/8 NEUTRAL PIER DETAIL SCALE: 1 -1/2" = 1'0" 6" = 1' -0" / 4" LEASE LINE 4 GLAZING DETAIL LANDLORD'S NEUTRAL PIER PROTECT FROM DAMAGE. 1/8" BREAK METAL ON 5/8" TYPE "0" GYP -BD FINISH PT1 -P, ON 20 GA .ATL FRAMING, TYP, AS REQ. FACE OF SIGN 1/2" TEMPERED GLASS, EXPOSED EDGES TO BE POLISHED 2" X 6" SATIN CHROME GLAZING BASE SILL FIN. #SF9 HOLLOW METAL DOOR FIN. (PT1 -A GLAZING SILL BELOW FIN #SF9 EXPOSED EDGES TO BE POLISHED 93'8" PAIN ITO T YELLS TO P.€44AIIR II CRIER TO 0411155/1K (1) W R FORE RATING. GRILLE DETAIL SCALE: 1 -1/2" = 1'0" FLUSH MOUNTED J -BOX SCALE: 3" = 1'0" READINyG SILL, FIN fOFS 112" TEIPEREO GLASS 2 -1/2" z 2 -1/2" TUBE STEEL, BY GRILLE MFR_ 2 -3/4 X 4-1/2' BREAK - FOBBED 1/8" ALUM. ENCLOSURE. FIN fSF9, BY GC GRILLE GUIDE. BY GRILLE MFR_ GRILLE GUIDE INSTALLATION MUST BE FLUSH. LIKE OF GRILLE SLOT ABOVE NEW PLATE TO BE FLUSH W /FIROSH FLOOR FLOOR AS SCHEDULED ROUT TRENCH BED TEEL ETY x664 RECESSED FLOOR BOXES WITH SATIN CHROME FLOOR COVER NEUTRAL PIER DETAIL SCALE: 1 -1/2" = 1'0" "- -LEASE LINE GRILLE GUIDE, BY GRILLE MFR. GRILLE GUIDE INSTALLATION MUST BE FLUSH. SIGN FACE ABOVE 2 -1/2" z 2 -1/2" TUBE STEEL BY GRILLE MFR. 1/8" BREAK METAL ON 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP -BD FINISH PT1 -P 20 GA MTL FRAMING, TYP, AS REO. LANDLORD'S NEUTRAL PIER PROTECT FROM DAMAGE. LEASE LINE EXISTING DEMISING WALL J CO J CO W � M O CC CO v WM zZW W¢ J U J Z W Z1—U� CC Oa W v (n om =aaaaaa J 1)2D00 "'2(11911 A a F- CC s W Z a RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA PERMIT CENTER REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SYMBOL LEGEND TYPE QTY SYMBOL DESCF PT @ON /MANUFACTURER. TYPE QTY SYMBOL DESCRIPTION /MANUFACTURER L l0 IS.1■ MIA Hl EXISTING 2" X 2' FL^,➢ORESCENT, GC TO CLEAN AND RELAMP. REBALLyST AS NECESSARY X 2 ® JUNO T366WH (1) CEW 0250 /CL /DC .' 4 O EXISTING SPEAKERS, RELOCATE PER PLANS LE 3 1 1E= 2X2 FLUORESCENT EMERGENCY SAI1 AS ABOVE W/ EWERG. BATTERY PACK BX4BS331 -EL4 IEEE • CONCEALED SPRINKLER HEAD SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR QUANTITIES. E 3 ® EXIT LIGHTING. CHLORIDE SYSTEMS LSPN- WP -1P. WITH MANLFACTUER PROVIDE LAMP _ s -4, SEMI - RECESSED SPRINKLER HEADS ER 2 .4=6. : €IERGEN'C LIGHTING W/ BATTERY PACK SURE -LITE HBKO MI e4 2 - Nil 12DY/12Y _ s ® PENDANT HUNG SPRINKLER HEAD SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR QUANTITIES. F 3 0 RECESSED ADJUSTABLE D011N LIGHT. sum 1C20-689C W/ 50 PAR30/HIR /NFL25, 5 GIMBALL RIHW, IN CONE - z EXISTING RETURN AIR GRILLE GC TO CLEAN AND RELOCATE FER PLANS H 53 E: HALO L1730 USMOAL RING LAMPk41t.DEk, WHITE (1) 50 PAOAU /UIR/NFL2S, ON' HALO LJNE VOLTAGE TRACK, WHITE EX 5 EXISTING, GC O CLEAN AND RELAMP (REBALLAST AS T NECESSARY) s EXISTING SUPPLY AIR DISR GC TO CLEAN AND RELOCATE FFUE 3 PER PLANS, ADD 1 NEW f 1',. 1 T2 2 CO T TRACK- JUNO, WHITE. SINGLE CIRCUIT TRACK LIGHT/ TSNO, WHITE T366, W/ BARN DOORS LAME_ 73N. H:ALO.N _ s EXISTING EXHAUST FAN W 4 Vl JUNO T4471411 W/ JUNO TS - 361(4 TRANSFORMER (1) GE 071MR16/C/FL40 CEILING PANEL DETAIL SCALE: 1 -1/2" = 1' -0" .0.16 NO SCALE EXISTING GYP.BD. CEILING FINISH WTI-D EXISTINF LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN, GC TO CLEAN AND RELAMP REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'0" •• ® ® ■ ■ ■® .' 9'O' ADZ INN Air ■ �9,0„ °' w ig /C✓/G /.�/, g f ;,, ;:✓.G" ✓ ;u /.G€// "'.".lE. :HW %L,%C'. ; D■■ ■■■ ■■■ ■1!1 1•111111 � ■ ■■ :. Ht HE O!_ ! d//// 4d <f�' i/O/// /!®O///Om40/i/ /O ®�i4� a° "Lb�..v."..1 ® =v ® „ .m..'1i.1'i, A 8. 0„ ADZE 9'0” ADZ 12 GA VERTICAL HANGER WIRE 4'0" OC TO UNISTRUT ABOVE SEE 7/A7.0 (SIM) A.C.T. AAD G R I D FINISH T2 4 -12 GA SPLAY WIRES 4 `T 12'00 SC " OC CEILING SUPPORT DETAIL SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLAN FOR CEILING DROP DIMENSIONS. LIGHTS TO BE CENTERED IN FULL CEILING TILES. GYP.BD.CIILING FINISH PTT A.C.T. AND GRID FINISH MA T — GYP -BD ON SALES STOCK WALL TO EXTEND 6" ABOVE ADJACENT CEILINGS. RE -USE EXISTING 2' X 2' LIGHT FIXTURES IN OFFICE AND STORAGE ROOM DO NOT ATTACH TO DECK IN ANY MANNER. GC TO WIRE /CLAMP TO STRUCTURE ABOVE FOR ALL CEILINGS, SOFFITS, LIGHTS, PARTITIONS, ETC. 3 ' 4.4 WW NY KAR!CIS 10'0" ADZ B/0 A.C.T."r A.C.T., FINISH wrA 24" X 1" DIA. SLEAVES FIN. F9 BY FM TO EXTEND ABOVE CEILING. PROVIDE 1-1/4 WASHERS AT CEILING PENETRATION, 1/4" DIA. THREAD ROD AND HARDWARE REO'D TO SECURE TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. CONCEAL 1/2" FLEX CONDUIT WITHIN METAL SLEEVES AS PROVIDED BY FM, TO ADJ. LIGHT. FIXTURES, PROVIDED BY OTHERS, INSTALLED BY GC 8'6" ADZ B/0 CPS PANELS 'CPS' PANEL FIXTURE A.C.T. AND GRID FINISH T1 f EO AND CO FINISH ] 1I ALL 2'12' LAY -IN CEILING TILE TO HAVE TF4•J AR EDGE_ GYP.BD. SOFFIT FINISH IPT I -H( GC TO INSTALL CONCEALED SPRINKLER HEADS (FACTORY PAINTED) IN POP -OUT GYP -BD SOFFIT. / / - KW-71,T J 1-- c Q m CO RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA PERMIT CENTER FINISH PLAN EXISTING CERAMIC TILE TO REMAIN CLEAN /REPAIR AS REO'D. SCALE: 1/4" = 1'0" CARPET FINISH CP2 FLOORSTONE TO PROVIDE SMOOTH TRANSITION BETWEEN FINISH FLOOR SURFACES. FINISH FLOOR HEIGHTS TO ALIGN EXACTLY. /// XYOXi %'I'/ r FE %wr= r ' rZM ni r /OLIN //////O/O//O/®Z60/ f7 ' /�v✓�/`2uv.�u (I`�`°u�r% ���i/ �` �" a° r//����iii��i/r/C.rvi��i�/irr �� `r`uirr�v�i�v/��r/`i� /�ri�� ,..,,.,.,,, 47amf ;'TOC %ROOM E 108 FLOOR VINYL REDUCER STRI TO MATCH COLOR OF VINYL REDUCE STRIP TO MATCH C4 OF CaY1v_ 4" TO REAR WALL 5'0" " 12'0" TYP. 8'0" _ 12'0" TYP. INDICATES BASE Of FIXTURES SALES AREA I 102 1 FL R1 CP1 BASE 0216,7101150116 S1W1H ARCH BOWDEN DALW POINTS ^NO \ C, 53 ' 0 ' IIII o T O REAR WALL 6 N - ENTRY CARPET FINISH ADHESIVE SLOPE AS REQUIRED 1/0" PER FOOT MAX CARPET /CARPET TRANSITION DETAIL 4. SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" 30 -1/2" TOP FLOORING YITBIN TOP OF WALL, TYP A PERIMETER FIXTURES ICAL CAS+4AP STOP FLOORING WITHIN / 1'8 -3/4" OF WALL, TYPICAL D PERIMETER FIXTURES - 2 -1/4" SYMBOL LEGEND INDICATES CARPET STRIPE DIRECTION INDICATES CARPET SEAM SAME ARC AS FACIA ABOVE. CONTINUOUS SMOOTH CURVE, NOT FACETED. TERRAllO TO MATCH LANDLORD'S TERRAllO TO LINE OF CLOSURE. D2000 2fi =aaaaaaa v 3 C0 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWRA PERMIT CENTER FIXTURE, FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FIXT TYPE QTY FIXTURE DESCRIPTION SUPPLY INSTALL ELECT. CONNECT FIXT TYPE STY FIXTURE DESCRIPTION SUPPLY INSTALL ELECT. CONNECT A MANUAL SHELVES AND SIGN HOLDERS FM GC MS 1 MANAGER'S STORAGE CABINET FC GC B 1 SET OF 3 NESTING TABLES FM GC NW 1 MICROWAVE,SOUND SYSTEM UNIT EX GC GC BW 2 NESTING TABLES FOR WINDOW FC FC P 1 INFORMATION GONDOLA FM GC C I WATER COOLER EX FC PP 2 CUSTOM PUCK PANEL FM GC CC 1 CONSULTATION TABLE FM GC GC RT 1 RECEIVING TABLE FM GC CP 2 CEILING PANEL FM GC GC SF 7 STOCK SHELVING - FIXED EX GC CR 1 COAT RACK EX CC W6 0 TWO PIECE WALL UNIT N/A N/A CW 1 CASH WRAP UNIT FM GC GC W9 23 TWO PIECE WALL UNIT FM GC F 2 FEATURE DISPLAY FM GC W13.5 0 TWO PIECE WALL UNIT N/A N/A FT 1 FEATURE TRIPPER FM GC WC 0 WALL COMPUTER UNIT N/A N/A FN1 2 ARM CHAIR FC GC WF 3 WALL FEATURE UNIT FM GC FN2 0 STOOL N/A N/A WFG 1 WALL FEATURE UNIT SHOWCASE FM GC GC FN3 1 LOUNGE CHAIR FC GC WFU 0 FORMS UNIT N/A N/A FN4 2 OFFICE CHAIR FC GC WP 3 UNIT END PANEL (LEFT /RIGHT) FM GC FN5 2 FILE CABINET FC GC WT 7 WALL TECHNOLOGY UNIT FM GC GC FX 2 FIRE EXTINGUISHER GC GC WTE 1 WT END PANEL (LEFT /RIGHT) FM GC C 3 GONDOLA FM GC WTD 1 WT DIVIDER PANEL (LEFT /RIGHT) FM GC KC 1 COMPUTER KIOSK FM GC GC WV 2 CORNER FILLER FM GC GC M 0 MONITOR CABINET N/A N/A WW 1 2 PIECE BACK WRAP UNIT FM GC GC ML 1 MANAGER'S LEDGE FM GC GC WX 7 FILLER PANEL(SCRIBE TO FIT) FM GC MC 1 MANAGER'S UPPER CABINET FM GC WXT 1 TECH FILLER PANEL(SCRIBE) FM GC MP 1 MANAGER'S PRINTER STAND FC FC GC FIXTURES MAR'' =ED 'EX' ARE EXISTING AND TO BE RELOCATED AS SHOWN ON THIS PLAN. 3 O MIN GD 43 42 46 4 9 ��! W9 CD ® CD C FIXTURE FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'0" FC = FRANKLIN COVEY GC = GENERAL CONTRACTOR FM = FIXTURE MANUFACTURER N/A = NOT USED THIS PROJECT FIXTURE MANUFACTERERS ARE UNDER SEPERATE CONTRACT WITH FRANKLIN COVEY SEE FIXTURE AND EQUIPMENT MANUAL IN DIVISION 1200 OF THE PROJECT MANUAL FOR DETAIL INFORMATION ON FIXTURES. 32 33 34 35, 36 31 38 39 40 41 © W9 W9 © W9 W9 START INSTALLATION OF WALL FIXTURES AT EACH END OF 'RUN' AFTER 'W' IS IN PLACE 10'0- ADZ Q SOFFIT /CEILING 1'S- 1 /2 T/0 BUNKER 0'0" ADZ DATUM ZERO SET CASNd[{aP (KO ■da BACICNRAP P WETS AFTER 'VW" UNITS ARE IN PLACE II 1 Li 0 _ L L ES Y ro y c 11 IC TO WONT TRACK AND INSTALL LIGHTS, ONE 'N' LIB CENLEP.ED C71 TEE 1AT AIMED AT TIE ACRYLIC PANELS �1LLWFNATED GRAPHIC HARES Aao MESSAGE ILUMINATEO VALANCE WITH COlCEALED TRACK tURN FM- CRESCENT LIGHTS NAILER BY FM. GC TO ANCHOR AT TWO (2) WALL STUDS MIN SCORED BLUE PANEL CONCAVE WITH PUCK !N6ERT SLEEVES GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL CONT. 2X BLOCKING FRONT AND BACK W/ 20 BRACINRG M 42' 0_C_ PR OVIDED . WITH KYDBY FMEX FACE INSTALLED BY GC PERIMETER WALL UNIT ('WT') SECTION 1 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'0" _ XC - B'0 112" ADZ T VALANCLE .6" ADZ `S /O SIGN HOLDER 0'4" AOZ $7 /O BASE 0'0" DZ DATUM A ZERO 47 8 4 r 52 53 CAI mum 0 SF ® O ', CI POCKET POCI CCA�ACT C16RACf C�€PACf COMPACT TEC&N:1OGY'I 3E CL GY TECHJCL =Y = TECHNOLOGY T ECPNOLCGY I gii mow =� O.. 'v,,; i://./"'...."°7.J�"° '.,' '%`°,: %`u" 1 , _ . /f.,,w„N //L,'f,...'',O r/L.a /6.. % ::,;,lG%% // ' ,., / 71771 =//�..aN"",s t ir = ., � �n � 1° _ ,: ,;,,n mimmmmmonmmam■■ .A " © m W9 @ © © O m W9 "® W91 — wX�, '1v 1 � � . ffarMiE7KOMENWMFW, .102MV 7,—,70W4., __4' , ® ® CD "Q'1 25 24 23 22 21 2 0 19 18 77 16 15 14 1 1_ 9 9 7 6 5 4 3 2 SHOP MOUNTED (53) LIGHT FIXTURE GC TO "HARDWIRE" FIXTURES NAILER BY FM. GC TO ANCHOR AT TWO (2) WALL STUDS MIN W9 PERIMETER WALL UNITS, PROVIDED BY FM, INSTALLED BY GC GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL CONT. 2X BLOCKING FRONT AND BACK W/ 20 BRACINNG A 42" O.C. 1X WITH KYDEX FACE INSTALLED BY GC PROVIDED BY FM. PERIMETER WALL UNIT ('W9')SECTION SCALE: 3/4" = 1'0" (9 z P zaaaaaaa RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA PERMRCENTER EM I� !` P i . 1 I 0 ',. i,•T1 3 -. 11 / m14 0 ADZ B/0 LL'S BULKHEAD 012'0" ADZ T/0 STOREFRONT 0 1;(7 " G4 9' 10 SOFFIT �h 6" AOZ ` /O STOREFRONT BASE m 0'0 DZ `✓ DATUM A ZERO m16'" ADZ `I'B /0 7 DECK 15'3" AD7 B/0 JOISTS - p140 "ADZ 'I'B /0 LL'S BULKHEAD 12'0" ADZ sT /0 STOREFRONT 8'8" AO �B /0 GYP Z BD SOFFIT ��hh 6" Dz `VT /0 A STOREFRONT BASE `I' DATUA 16'T" ADO �B /0 DECK 15'3" AD B/0 JOI ST `✓ T/O ABAS E W DATTUM m 5'O" ADZ `✓CORRIDOR GYP BD CLC. STOREFRONT ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1'0" (PT1 -E LONGITUDINAL SECTION /ELEVATION • SCALE: 1/4" = 1'0" SCALE: 1/4" = 1'0" TRANSVERSE SECTION /ELEVATION LONGITUDINAL SECTION /ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1'0" LEASE LINE (- LANDLORD'S NEUTRAL PIER CRIB PANELS BY FC SIGN MANUFACTURER TO SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS FOR LANDLORD'S APPROVAL. 10 11 �PT1 - LEASE LINE 10'0° AOZ 00 B/0 A.C.T. 13/0 GYP BD SOFFIT B'0 -1/2' Z AO T VALANCE T 0 STOREFRONT BASE rn O'' 7 W BA Z INTERIOR STOREFRONT ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1'0" SCRIM PANELS -F4 F9. Y FC mum I R*l F •MINX MIMI= F =MIMi MAXIM F =1• llEMIEDII XXIX MINN 16100111.11 IIONIXIM■IWA MUM II ITO7111■ ■SOMME _ 11rCI 111.11 �11��.1117O11•161311PNamNU1 1IfO11111111t i ii Nunn i lmim i imme m s : mums ' Num. LEA B - L11= 20 0 EB S / /"71 T1 I k ---LEASE LINE 0 CI 1 10 P01 -EI 9' ADZ B 0" / 0 GYP ho 8 < O Q w o Z. 3 2 4 N U O rn Q x o' C, w o V o � ■O RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA PERMIT CENTER (MTYPICAL WALL BRACING DETAIL 7 SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP BD TO STRUCT. ABOVE STL. TUBE TO STRUCT. ABOVE. 20 GA MTL FRAMING, AS REO'D TYP, TO STRUCT. ABOVE ROLL -UP GRILLE 0 ACDZ 3 -5 /B" 20 GA. MTL W /A5 /8G T YPE O.C. GYP -BD. FIN. #PT1 -E ENTRY SECTION SCALE: 1/2" = 1'0" 3 -5/8" X 20 GA. METAL STUDS BRACING TO STRUCTURE ABOVE AT 24" G.C. - STAGGER BRACNG DIRECTION (TYP. AT ALL NEW WALLS) 5/B" GYP. BD. 3/8" D. X 2 -1/2" LONG SELF- ANCHORING BOLT AT 48" O.C. (TYP. AT ALL BAW WALLS) PROVIDE MIRROR BAND, IF NOT EXISTING. EXISTING MIRROR BAND PROTECT FROM DAMAGE. 14'0 ADZ 8/0 LL'S BULKHEAD 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP -BD PROVIDE THREE FIRE RATED ACCESS PANELS (FOR CHANGING SIGN LAMPS) 12'0" ADZ T/0 STOREFRONT ....„..,,, /A7 .0 SIGN CURVED SIGN FASCIA 5/8" 'E 'X' GYP BD , TYP 8'8" ADZ r h B/0 GYP BD SOFFIT LANDLORD'S NOTES: 1. GC TO ENSURE THAT ENTIRE STOREFRONT IS SELF- SUPPORTING. 2. LATERAL BRACING TO LANDLORD STRUCTURE ONLY. TATOM ZERO 0 9 AD B/O '0" SOF FIT '6 -3/4" 22 CABINETRY BRACING DETAIL 7, SCALE: 3 " =1'0" SIGN MANUFACTURER TO SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS FOR LANDLORD APPROVAL. 6 STOREFRONT SIGN ELEVATION SCALE 1 " =1' -0" 5 /8" TYPE 'X' GYP BD, IPT1 -EI, TYP GORDON SERIES 200 EDGE TRIM #258, PRE - NOTCHED, PAINT GORDON, INC.:800- 747 -8954 SOFFIT DETAIL SCALE: 3" = 1'0" 20 GA 1 -5/8" ARL FRAYING, 16" OC 20 GA 3 -5/8" YTL FRAYING, 16" OC, TYP /8" BD, ORNER BEAD /8" TYPE 'X' GYP BD, # 10 X 2 -1/2" 8" OC MAX 0'4" ADZ INSTALL BASE AFTER CARPET 2X4 GC BLOCKING, BY DWI/11R0 204 STRETCHERS AT 21" OC, BY GC 20 GA 3 -5/8" MTL TRACK CURVED TO FOLLOW RADIUS 'X' GYP CEATER Lintz OF GRILLE GUIDE GRILLE GUIDE FIN_ fSF9 2 -1/2" O 2 -1/2' TUBE STEEL MOTH 1/e" THICK BRAKE FORMED ALUM_ ENCLOSURE, FIN #SF9 2" X 2' STEEL ANC_ W/ UPPER LEG IN COL_ WELD TO TS3_ GROUT AS REQUIRED_ 3 /B" EXP. BOLT MALL FLOOR PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 7.0 /SCALE: 3" = 1'0" 3 GRILLE SUPPORT DETAIL 1/4' CLEAR SATIN ANODIZED ALOWIIRIM LETTERS, FINISH SF9 WITH BLUE RETURN, ON 3/8" CLEAR ACRYLIC WITH FROSTED VINYL FILM FRONT SIDE. AND LIGHT DIFFUSER BACK SIDE_ BACK LIT W/ i2 YM WH: TE NEON TO FOLLOW LETTERS /LOCO_ SIGN BRACKET DETAIL W:9' SCALE 3 " =1' -O" 1 ROOM AS SCiLDILED SAN CO CONCRETE SUB -FLOOR TO PREVENT SPALLIM'G_ CHIP AND GRIND EXESS CONC. AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN FINISH FLOOR HGT. SIGN BRACKET TYP_ OF 4 NOTE: SIGN FACE TO CURVE WITH STOREFRONT FACIA. 9'0" AOZ 0 5/0 SOFF GRILLE SLOT DETAIL SCALE: 1 -1/2" = 1'0" SIGN SECTION 7 7' SCALE 1" =1' -0" SIGN BRACKET 3/8 CLEAR ACRYLIC WITH FROSTED VINYL FILM FRONT SIDE, AND LIGHT DIFFUSER BACK. SIDE. 1/4" CLEAR SATIN ANODIZED ALUMINUM LETTERS, FINISH SF9 WITH BLUE RETURN 12 MM WHITE NEON TO FOLLOW LETTERS /LOGO. ' -K HOUSING URVED SIGN FASCIA - -TS GRILLE SUPPORT 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP BD, IPTI -EI, TYP RILLE GUIDE, SF9 INE OF CLOSURE Las rn v CO SE RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA PERMITGENTER